TM 9-772 CARRIER CARGO M29 and M29c

UM S-TI2 WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL CARRIER, CARGO, M29 CARRIER, CARGO, M29C WAR DEPARTMENT ° 5 JULY 1944WAR DEPARTMENT TECHNICAL MANUAL TM 9-772 ‘This manual supersedes TM 9-772, 19 June 1943; TB 9.772-1, 16 February 1944; and RSET Reap 196d, Te inane sn roperandes applicable prog of TB ORD 20,34 January 1944; TB ORD 74, 8 July 1943; and TB ORD 146, 19 July 1944, CARRIER, CARGO, M29 CARRIER, CARGO, M29C WAR DEPARTMENT . 5 JULY 1944 RESTRICTED DISSEMINATION OF RESTRICTED MATTER— The information contained in restricted documents and the essential characteristics of restricted material may be given to any person known to be in the service of the United States and to persons of undoubted loyalty and discretion who are cooperating in Government work, but will not be com- municated to the publie or to the press except by authorized military public relations agencies, (Ste also paragraph 23h, AR 380-5, 15 March 1944.)WAR DEPARTMENT Washington 25, D.C, 5 July 1944 ‘TM 9-772, Carrier, Cargo, M29; Carrier, Cargo, M29C, is published for the information and guidance of all concerned. AG, 300.7 (27 Mar 44) 0.0.M. 461/Raritan Ars. (31 Jul 44) R BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OF WAR: G. C. MARSHALL, Chief of Staff. OFFICIAL: J. A. ULIO, Major General, The Adjutant General. Disrrisution: As prescribed in Par 9a, FM 21-6; IBn 9 (3); IC 9 (3). (For explanation of symbols, see FM 21-6.)SECTION I. I. II. PART TWO—OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION Iv. Vv. VI. Vit. CONTENTS PART ONE—GENERAL Paragraphs Introduction ............. 1- 2 Description and data. 3 4 Tools, parts, and accessories. 5 Controls and instruments....... 10— Operation under ordinary conditions ow 12- Operation of auxiliary eauip- ment .. . 14- Operation under acest cote ditions 19- 9 11 13 18 22 Pages 1- 2 3- 15 15- 21 22- 29 30- 34 34— 38 38- 45 PART THREE—MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Section VIII. x. x. XI. XII. XIII. XIv. XVI. XVII. XVII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. Lubrication 23- 24 New vehicle run-in test..... 25-27 First echelon preventive main- tencace services. 28- 32 Second echelon preventive maintenance . 33 Trouble shooting.......... 34— 50 Engine description and maintenance in vehicle......... 51- 58 Engine removal and installe- tion ...... 59- 60 Ignition system 61- 67 Fuel, air intake, and exhaust systems .... 68- 76 Cooling system .. w. 77- 82 Starting system............ 83— 84 Battery and generating system 85-89 Clutch . 90- 94 Transmission 95- 98 Propeller shaft and universal JOINS cccecss sense onneiee 99-101 46- 57 57- 64 65- 76 77— 93 93-111 111-130 130-139 139-147 147-171 172-180 180-184 184-191 191-197 198-202 202-205CONTENTS—Contd. Paragraphs Pages SECTION XXIII. Axle transmission, differential, and final drive assembly. XXIV. Tracks and suspension..... XXV. Hull and attachments. XXVI._ Lighting system... XXVII._ Instruments and gages. 134-140 270-275 XXVIIL Equipment .... 141-143 275-287 XXIX. Radio interference suppression 144-148 287-292 102-107 205-219 108-113 220-245 114-126 245-259 127-133 259-270 PART FOUR—AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT SECTION XXX. Communications equipment.... 149-153 293-306 APPENDIX SECTION XXXI. Shipment and limited storage 154-156 307-310 XXXII. References . w 157-159 311-312 INDEX enone _ nen snacncansennenennsstrsia . 313-323TM 9-772 RESTRICTED 1-2 This manual supersedes TM 9-772, 19 June 1943; TB 9-772-1, 16 February 1944: and TB 9.772-2, 13 May 1944. This manual also supersedes *pplienbl, portions of TB ORD 20, 24 January 19447 PB ORD 74,8 July 1948; and TB ORD 116, 19 uly 1984, PART ONE GENERAL Section | INTRODUCTION 1. SCOPE. a. These instructions are published for the information and guidance of the personnel to whom this equipment is assigned. They contain information on the operation and maintenance of the Cargo Carriers M29 and M29C as well as descriptions of the major units and their functions in relation to the other components of this vehicle. ‘The information contained in this manual applies to both M29 and M29C except where specifically designated. b. This manual has the following arrangement: (1) Part One, General, contains description and data. It lists the tools, spare parts, and equipment carried on the vehicle. It also lists organizational special tools for this vehicle. (2) Part Two, Operating Instructions, contains instructions for the operation of the vehicle, with description and location of the controls and instruments. (3) Part Three, Maintenance Instructions, contains information needed for the performance of the scheduled lubrication and preventive maintenance services, and instructions for maintenance operations which are the responsibility of the using organizations (first and second echelons). Stock numbers in this part were obtained from the Organizational Spare Parts and Equipment List of SNL G-179. (4) The Appendix contains instructions for shipment and limited storage, and a list of references, including Standard Nomenclature Lists, technical manuals, and other publications applicable to the vehicle. 2. RECORDS. a. Forms and records applicable for use in performing prescribed operations are listed below with brief explanations of each. (1) Stanparp Form No, 26, Driver's REPORT—ACCIDENT, Motor TRANSPORTATION. One copy of this form will be kept with thé vehicle at all times. In case of an accident resulting in injury or property damage, it will be filled out by the driver on the spot or as promptly as practical thereafter.T™ 9-772 2 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (2) War DEPARTMENT ForM No. 48, Driver's Trip TICKET AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE RECORD. This form, properly executed, will be furnished to the driver when his vehicle is dis- patched on non-tactical missions. The driver and the official user of the vehicle will complete in detail appropriate parts of this form. ‘These forms need not be issued for vehicles in convoy or on tactical missions, The reverse side of this form contains the driver’s daily and weekly preventive maintenance service reminder schedule. (3) WD. AG.O. Form No. 478, MWO anp Major UNIT ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT RECORD. This form will be used by all personnel completing a modification or major unit assembly (engine, transmission, axle unit, and tracks) replacement to record clearly the description of work completed, date, vehicle hours, and/or mileage, and MWO number of nomenclature of unit assembly. Personnel performing the operation will initial in the column provided. Minor repairs, parts, and accessory replacements will not be recorded. (4) WD, A.G.O. Form No, 6, Duty Roster. This form, slightly modified, will be used fot scheduling and maintaining a record of vehicle maintenance operations. It may be used for lubrication records. (5) W.D., A.G.O. Form No. 462, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AND TECHNICAL INSPECTION WoRK SHEET FOR FULL-TRACK AND TANK-LIKE WHEELED VEHICLES. This form will be used for all 50-hour (500-mile) or 100-hour (1,000-mile) services, and for technical inspections of these vehicles. (6) W.D, AGO, Form No. 7353, SpoT-cHECK INSPECTION REPORT FOR ALL Motor VEHICLES. This form may be used by all commanding officers or their staff representatives in making spot- check inspections on all vehicles. (7) W.D., A.G.O, Form No, 468, UNsaTISFACTORY EQUIPMENT RECORD. This form will be used for reporting manufacturing, design, or operational defects in materiel, with a view to improving and correcting such defects, and for use in recommending modifications of materiel. This form will not be used for reporting failures, isolated materiel defects, or malfunctions of materiel resulting from fair wear and tear or accidental damage, nor for the replacement, repair, or the issue of parts and equipment. It does not replace currently authorized operational or performance records. (8) WD. 0.0. Form No. 7370, EXCHANGE PART oR UNIT IDENTIFICATION TaG. This tag, properly executed, may be used when exchanging unserviceable items for like serviceable assemblies, parts, vehicles, and tools.TM 9-772 3 Section I DESCRIPTION AND DATA 3. DESCRIPTION. a, Standard Cargo Carrier M29 (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 8). (1) The Cargo Carrier M29 is a low silhouette, full-track-laying vehicle, carrying adequate equipment for a crew of two, three, or four men. It is designed for use over difficult terrain and in combat zones. The vehicle is powered with a liquid-cooled, six-cylinder engine located at the front center of the hull, The engine flywheel is connected to the planetary two-speed driving axle at the rear of the vehicle by means of a single plate clutch, a conventional transmission, and a propeller shaft with two needle-bearing type universal joints, The vehicle is fully suppressed for radio installation. (2) The hull consists of a sheet-steel welded structure, except for various covers which are easily removed to facilitate inspection and maintenance operations. Five plugs located on the left side of the hull, one plug on the right side, and one plate in the bottom of the hull, are provided for draining purposes. (3) A track guard and step plates were added to both sides of hull on vehicles produced after serial 2102 and a heavier pintle hook was installed. The cargo partition for the rear compartment and the driver hand grip were omitted from these vehicles after serial 2102. On vehicles produced after serial 3102, the back curtain is separate from the top, and the starting crank hole is omitted from front of hull, b, Amphibian Cargo Carrier M29C (figs. 5, 6, 7, and 9). (1) In addition to the description in subparagraph a, the Cargo Carrier M29C is designed for operation in water as well as on land. Never overload the vehicle, as this increases the ground pressure, decreases free board and the ability to negotiate swamp and marsh lands as well as operation in other difficult areas, (2) The bow (front) and stern (rear) cells fastened to the hull are of sheet steél reinforced and welded. Openings in the top of cells permit pumping out bilge water with bilge pump while in water. Drain plugs are provided in the left side of these cells for draining out bilge water when halted on land, A surf guard is mounted on the forward edge of front cell to reduce the possibility of shipping water. Aprons are fastened on each side of the hull which house the upper portion of the track and facilitate the forward motion of vehicle in water. Twin rudders are provided at the rear for steering the vehicle when operated in water. 3‘CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C T™ 9-772 3 {woyanposd Aj107) yuosy +yb1Y—4ZW 4914409 Obs0D—| Osnbly ‘9d 30H ANYED )™ 9-772 DESCRIPTION AND DATA MUFFLER AND A IGNAL OR TROUBLE LUGHT EQUIPMENT] Dyas “TFUEL TANK, Te FILLER CAP! fe 7\ aol PLUG RA PD 319403, Fiqure 2—Cargo Carrier M29—Front Top {Early Production} 5™ 9-772 3 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C WINDSHIELD ‘MANUAL ‘ ANTENNA CAMOUFLAGE WINDSHIELD i COVER WIPER TOWING. FIRE, EYE EXTINGUISHER RA PD 319394 Figure 3—Cargo Carrier M29—Left Front (After Vehicle Serial 3102) ENGINE COMPARTMENT Up. MUFFLER. GUAR BLACKOUT MARKER. LIGHT. PINTLE HOOK RA PD 319395 Figure 4—Cargo Carrier M29—Right Rear Top {After Vehicle Serial 3102) 6TM 9-772 3-4 DESCRIPTION AND DATA FUEL RADIATOR —- MUFFLER TANK FILLER CAP = GUARD TOWING EYE BOW CELL DRAIN PLUG. RA PD 319392 Figure §—Cargo Carrier M29C—Left Front Top 4, DATA. a, Vehicle Specifications. Length, over-all (with pintle hook) Length, over-all (without pintle hook) Length, over-all (to end of hull) Length over-all (to end of rudder) Width, over-all (with 15-inch track) Width, over-all (with 20-inch track) Height, over-all ‘Track size (width) early production ‘Track size (width) late production Tread (center-to-center of tracks) Crew May 10 ft 5% in. 9 ft 11 in. 5 ft 5 ft 5 in, 5 ft 10% in. 15 in, 20 in, 45 in, 2to 4 Mac. 14 ft 41% in, 15 ft 81444 in, 5 ft 7% in, 5 ft 10% in. 20 in. 45 in, 2to4TM 9-772 4 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Weight of crew and equipment (two men) (approximate) Weight of vehicle—empty (approximate) (15-in, track) Weight of vehicle—loaded (approximate) (15-in. track) Weight of vehicle—empty (approximate) (20-in, track) Weight of vehicle—loaded (approximate) (20-in. track) Length of track on ground Ground contact area—O inch pene- tration (15-in. track) Ground contact area—0 inch pene- tration (20-in, track) Snow contact area—S inch penetra- tion (15-in, track) Snow contact area—5 inch penetra- tion (20-in, track) Ground pressure (per square inch) (15-in, track) Ground pressure (per square inch) (20-in, track) Ground clearance Pintle height Angle of approach (approximate) Angle of departure (approximate) Center of gravity above ground (loaded) (approximate) Free board: at curb weight (bow) (stern) at gross weight (bow) (stern) Kind and grade of fuel Octane rating (minimum) way 1,200 Ib 3,725 Ib 4,925 Ib 4,077 Ib 5,277 Ib 784% in, 2,344 sq in, 3,125 sq in. 2,812 sq in. 3,750 sq in. 2.10 Ib 1.69 Ib 1L in, 27% in, 90 degrees 60 degrees 24 in, Gasoline 72 Mase 1,200 Ib 4,771 Ib 5,971 Ib 78% in. 3,125 sq in, 3,750 sq in, 1.91 Ib 10% in. 27% in, 47 degrees 36 degrees 24 in. 12 in, 13% in, 10% in. 8 in. Gasoline 72T™ 9-772 4 DESCRIPTION AND DATA 4DOY H49T—DEZW 2144 ObsDD—9 osnbyy ESEGIE Gd VE ‘emg Nivea 7 suanaisv THO NYUS ZOV¥E NOW (NoWeadO NYT) suaaany jHen 2A inoxoviaTM 9-772 4 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C “SURF GUARD. FASTENERS se BULL NOSE CHOCK BOW UD HEADLIGHT CAPSTAN FUEL TANK I FILLER CAP. DAILY OPERATIONS. || INSTRUCTION PLATE |I-—STRETCHER FOOT POCKET DRIVER'S SEAT: BOAT HOOK TRANSMISSION [INSPECTION COVER HULL FLOOR PAN CARGO COMPARTMENT AXLE INSPECTION COVER: BLACKOUT MARKER LIGHT. STRETCHER FOOT POCKETS: STERN CELL a INSPECTION COVER] RUDDERS RA PD 319402 Figure 7—Cargo Carrier M29C—Top, Showing Cargo CompartmentaM Pelle DESCRIPTION AND DATA {uo}pnporg 2407) wOIs>ag joUlpnyBuCT—EZW 4J3/11DD obsvg—g ounbiy Este ad ve Nn STH siNior ‘NISROH 7BaHA 7aaHA aK. 31908 = TS¥BAINA LIVHS HONS 30nd Waid) YITdOY —_NOISSINSNVYL / 3NIONS 7 BAT] Las ) ©) & G) & av wove x = 5] ‘> a Y, a : saad for 2 a Round 7BHM . SAN = = Se Ke a ey 343 5508 A ONIMOL TUNe / avaad LIVHS YOLVYTHOOV ETHER a wa4anW —— 3% oad (@aHsINuna 3I) Sree en NoUinOw3a | | i | | yond ¥Iv 2NINYOO cA awe AHOMGVaH YINVEIO UY, L- z YBHSINONILS ANANdINO? _(GBHSINUAS ai) HOLIMS SwaAa1 {BATT IHS «= DIvaa ONY YOLVIGVE avaHoing SMO8~ JHOMSTENOW TOWNOS WIL WORT dol YO TVNSIS ~—-NOWNOMEG = BISWA NOISSINSNYL © ONIUHIST™ 9-772 4 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Syste Gd VE OOH = TI3D NuaLs FUNid wo1423g joulpnyBue7—DEZW 42!410Q 061DD—6 aunbig NOWdyY XOVUL THD MO 3A3 SNIMOL 76) OAS On© Or co suaaany sa1gvo " NVLSe¥ OOH 3SON TINI vat aayne suns 12DESCRIPTION AND DATA GARGO? CARRIER M-29 eo) tee) a ne RA PD 336510 Figure 10—M29 Identification Plate ARGO :} CARRIER: M-2 ORD, DEPT.-U.S: ARMY. a eh ORD.-SERIAL:NO. MEFRS* SERIAL’ NO, GROSS: WEIGHT MAX:-PAY LOAD. WN Gia 9 Osa : GASOLINE-OCTANE RATING : Za SUMMER OIL'S.A. etnies OIL'S.A.E i [BELOW 32°F #10 J RA PD 336511 Figure 11—M29C Identification Plate 13T™ 9-772 4 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C b. Performance. mao Propalslon Tracks Speeds: Sustained—tevel hard surface 25 mph Short periods—level hard surface (4,000 engine rpm) 36.4 mph In calm water (approximate) Turning radius—on land (right) (approximate) 12 ft Turning radius—on land (left) (approximate) 12 ft ‘Towing facilities (front) Towing eye (rear) Pintle hook Fuel consumption—on land (vari- able under load and terrain) 0.7 to 7mpg Fuel consumption—on water (2,000 rpm—wide-open throttle) Cruising range—on land at 5 mpg 175 miles Maximum engine speed: Sustained 3,600 rpm Short periods 4,000 rpm Minimum temperature expected 40°F ‘Maximum temperature expected 120°F Tee) ay >)0), ‘MAX OPERATING. SPEE M290 Tracks 25 mph 36.4 mph 4 mph 12 ft 12 ft Towing eye Pintle hook 0.7 to 7 mpg 2.5 to 2.7 gph 175 miles 3,600 rpm 4,000 rpm ~40°F 120°F Figure 12—Speed Caution Plate 14 RA PD 336402TM 9-772 4-6 TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES c, Capacities. M2o M29C Transmission Ye qt % at Axle transmission and differential assembly 6 at 6 at Fuel 35 gal 35 gal Cooling system (before vehicle serial 1003) 10% at Cooling system (after vehicle serial 1002) 12% qt 12% at Crankcase Sat 5 qt Capstan lat _ Air cleaner (oil-bath type) Y at Ye at d. Communications. *Radio Either SCR-510-610-694-714 or British wireless No, 19 ¥Whon required. Section III TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES 5. PURPOSE. a, The lists in this section are for information only and must not be used as a basis for requisition, 6. TOOLS. a, Pioneer, wantity Vehcle Item Name 1 Ax, chopping, 4-Ib (41-A-1277) Rear exterior 1 Hoox, boat (M29C) Left exterior 1 SHOVEL, short handle (41-S-3170) Rear exterior b. Vehicle. 1 Bac, tool In vehicle 1 Hamme, ball peen, 16-0z (41-H-523) In tool bag 1 Hanpz, jack (G-154-02-09299) In tool bag 1 HANDLE, spark plug wrench (G-179-03-19850) In tool bag 15TM Feflh 6-7 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Se rr BOAT HOOK (M29C) uentity fer Vehicle 1 2. 1 i, Figure 13—Pioneer Tools Hem Name Jack, Oican (13-0-1530) Purers, combination, 6-in. (41-P-1652) SCREWDRIVER, common, 3-in. blade (418-1101) SCREWDRIVER, common, 6-in. blade (41-S-1104) WrencH, adjustable, auto type, 15-in. (41-W-450) ‘WPENCH, adjustable, single-end (41-W-488). ‘WRENCH, engineers, double-end, Yo-in—Ao-in. (41-W-991) ‘WRENCH, engineers, double-end, Yp-in—1%fo-in, (41-W-1003) WRENCH, engineers, double-end, Y g-in—1¥, g-in. (41-W-1005-5) ‘WrENcH, engineers, double-end, %-in—?5o-in. (41-W-1008-10) WRENCH, engineers, double-end, %-in—VYe-in. (41-W-1012-5) WrencH, spark plug and oil pan drain plug socket (G-154-04-52892) 7. ACCESSORIES, a. Equipment. Z 6 ADAPTER, ext, lubricating gun (late production) BaTrery (2—to be put in flashlight) 4 spares 16 In tool bag In engine compartment In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bag In tool bagTM 9-772 7 TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES S}OOL S>142A—pL aanbyy seagee ad Ve a poziaee dove ate /st — 48/5 9/6. 226/61 —.2/1 (zo1z IWrvas TIOIH3A waLsy) HONTUM 13xD0S-9N1d NiVUd NVd.TlO ONY SM1d VES. /L~ WB/E Nay ¥4 eV NTT T UT 4 5 . | ip bree I | ‘oma navas: ana-nag S1anod = {eorz Tvruas S1OIH3A FeOs3e) (21) HONSYM GNI ($1) HONSEM. HONTWA Old WUVdS. FTONIS FIgvisnrav navisnray ony (9) WBARIGMAYOS yo —a/E Lf NYO 110» 4.8) BAARIGMIYOS wAWYH Nad TVS | ‘9va-T00L WVTM Y-714 7 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C ete tem Name ioeafige 4 BELT, safety On seats 1 BRACKET ASSEMBLY, idler wheel tension spring release In tool box a CATALOG, spare parts SNL G-179 In map pocket rear front seat 1 CRANK, engine starting (before vehicle serial 3103) (G-154-01-41400) In tool box 1 Cover, windshield 1 EXTENSION, lubricating gun (after vehicle serial 2102) 1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER, and bracket Rear top ex- assembly terior of hull (before vehicle serial 2103) Front top exterior of hull (after vehicle serial 2102) 1 FLASHLIGHT (spec. 17-197) In tool box 1 GAGE ASSEMBLY, track spring tension In tool box 1 Gun, lubricating hand type (after vehicle serial 2102) *1 Kit, detonator In detonator container on bulkhead 1 Kir, windshield defroster a Lamp (spare for flashlight) i List, organizational spare parts and In map pocket equipment SNL G-179 rear front seat 1 LUBRICATION ORDER, War Dept. #98 In map pocket rear front seat 1 Mawnuat, technical for Cargo Carrier In map pocket M29 and M29C rear front seat a Pump, bilge with hose assembly (M29C) In bow cell Lai Ranio SET, either SCR-510-610-694.714 or British wireless No, 19 tT Rope, capstan (M29C) In bow cell 1 Rox, towing, 1 in, x 20 ft, with hooks at both ends *When required,T™ 9-772 7 TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES quawdinby ay21yaa-uQ—s_ eunbiz cpsvee adi va j —— (eo1z avivas J191H3A 3038) © / ISNOVYR SVU ONINS NOISN&L T33HM UaTGI Jayovus ONY Hy uh SANS 7YWHSINONIDG 3Ul4 BS \ 7 NOR) OU ONIMOL — (2012. IVINS FTOIHSA 314] i} ‘ ABNOVYB ASVSTRY. ONIAS )) y NOISNAL T3HM UIC! Lee (oszW) as0H aNd 39718 HON Gk UBER (Nowondowd atv) (oszn) and 29718 slavay NNO L tt (ole rvs 311H3A 34O-38) NYE SNLLVIS 3NIONA (o6zw) 3408 NVIsdvo 399 (zoiz Twiuas NOISNAL ONIdS YOVEL SIOIHSA YLdV) ae NOISN3LG NMS. mmncocmcern STINET z= NNS. SNULYOIESNT 19cw resis 8-9 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 8. SPARE PARTS. Vehicle Parts. Stowa: ete Hem Name Location 3 GaskeET, carburetor main body, CAR121-105 1 Jet, carburetor main discharge (metering) 307200 1 Jet, carburetor main discharge (metering) A307559 1 Jet, carburetor main discharge (metering) A307560 9. SPECIAL TOOLS. ‘Teol Anvit, rivet, track 41-A-281-50 J-3648 Brocxs, bogie assembly, holding, center, set of two 41-B-1378-10 J-3809-2 Buocxs, bogie assembly, holding, front and rear, set of two 41-B-1378 J-3809-1 BOLt, eye, engine lifting 41-B-1586-150 J-3614 Gun, seal, bogie lifter J-3602 HAnpz, % in. for removers and replacers 41-H-1395-988 TEC-2-207 ‘Lifer, suspension spring 41-L-1392 TEC-50-11 REPLACER, bearing, guide wheel 41-R-2383 J-3613 Ser, rivet, track 41-S-2198 J-3647 SLING, engine and axle unit lifting JEX-3802 ‘Wrench, drive and idler wheels bearing nut 41-W-2940-55 J-3603 20TM 9-772 TOOLS, PARTS, AND ACCESSORIES Opssee Gd Va kee 4 (eeiz-s-ip) 13S J3AY AOVEL (ssrovee-Mvl¥) HONSUM LON ome STHBHM UTA! GNV BARC (os-18z-v-I¥) “ANY J3ARi HOVEL juowdinby pup sjooy joj2eds—91., osnBy YWOVIE ONRVIE FHM 3aind (sse-s6e-H1b)SI0NVH suzovrany ONTV3E TERHM 3h fo i OVI dnd Naa ¥aNNI ‘SHBHM WGI ‘GNY AIG wovlg 4nd 908 (sse-roez-Url) YIOWTTY ano. ONRIV3E 3BINO STH wal GNY 3ARd BLEI-a-Iy (¥Vae: GNV INOUd) SXDO78. ‘ONIGIOH. ATRASSSY ae (zeel-r1¥) Ls STBHM YL ONY 3AuG. (OML 4O_ 13S 82 SNITIOH ATENSSSY 31908 ‘UaLIIT ONTYdSNOISN3dSNS Lez) — > 5 (osi-gasi-e-Ir) 1108 3Aa ‘NILM 3NINS 76 ‘NTIS ONLI LINN 31XV GNY aNISNI aCARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C PART TWO OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS : Section IV CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS 10. CONTROLS (figs. 17, 18, 19, and 20). a Spark Control]. The spark control is automatic and is varied to suit engine operating conditions by a governor within the distributor. b. Carburetor Choke. The choking of the carburetor for cold starts is accomplished by operating the carburetor choke control. The control button is mounted on the instrument panel at the lower left side. Refer to paragraph 12 ¢ for additional information. SPOTLIGHT: ELECTRIC HEATER FUEL’ INSTRUMENT MASTER pee WINDSHIELD VALVE CONTROL PANEL LIGHTS ELECTRICAL STARTING SWITCH SWITCH SPEEDOMETER PUSH. IGNITION\ PRIMER BUTTON __ SWITCH V HEATER VOLTMETER \. ENGINE HEAT. AMMETER SWITCH INDICATOR CARBURETOR... VOLTMETER INSTRUMENT PANEL AND ‘COMPASS © LIGHTS AND BLACKOUT GAGE ie CONTROL UGHT SWITCH MARKER LIGHT SWITCH RA PD 319401 Figure 17—Instruments and Controls (Early Production) 22TM 9-772 10 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS F ATER UR MASTER ELECTRICAL SWITCH SPEEDOMETER ELECTRIC CRANKING MOTOR WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCHES, SWITCH PUSH INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHTS Bl IN HEADLIGHT SWITCH. PRIMER KNOB FUEL GAGE IGNITION AND | ENGINE HEAT “ARBURETOR Ol eRe ae HEATER SWITCH | INDICATOR. port coon "Tuo steak RENE On ‘CARBURETOR. SOMPASS (IE USED) MARKER LIGHT SWITCH CHOKE CONTROL RA PD 339741 Figure 18—Instruments and Controls (Late Production) ©. Carburetor Throttle. If desired (as during engine warm-up), speed of engine can be set by pulling out carburetor throttle button located on coaming, in front and slightly to the right of driver. d, Accelerator. An accelerator pedal, accessible to the driver's right foot, provides quick and positive control of engine speed, e. Master Switch. This switch is located on the engine compartment side panel near the rear of the upper section. NOTE: It is necessary that the handle be turned to the horizontal “ON” position before any of the electrical units will operate. 23TM FSIS 10 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C MANUAL WINDSHIELD _WIPER CONTROL : CARBURETOR COMPASS THROTTLE CONTROL LEFT STEERING RIGHT STEERING, KE LEVER. AND BRAKE LEVER ~ CLUTCH PEDAL TRANSMISSION ACCELERATOR AIR DUCT VENTILATOR ‘SHIFT LEVER PEDAL, LUD CONTROL RA PD 319400 Figure 19—Foot and Hand Controls {Early Production) 24TM 9-772 10 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS CARBURETOI SAROTTLE CONTROL MANUAL LEFT STEERING IR DUCT. AND BRAKE RIGHT. STEERING AINTILATOR Up c wre "CONTROL LEVER ‘AND BRAKE LEVER CONTROLS CLUTCH ENGINE ‘ACCELERATOR PEDAL =. TRANSMISSION PEDAL SHIFT LEVER HEAT ‘OUTLET AXLE TRANSMISSION Ser SHIFT LEVER Figure 20—-Foot and Hand Controls (Late Production) 25TM 9-772 10 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C f. Ignition Switch. (1) Ionrrion Swircw (BEFORE VEHICLE SERIAL 1003). ‘The ignition switch is mounted in the left upper center of the instrument panel. Moving the lever toward the front completes the circuit to the coil. (2) Icnrrion AND HEATER SwitcH, After vehicle serial 1002, the “stand-by” heater switch is combined with the ignition switch. When the lever on the combination “ignition and heater switch” is moved toward the rear, the electrical circuit to the heater is completed (on vehicles so equipped). ‘This makes it impossible to start the heater while the engine is operating. g. Cranking Motor Switch, The cranking motor switch is located in the upper left corner of the instrument panel. Pushing in on the button energizes the cranking motor solenoid switch which operates the cranking motor to crank the engine. h. Defroster Switch. An electric heating element type windshield defroster is supplied with some vehicles. It mounts on the RA PD 319399 Figure 21—Additional Controls on M29C Model 26TM 9-772 10 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS windshield with rubber suction cups and is operated by a switch on the defroster frame. i, Clutch Pedal. ‘The clutch is controlled by a pedal accessible to the driver’s left foot. ‘The pedal is connected by a cable and adjustable linkage to the clutch release shaft lever located at the clutch housing. j. Capstan Clutch Control (M29C). This control is located at the right side of driver’s seat (fig. 21). Pull the control button up to engage the clutch and push the button down to disengage it. k, Engine Transmission Shift Lever. ‘The transmission remote control shift lever, located in front of the driver, is connected by adjustable linkage to the transmission assembly mounted on the rear of the clutch housing. Moving the remote control lever from neutral (center) position to the left and rearward engages the low-speed position; to the left and forward the reverse gear; to the right and forward the second-speed position; and to the right and rearward the high-speed position (fig. 22). 1 Axle Transmission (Gear Box) Shift Lever. ‘The axle unit has two speeds, and the gearshift lever that controls the shifting of axle transmission into high or low range is located ahead of the engine transmission shift lever. Moving the lever forward shifts the axle transmission into high range, while moving it rearward shifts the axle into low range (fig. 22). Thus, with the four engine transmission speeds, there are available six forward gear speeds and two in reverse. Peasy UNCP ACLs (eins SE oN 7 Moore CR LW Manan baer n doko nomn eee PRs kote wae k he eO) Nee Recreate nse ell) old goo aeRO SIA aaA Co ROA LION RAPD 49333, Figure 22—Steering, Shifting, and Cooling System Drain Instruction Plate 27tM Petts 10 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C m. Steering and Brake Levers. ‘These levers are located directly ahead of the driver and are connected to brake bands in the axle unit by cross shafts and linkage. Pulling on the left lever steers the vehicle to the left and on the right lever steers to the right when moving either forward or in reverse. . Pulling rearward simultaneously on both steering levers retards the speed of the vehicle, If enough effort is applied, such action will stop the vehicle. The clutch must be disengaged to avoid stalling the engine when braking. n, Tiller (M29C), The tiller is mounted in front of driver on coaming below windshield (fig. 21). Turning the tiller clockwise will steer the vehicle to the right and turning tiller counterclockwise steers the vehicle to the left. o. Windshield Wiper Switch. The electric windshield wipers have individual switches. A manual wiper control is located directly in front of the driver and pivots on the windshield upper frame. p. Light Switches. (1) Sporiicur. The spotlight switch is located in the control handle. (2) Heapuicut. The headlight switch is located on the instrument panel between the starting switch button and the panel front light. (3) TrRousLe Licut. The trouble light switch is located in the pistol grip control. (4) INSTRUMENT PANEL AND MARKER LicHtTs. The switch for these lights is located in the lower right corner of the instrument panel. (5) Vourmeter anp Compass Licut. ‘The switch for these units is located in the center of instrument panel near lower edge. q. Primer Knob. A primer knob is located in the upper right corner of the instrument panel. By pulling the knob outward and then pushing it in, a charge of fuel is injected into the intake manifold to assist in cold weather starting. x. Ventilator and Heating Controls. (1) VentiLator, The air duct ventilator lid control is located on the right wall near the front of driver’s compartment. (2) Heatine Driver’s ComPaRTMENT. A sliding door, with handle, is provided to control the amount of heat that enters driver’s compartment through hole in engine compartment side panel. (3) SrTanp-By HEATER (M29). 28™ 9-772 10-11 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS (a) Fuel Valve Control. The heater fuel valve control is located on the engine compartment front panel. Turning the control to the rear opens a valve so fuel will flow to the heater. (b) Blower and Igniter Switch. The switch that controls these units is located in lower left corner of instrument panel on vehicles produced before serial 1003, On vehicles produced after serial 1002, the switch for these units was combined with the ignition switch (subpar, f above), 11, INSTRUMENTS (figs. 17, 18, and 19), a, Ammeter, The ammeter indicates the amount of charge (+) or discharge (—) of current to or from the battery. It is located in the upper center of instrument panel. Normal readings during operation of vehicle will vary from several amperes discharge to 40 amperes charge, NOTE: Radio equipment is not connected to ammeter. b. Compass. A sealed, liquid-type compass, located in front of the driver, was furnished on vehicles of early production. c, Fuel Gage. The fuel gage on the upper left portion of instrument panel is connected to a unit in the fuel tank by an electrical circuit, When the ignition switch is turned to the “ON” position, the fuel gage indicates the approximate amount of fuel in tank, d, Heat Indicator. The heat indicator has a range of 100°F to 220°F and is located on the instrument panel just below and to the left of speedometer. The indicator element is located in the left side of cylinder head near the rear, After the engine reaches normal operating temperature, the reading on indicator will range from 175°F to 200°F, depending on prevailing air temperature and type of operation, _@ Oil Pressure Gage, The oil pressure gage indicates pressure of engine oil being pumped to various moving parts of engine. It is located on instrument panel below and to the right of fuel gage, Nor- mal pressure reading, with engine at operating temperature, will vary from a few pounds at idle speed to 40 pounds or more at operating speed, f, Speedometer. ‘The speedometer is located’ on right side of instrument panel below primer knob, ‘The speed of vehicle is indicated in miles per hour, and provision is made for registry of trip and accumulated mileage. g- Voltmeter. A voltmeter that permits checking the voltage present in the electrical system is furnished on vehicles of early production, It is located in the lower left center of instrument panel.© PAPERPRINT.BE 2009 TM 9-772 12 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Section V OPERATION UNDER ORDINARY CONDITIONS 12, USE OF INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS IN VEHICULAR OPERATION. a. New Vehicle Run-in Test, Before a new or reconditioned vehicle is placed in service, be sure that the new vehicle run-in test described in paragraphs 25, 26, and 27 has been performed, b. Before-operation Service, Perform the services in items 1 to 6 in paragraph 29, before attempting to start the engine. Start and warm up engine (subpar. ¢ below), and complete the Before- operation Services, e, Starting Engine. Open the air duct ventilator lid and place engine transmission shift lever in neutral position. Push the clutch pedal forward to disengage the clutch; push the accelerator pedal forward about one-third of its normal travel, and set the throttle hand control to correspond, If the engine is cold, pull the carburetor choke control button outward to the full choke position, NOTE: When the engine is warm, it may not be necessary to use the choke. Place the master switch handle in horizontal position, turn the ignition switch on, and press the cranking motor manual switch button for about 30 seconds at a time or until engine starts. If the engine does not start promptly, investigate at once, because continued cranking of the engine will discharge the battery and flood the cylinders with fuel. After the engine starts, push the choke control button in to a point where the engine runs smoothly, and release the clutch pedal, If oil pressure is not evident on gage in approximately 10 seconds, stop the engine at once and investigate, Push the choke control button all the way in as soon as the engine will operate without stopping. d, Placing Vehicle in Motion. (1) Ow Lanp (M29 ap M29C), (a) Shifting, Start the engine (subpar. ¢ above). Ordinarily the vehicle will be operated with the axle transmission in high range (shift lever in forward position). If difficult terrain is encountered, shift the axle transmission into low range (lever in rear position). Push the clutch pedal forward to disengage clutch, shift engine transmission shift lever into first-speed position, and gradually release the clutch pedal while accelerating the engine, (Reversing the vehicle is accomplished in the same manner except that the engine transmission shift lever is moved into reverse speed position.) As 3012 OPERATION UNDER ORDINARY CONDITIONS the vehicle gains momentum and the engine ceases to labor, release the accelerator pedal as the clutch pedal is pushed forward, and move the engine transmission shift lever into the second-speed position. Release the clutch pedal and accelerate the engine. When the vehicle momentum has increased and the engine is not laboring, again release the accelerator pedal as the clutch pedal is pushed forward, and move the engine transmission shift lever into the third- speed position. Release the clutch pedal and accelerate the engine, (b) Shifting Engine Transmission to Lower Speed. When it becomes necessary to shift the engine transmission to a lower speed for more power, use the following procedure: Release the accelerator pedal as the clutch pedal is pushed forward, and move the engine transmission shift lever to neutral. Release the clutch pedal, accelerate engine momentarily to synchronize engine and vehicle speed, and move the engine transmission shift lever into the next lower speed position as the clutch pedal is again pushed forward. Release the clutch pedal and accelerate the engine. (c) Shifting Axle Transmission to Low Range. Shifting the axle transmission from high range to low range is accomplished as follows: Release the accelerator pedal as the clutch pedal is pushed forward, and move the axle transmission shift lever to neutral, Re- lease the clutch pedal, accelerate the engine momentarily, and move the axle transmission shift lever into low range as the clutch pedal is again pushed forward. Release the clutch pedal and accelerate engine. (d) Steering the Vehicle, Pull back on left steering lever for a left turn and on right steering lever for right turn. The sharpness of a turn depends on the amount of pressure applied with the steering lever, When vehicle is to be turned, compensate for the extra power needed by accelerating the engine as the steering lever is pulled back, If the vehicle is turned too sharply, one of the tracks may be forced off. (e) Observation of Instruments. Observe the action of the oil Pressure gage, heat indicator, and ammeter frequently while operating vehicle, If any of these instruments become erratic or show abnormal readings, stop the vehicle at once (if practical) and investigate to find the cause, (t) Driving Technique Over Rough Torrain. The action of this vehicle when operating over steep embankments, rough terrain or snow ridges, in so far as pitching or crashing is concerned, can, to @ great extent, be controlled with the use of the accelerator. The first important point to remember is that the driver should always drive with the safety belt fastened securely, This is vitally important© PAPERPRINT.BE 2009 ™ 9-772 12 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C not only from a safety standpoint but also to obtain a smoother accelerator action which otherwise would not be possible if the operator attempted to brace himself and pitched with the vehicle when driving over rough terrain. When negotiating steep embankments or severe angles, the driver should anticipate the power necessary to carry the vehicle to the crest of the embankment or hill, and just as the vehicle reaches the crest release the acclerator, allowing the momentum to carry the vehicle. The front will then nose down easily and smoothly and a crash landing will be avoided. (g) Prevention of Track Throwing, When the vehicle is driven in deep ruts and it is necessary to make a turn, reduce the speed of vehicle, and steer it out of the ruts gradually as power is applied to the tracks, CAUTION: A sharp, fast turn out of ruts will cause the tracks to tilt away from drive wheel sprockets and result in tracks running off. A heavy thumping noise indicates the track is coming off; therefore, stop the vehicle immediately. If the track is still in a tilted position, it can usually be run back into place on drive wheel sprockets by reversing the vehicle, When the track has run part way off the drive wheel sprockets, it will be necessary to use blocks, a bar, or some other leverage to tilt the track into a suitable position so it can be run back into place on drive wheel. If the track is run completely off the drive wheel, relieve the track tension, and install track as outlined in paragraph 109 e, Also, when it is necessary to cross ditches, ruts, or other obstacles, cross. them squarely if possible and drive vehicle slowly, with power applied to tracks. (2) In Warer (M29C). (a) Preparation and Operation, Stop the vehicle before entering water, unhook and lower the rudders into operating position, and fasten the surf guard securely to the bow (front) cell, especially if the water is choppy. However, the vehicle must never be operated in surf or highly turbulent waters. Place the axle transmission in high range if the vehicle has been operating in low range. Start the vehicle and enter the water slowly and carefully to avoid shipping water. Shift the engine transmission into second gear and accelerate the engine as required, When operating in deep water, maximum speed is obtained with axle transmission in high range and the engine transmission in second gear, To obtain maximum economy, operate the vehicle with engine transmission in high gear. Never operate in low engine transmission and low axle transmission gear in deep water, CAUTION: Striking a submerged obstacle with a track that is driven at high speed will change the course of travel and may cause the vehicle to capsize. If vegetation or other trash accumulates in suspension system, it can often 32OPERATION UNDER ORDINARY CONDITIONS be removed by reversing operation of the tracks while still affoat. (b) Steering Vehicle in Water, Normal steering in deep water is accomplished by rudder action only. Turning the tiller in a clockwise direction will steer the vehicle to the right; and turning the tiller in a counterclockwise direction will steer the vehicle to the left, For greater maneuverability, the rudder action can be supplemented by the use of the regular steering levers, Best steering is obtained with a high track speed, (c) Landing, Operate with a slow track speed when approaching the shore. When landing in soft mud or on a steep grade, shift engine transmission into low speed and axle transmission into low range, with reduced engine speed the instant the vehicle grounds, This will enable the vehicle to climb out without digging in. Where there is a solid shore with a gradual grade, reduce engine speed when landing. Stop vehicle after landing, lift the rudders and hook them in raised position (fig. 6) with fasteners provided. Unhook the surf guard fasteners, raise the guard which is pivoted at each side, push it rearward, and down in front of windshield. e. Stopping the Vehicle, Pull back slowly on both steering levers, push the clutch pedal forward, and release the accelerator pedal—all in one smooth action, In some cases, as when encounter- ing heavy terrain or while ascending a grade, it will not be necessary to apply much, if any, braking effort on the steering levers to stop the vehicle unless the grade is steep enough to require holding the vehicle from rolling backward. Usually it can be held in position by shifting both the axle and engine transmissions into low speed positions, stopping the engine, and allowing the clutch to engage. f. Stopping the Engine. Release the accelerator pedal so the engine operates at idle speed, and turn ignition switch to the “OFF” position, 138. TOWING THE VEHICLE. a, Towing to Start Vehicle, (1) Precautions, In towing another vehicle there are several precautions that the driver must take. Changes of direction should be accomplished by a series of short turns so that the vehicle being towed is, as nearly as possible, directly behind the one doing the towing. If a continuous short turn is attempted, the tow rope, cable, or chain may become entangled in a track and damage the track or rope. When entering muddy areas or when operating on snow or ice, if possible avoid turns of any kind, and keep the speed below 12 miles per hour. 3313-14 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (2) OPERATION oF TowING VEHICLE (ENGINE RUNNING). If possible, tow directly in front of the towed vehicle. Shift the axle transmission into low range and the engine transmission into the first-speed position. Gradually release the clutch pedal and open the throttle as required for the additional load, Take up slack in rope gradually. Shift the engine transmission into second speed before signaling the other operator to engage the clutch of the towed vehicle, After sufficient momentum has been attained, signal for the driver to engage the clutch of the towed vehicle. After the engine in the towed vehicle starts, stop and unhook the tow rope. (3) Towep Ventcte, Attach one end ‘of a tow rope, cable, or chain to the towing eye on front end of vehicle to be towed, and the other end to pintle hook fastened on rear of towing vehicle. Pull the carburetor choke control button out as in regular starting. Shift the axle transmission into high range and the engine transmission into the high speed position. Prime the manifold if necessary and turn on the master and ignition switches. Keep the clutch pedal held forward and signal to the operator of the towing vehicle to start. After the towing vehicle has gotten well under way (wait for signal), gradually engage the clutch and depress the accelerator pedal. When the engine begins firing, disengage the clutch, adjust the carburetor choke and throttle controls, and signal to the driver of the towing vehicle to stop. Shift the engine transmission to neutral, allow the engine to warm up at idling speed, and unhook tow rope from towing eye and pintle hook. b. Towing a Disabled Vehicle, When it is necessary to tow a disabled vehicle, make sure that the shift levers are placed in “Neutral.” Attach a tow rope, cable, or chain (subpar. a (3) above), and proceed as outlined in subparagraph a (1) above, Section VI OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT 14, FIRE EXTINGUISHER. a, A I-quart pump-type fire extinguisher is carried in a bracket mounted on the rear deck of early production vehicles and on the front deck of late production vehicles. A retaining strap that is easily unlatched, keeps the fire extinguisher tight in its bracket. To use the fire extinguisher, pull up on the catch to loosen the retaining strap, and pull the extinguisher off its mounting bracket (fig. 23), turn handle 90 degrees counterclockwise to unlock pump, and pull handle outward, 34OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT Pushing in on the handle forces a stream of fire extinguishing chemical from the nozzle. By pumping handle a continuous stream will be forced from the nozzle. Direct the stream toward the base of the flame. After the blaze has been extinguished, continue to play a stream on the surrounding area, 5 iam RA PD 67101 Figure 23—Removing Fire Extinguisher b. After using fire‘extinguisher, always make sure the handle is pushed all the way in and turned clockwise 90 degrees to lock the handle in the head, and close the nozzle valve. If this is not done, the extinguisher will leak. The fire extinguisher can be used to put out a fire in the engine compartment even though the engine is running. c, When the fire extinguisher has been used, refill it at the first opportunity with the proper fluid by removing the filler plug in the head, After filling, make sure it does not leak when the valve is completely closed. Replace, if leaking. To discourage tampering, seal the filler plug, and check the seal during inspections, 15. STAND-BY HEATER (M29). a. Description, ‘The stand-by heater, which is located back of the bulkhead under the hull floor pan, consists of a blower, carburetor, and combustion chamber, This heater serves to keep the en- 35TM 9-772 5 CARRIER, CARGO,'M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C gine and battery temperature from dropping so low that it would be impossible to start the engine in regions where extremely low temperatures prevail. If the air temperature drops without warning, the heater may be started and operated 1 to 3 hours to raise the temperature of engine and battery. The fuel for operating the heater flows from vehicle fuel tank to heater carburetor through a fuel line and filter when the shut-off valve is opened. b. Operation. Open heater fuel valve with control handle on engine compartment front panel (fig. 17 and 18). Operate heater switch to complete electrical circuit to heater and allow 2 to 5 minutes for heater to start operating. When heater switch is on and igniter is heating, the ammeter will show approximately 12 to 14 amperes DISCHARGE HOSE OPERATING HANDLE HOSE CONNECTION INTAKE FILTER SCREEN, RA PD 319386 Figure 24—Bilge Pump 3615-17 OPERATION OF AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT discharge. -After the fuel mixture is ignited in the combustion chamber and the temperature reaches approximately 110°F, a thermostatic switch shuts off the current to igniter. When the heater is operating, a roaring or hissing noise will be apparent. CAUTION: If the heater has not started to operate within 5 minutes, investigate at once, Also, never start the engine while the heater is operating, Before starting the engine, close the fuel shut-off valve with control handle, and shut off the heater switch. 16, BILGE PUMP (M29C). a. Description (fig. 24). A portable, double-action bilge pump is provided with each vehicle for use while operating in water. The lower end of the pump cylinder is equipped with a screen to keep out foreign matter. A discharge hose attaches to a fitting at the upper end of pump cylinder, b, Operation. Raise or remove cover from section where bilge water has accumulated, Place intake end of pump into the bilge water, hang discharge hose over the side of vehicle, and hold the pump with one hand while operating the handle with the other. 17. CAPSTAN (M29C). a. Description. ‘The capstan is mounted near the center of the bow (front) cell (fig. 5). Drive shafts—with universal joints, pulleys, clutch, and a drive belt—transmit power from the front end of engine crankshaft to the capstan. b. Capstan Clutch Control (fig. 21). The control is located at the right side of driver's seat, Pull the control up to engage the clutch and push the control down to disengage the clutch. ¢. Operation, Attach one end of capstan rope to a fixed object in front of vehicle; unlatch and raise the surf guard. Insert the free end of rope through bullnose chock (fig. 25), wrap it clockwise around capstan drum several times, and stop the engine, With ignition switch “OFF” and engine transmission in neutral, operate the cranking motor while pulling up the capstan clutch control button to engage the clutch, When capstan is used to assist in pulling vehicle out of mud, disengage the engine clutch, and shift the axle transmission into low range and engine transmission into first speed. Start the engine, pull on the free end of capstan rope to tighten it around the drum, and engage the engine clutch while accelerating the engine as required to move the vehicle, After the capstan has served its purpose, stop the vehicle, shift engine transmission into neutral, stow the capstan rope, and push the capstan clutch control button down to disengage clutch. 37CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 336550 Figure 25—Capstan in Use—M29C 18. RUDDERS (M29C). a. Description. Twin rudders are mounted on rear of vehicle to steer it when operating in water. The rudders are operated by the tiller through the cables and cross shaft, b. Tiller. ‘The tiller is mounted in front of the driver on coaming below windshield (fig. 21). c, Operation. Turning the tiller in a clockwise direction will steer the vehicle to the right, and turning it counterclockwise will steer vehicle to the left. Section VII OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS 19. COLD WEATHER OPERATION. a, General. The operation and maintenance of this vehicle at low temperatures involves factors which do not exist at normal temperatures; therefore, operators and maintenance personnel must spend more time in protective maintenance, Failure to give this extra service will result in actual damage, unnecessary and unwar- ranted expense and failure to start. b. Fuels, (1) Grapz, Always use a special winter grade of motor fuel (US Army Spec, 2-114, grade C) in the engine.ee EE VCS WINE TWINS (2) Spectau Precautions. The formation of ice crystals from small quantities of water in the fuel sometimes causes considerable trouble, The following precautions should be followed to keep water out of the fuel tank. (a) Strain fuel through suitable strainer, CAUTION: A positive metallic contact must be provided between fuel container and fuel tank unless both fuel tank and container are independently grounded. (b) Always keep'the fuel tank full. This will reduce condensation of water from the free air space above the fuel. (c) Add ¥% pint of denatured alcohol to each tank of fuel, The alcohol will absorb the water and prevent it from freezing, (d) Do not store fuel in old drums unless they have been thoroughly cleaned. (e) Never pump fuel drums dry when filling the vehicle fuel tank; allow about 4 inches of fuel to remain, This residue can later be transferred to a settling tank, if time is not an urgent consideration, do not pump fuel from drum to vehicle until it has settled for 24 hours after filling or moving. Keep portable fuel pumps clean and protected from snow and frost. (£) When a drum has been opened, be sure that the opening is covered or the bung replaced to prevent snow, frost, or other foreign matter from entering. Store drums in a covered building or cover them with tarpaulin. ec. Keeping Crankease Oil Fluid (M29C). Lubrication of the engine at temperatures above 0°F is covered in the Lubrication Order (par. 24). The following instructions are intended to supplement this information and apply only in instances where the temperature falls below 0°F for long periods. The several methods for keeping crankcase oil in M29C carriers sufficiently fluid for proper lubrication are listed below (on M29 carriers, use the heater). Prefer- ence should be given to the different methods in the order listed, according to the facilities available, (1) Keep the vehicle in a heated inclosure when it is not being operated, (2) When the engine is stopped, drain the crankcase oil while it is still hot and store in a warm place until the vehicle is to be operated again. If warm storage is not available, heat the oil before reinstalling, Do not get the oil too hot, Tag the vehicle in the driver's compartment to warn personnel that the crankcase is empty. (3) Dilute the crankcase oil, using gasoline or Diesel fuel with preference given to gasoline, Fill the crankcase with grade of engine oil specified for use at temperatures from -+-32°F to 0°F (par. 28). Add 142 qts of gasoline or grade X Diesel fuel. Run engine 5 to 10CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C minutes to mix the oil and the diluent thoroughly. Stop the engine and note that the level of the oil is above the normal “FULL” mark on the oil gage. This level should be marked on the gage for reference. After the vehicle has been operated 4 hours or more at operating temperature, redilute’the oil if the vehicle is to be left standing un- protected for 5 hours or more. When Diesel fuel has been used as a diluent further additions of diluent due to vehicle having been left standing are unnecessary. Redilution can be accomplished by adding oil to the “FULL” mark, then adding gasoline to the dilution mark made on the gage for reference purposes. The presence of a large percentage of diluent will increase oil consumption and the oil level must be checked frequently. (4) If the vehicle must be kept out-of-doors and if the crankcase cannot be drained, cover the engine with a tarpaulin. About three hours before the engine is to be started, place fire pots under the tarpaulin, A Van Prag, Primus-type, or other type blow torch, and ordinary kerosene lanterns may be used, With due consideration for the fire hazard involved, the flame may be applied directly to the oil pan. d. Lubrication. (1) Transmissions, TRANSFER UNIT AND DIFFERENTIAL, The engine oil specified for these units at 32°F to 0°F is satisfactory and no dilution of the oil is required for operation of the gear cases below 0°F. The vehicle should be started and operated with the transfer unit in low range at slow speed to warm up. (2) Cuassis LupRICANTS. . (a) If vehicle has been operated 1,000 miles using general purpose grease No. 0 for lubrication, no special precautions are necessary for the wheels and track roller bearings. If quantities of general purpose grease, No. 1 are in these bearings, it will be necessary to disassemble and wash in dry-cleaning solvent, dry and then relubricate with general purpose grease, No. 0 for satisfactory operation. (b) All other places where general purpose greases are specified on Lubrication Order for vehicles between +32°F to 0°F shall be lubricated with the same lubricant below 0°F. (c) For oilcan points where engine oil is prescribed above 0°F, use light preservative lubricating oil. e, Cooling System, (1) ANTIFREEZE, Only antifreeze compound (51-C-1554-15) is prescribed for protection of cooling systems. NOTE: If cooling system needs cleaning, see paragraph 78. The following table gives the quantity of antifreeze compound to be added to the cooling system on this vehicle to prevent freezing at the temperatures indicated: 40ANTIFREEZE COMPOUND CHART (for Cooling System Capacities —Before Serial 1003, 10% qt—After Serial 1002, 12% qt) Pints Antifreeze required Vehicle After Vehicle Froozing Points rial 1003 ‘Serial 1002 +10°F 5 6% O°F 6% BY —10°F 7%, 10 —20°F 9 11% —30°F 10 13 —40°F 1% 15 —50°F 12% 16 (2) Precautions, The following precautions should be taken before installing the antifreeze compound: (a) Flush cooling system thoroughly. The radiators and cylinder blocks should be flushed separately to prevent transfer of residue from one to the other, (b) Check the systems for leaks; tighten the hose connections and replace, if necessary. (c) Recheck the belts for adjustment or weakness, Replace in sets, if necessary. (d) Be sure that the water pumps are properly lubricated. (3) Dratninc Cooine System. Refer to paragraph 79 b (1). f. Electrical Systems. (1) GeneRAToR AND CRANKING Motor. Check the brushes, armature commutators and bearings. Be sure that the armature commutators are clean. The large surges of current which occur in starting the cold engine require good contact between brushes and armature commutators, (2) Wirinc. Check, clean and tighten all connections, especially battery terminals. Care must be taken that no short circuits are present, 7 (3) Com Ann ConpEnseR. Check coil dnd condenser for proper functioning. (4) DISTRIBUTOR. Clean distributor thoroughly. Check the points frequently and replace as necessary. (5) Spark Piuas. Test and replace spark plugs if necessary. If it is difficult to make the engine fire, reduce the gap from 0.030 to 0.025-inch. This will make sparking easier at the reduced voltages likely to prevail, (6) IcniTIon TrmiNnG. See paragraph 65 for detailed procedure, (7) Bartertes. The efficiency of a battery drops sharply with decreasing temperatures and becomes practically nil at —40°F. DoTM 9-772 19 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67060 Figure 26—_Checking Antifreeze Solution 42OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS not try to start the engine with the battery when it has been exposed to temperatures below —30°F without first warming up battery. Be sure that the battery is always fully charged with the hydrometer reading between 1,275 to 1,300. A fully charged battery will not freeze at temperatures usually encountered even in Arctic climates, but a discharged battery will freeze at +5°F. (8) Licurs. Inspect all lights carefully. (9) SrarTinc. Before every start, be sure there is no ice or moisture on the spark plugs, wiring or other electrical equipment, g. Starting and Operating Engine. (1) Inspect CRANKING Motor, Be sure that no heavy grease or dirt has been left on the cranking motor throw-out mechanism, Heavy grease or dirt is liable to keep the gears from being meshed, or cause them to remain in mesh after the engine starts running. The latter will ruin the cranking motor and necessitate repairs, (2) Use or Cooke, A full choke is necessary to secure the rich air-fuel mixture required for cold weather starting, Check the butter- fly valve to see that it closes all the way and otherwise functions properly, (3) CARBURETOR AND FuEL Pump, The carburetor, which will give no appreciable trouble at normal temperatures, is liable not to operate satisfactorily at low temperatures, Be sure the fuel pump has no leaky valves or diaphram as this will prevent the fuel pump from delivering the amount of fuel required to start the engine at low temperatures when running speeds are reduced to between 30 and 60 revolutions per minute. (4) At CLEANERS, At temperatures below 0°F do not use oil in air cleaners, The oil will congeal and prevent the easy flow of air, Wash screens in dry-cleaning solvent, dry and replace. Ice and frost formations on the air cleaner screens can cause an abnormally high intake vacuum in the carburetor air horn hose, resulting in collapse. (5) Fue. System. Remove and clean sediment bulb, strainers, etc,, daily, Also drain fuel tank sump daily to remove water and dirt. h, Final Drive and Suspension System. (1) Errsect or Low TEMPERATURES ON METALS. Inspect the vehicle frequently. Shock resistance of metals, or resistance against breaking, is greatly reduced at extremely low temperatures. Opera- tion of vehicles on hard, frozen ground causes strain and jolting which will result in screws breaking or nuts jarring loose, 20. OPERATION IN MUD, SNOW, ICE, SAND, AND FLOOD. a, Mud, Select a gear low enough to move vehicle steadily without digging in, When a convoy of vehicles is operating over soft ground in territory where circumstances permit, it is desirable to Aoav CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C operate the vehicles so the tracks overlap the trail of preceding vehicle to avoid rutting. If the vehicle becomes stuck, arrange to be towed out of the mud instead of digging in, When a drop in the temperature is anticipated, make sure that the vehicle is parked on solid ground or footing to prevent the tracks from being frozen in the mud. If the vehicle is an M29C, the capstan may be used in connection with the driving mechanism of the vehicle (par. 17 ¢) to help pull it out of the mud. b. Smow and Ice. Skidding is the general hazard encountered on ice or hard-packed snow, Select the proper gear ratio to move the vehicle steadily, without imposing undue strain on engine and axle, When skidding occurs, decelerate the engine and proceed with caution. ce, Sand. The main objective when driving in sand is to avoid the possibility of spinning the tracks on a hill. Reduce speed and use a gear low enough to move vehicle steadily. Do not let the motor labor, d. Flood. When entering water that is deep enough, the M29 will float and continue its forward motion very slowly. For operation of M29C in water, refer to paragraph 12 d (2). Maximum speed in deep water is obtained with axle transmission in high range and the engine transmission in second. Reduce the engine speed, when approaching the shore after operating in deep water, and select a lower gear if necessary. Lubricated parts which have been affected by mud and water must be serviced at the earliest opportunity, e, Precautions, (1) GeneRAL, Do not allow mud, snow, or ice to cake on wheels, tracks, or suspension system. Inspect and clean mud, snow, and ice off radiator core, fan and fan belts. Keep mud, snow, ice, and moisture off all electrical connections. (2) Battery (IN Torrip ZonEs). (a) Water Level. In torrid zones, cell water level should be checked daily and replenished if necessary with pure distilled water. If this is not available, any water fit to drink may be used. However, continuous use of water with high mineral content will eventually cause damage to battery and should be avoided. (b) Specific Gravity. Batteries operating in torrid climates should have a weaker electrolyte than for temperate climates. In- stead of 1.300 gravity, the electrolyte should be adjusted to around 1.210 to 1.230 for a fully charged battery. This will prolong the life of the negative plates and separators. Under this condition the battery should be recharged at about 1.160, Where freezing conditions do not prevail, there is no danger with gravities from 1.230 to 1.075. 4aTM 9-772 20-22 OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS (c) Self-discharge. A battery will self-discharge at a greater rate at high temperatures if standing for long periods, This must be taken into consideration when operating in torrid zones. If necessary to park for several days, remove battery and store in a cool place. 21, OPERATION IN MARSH OR SWAMP LAND, a. Push the clutch pedal forward, shift the axle transmission into low range and engine transmission into first, and release the clutch pedal while accelerating the engine enough to start the vehicle. NOTE: With the axle transmission in low range and the engine transmission in first gear, it is possible to attain very high engine speeds, and since sustained operation of this character cause rapid engine wear, shift to a higher speed as soon as possible. Steer the vehicle on vegetation (if possible) with the steering levers and make gradual turns to avoid forcing vegetation and mud into the sprockets, bogie wheels, and tracks, Since the vehicle has a low ground clearance, never attempt to straddle a stump, log, or any other obstruction that can be avoided by driving around it. Shift the engine transmission into second or high gear if the footing is solid enough to permit operation at a higher speed. When a drop in the temperature is anticipated, make sure that the vehicle is parked on firm footing to prevent the tracks from being frozen in water or mire. 22, DECONTAMINATION. a. Poisonous Gas. Removing and destroying dangerous chemical agents encountered when operating in affected areas is known as decontamination and is covered by instructions contained in FM 17-59. 45T™ 9-772 23-24 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C PART THREE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Section VIII LUBRICATION 23. LUBRICATION ORDER. a. War Department Lubrication Order No. 98 (figs. 27 and 28) prescribes lubrication maintenance for Light Cargo Carriers M29 and Ma29C. b. A Lubrication Order is placed on or is issued with each vehicle, and is to be carried with it at all times, In the event the vehicle is received without an order, the using arm shall immediately requisition a replacement from the Commanding Officer, Fort Wayne Ordnance Depot, Detroit 32, Michigan. ce. Lubrication instructions on the Order are binding on all echelons of maintenance, and there shall be no deviation from these instructions, d. Service intervals specified on the Order are for normal operating conditions, Reduce these intervals under extreme conditions such as excessively high or low temperatures, prolonged periods of high speed, continued operation in sand or dust, immersion in water, of exposure to moisture, any one of which may quickly de- stroy the protective quelities of the lubricant and require servicing in order to prevent malfunctioning or damage to the materiel, e. Lubricants are prescribed in the “Key” in accordance with three temperature ranges; above +-32°F, +32°F to 0°F, and below O°F. Determine the time to change grades of lubricants by maintaining a close check on operation of the vehicle during the approach to change-over periods, Be particularly observant when starting the engine. Sluggish starting is an indication of thickened lubricants and the signal to change to grades prescribed for the next lower temperature range. Ordinarily it will be necessary to change grades of lubricants only when air temperatures are consistently in the next higher or lower range, unless malfunctioning occurs sooner, due to lubricants being too thin or too heavy. 24, DETAILED LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS. a. Lubrication Equipment. (1) Each piece of materiel is supplied with lubrication equipment adequate to maintain the materiel. Be sure to clean this 46TM 9-772 24 LUBRICATION equipment both before and after use, Operate lubricating guns carefully and in such manner as to ensure a proper distribution of the lubricant. If lubrication fitting valves stick and prevent the entrance of lubricant, remove the fitting and determine cause. Re- place broken or damaged lubricators. If lubricator cannot be replaced immediately, cover hole as a temporary expedient with tape to prevent the entrance of dirt. If oil lines become clogged, disassemble the line and remove the obstruction, (2) Wipe lubricators and surrounding surface clean before applying lubricant. Where relief valves are provided, apply new lubricant until the old lubricant is forced from the vent, Excep- tions are specified in notes or on the Lubrication Order. Always wipe clean metal surfaces on which a film of lubricant must be maintained by manual application, before the film is renewed. b. Points of Application, (1) Lubrication fittings, grease cups, oilers, and oilholes are readily identifiable on the vehicle, Wipe clean such lubricators and the surrounding surface before lubricant is applied. (2) Where relief valves are provided, apply new lubricant until the old lubricant is forced from the vent. ©. Cleaning, Use SOLVENT, dry-cleaning, or OIL, fuel, Diesel, to clean or wash all parts, Use of gasoline for this purpose is pro- hibited. After washing, dry all parts thoroughly before applying lubricant. d, Lubrication Notes on Individual Units and Parts, ‘The following instructions’ supplement and repeat for clarity those notes on the Lubrication Order which pertain to lubrication and service of individual units and parts. (1) Am CLEANERS, (a) Oil-bath Type. Daily, check level and fill oil reservoir to prescribed level with used crankcase oil or OIL, engine, SAE 30 above --32°F; SAE 10, from +32°F to 0°F; or OIL, hydraulic below 0°F, Every 500 miles, remove air cleaner and wash all parts, Replace and refill reservoir to prescribed level. (b) Mesh Type. Every 500 miles, remove and wash cleaner, cleaning element, and crankcase filler cap element. Dry and oil, Grain excess oil, and replace, Use used crankcase oil or OIL, engine, SAE 30 above +32°F, SAE 10 from +32°F to 0°F, and OIL, hydraulic below 0°F, (2) Cuurcn Prior Bearina, Before replacing engine after removal for inspection or overhaul, clean end coat lightly with GREASE, general purpose, No, 1 above ++-32°F, or No, 0 below ++32°R, 47CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C TM 9-772 24 A098 ad VE 6c Ou‘ 6z “Bu ‘a x mh 9D. Hy BID OHM IPL 22% (ropes sues) HBONAA SPD ODM —~ (wens) 24 99 erpeys Sands (omens Z 22 PHM PI th 99. msy poddns Suuds oog | 6z8u'y Mh DD brremenesl POY, oo - 67 Bu ‘D %% 99 Hodes obeg—— a 62 “Oa oz Sa 6z Bua ape yeg oe eed none pene EMT -Sajrougy 010g hg ToC RH TIO 22 Sqerop-Lip "ANBATOS Him HH" HID in La a ome PERT mE 67W ‘O' Figure 27—Lubrication 48TM 9-772 24 LUBRICATION sees ad va oe 81g “Hl oc 84% ome) Joynqusiq ze B'S. ze "B's og 84 .. apedaey ouibeg wos PINS cebu a Sr te “Bu ‘N le Bu’ 3h 30. Wren) 0007 85 —— a LE “BLN 9h 3 (rm nen sone Sueeis Ea Le “Bid Order—M29 49CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C “at se9Zee ad va on 92. Hoddag e609 6z-8u"a ZOD, (evereees 5924 J°1PL ze“6u ‘A hea Sepmeht we moredea ze Bu ‘A Figure 28—Lubrication ses Joao] pus pd A OD Susnoh , ze but 8 eae uns iil ze"Bu'L Fh 9D 2aaiig weysteD samoy ze “ou ‘A sBuueog Heys BI Fh 9D emg ueysded sadly ay ce eM (renters) (poueues) S024AK @PIPD OD Hie” 6z ‘Big ae 628i gag — (rms) OM 62 “Sd"@ ppg — suryroddnssusdsesbog 9% mukom Qed “a2 Burpuouoy iepso seqimapiqer quauese dou a 4 ; D6TW ‘ODUVO LHDIT “WaVDTM 9-772 24 LUBRICATION ageszee ad vu Leb ‘O te “Bu ‘oO o¢ “Bu ‘1 SP eamactaTaeerS 186 "ON mecoee—e spe ort—2 sewers neem oe stad whi “TO-20 SAGEM SINvoRanT — ny 1402 POY A9IP] 9D Hie we Ra IBS ae ome pgp oY Order—M29CCARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (C-BOGIE WHEEL E- PINTLE HOOK F-RUDDERS LINKAGE — M29C. RA PD 339742 Figure 29—Localized Lubrication Views—ALUBRICATION DRAIN PLUG J-OIL FILTER DRAIN K- DISTRIBUTOR SHAFT . L- DISTRIBUTOR WICK RA PD 339743 Figure 30—Localized Lubrication Views—BT™ 9-772 24 CARRIER, CARGO, M29: CARRIER, CARGO, M29C OILER (AFTER VEHICLE SERIAL 2102) OILERS (AFTER VEHICLE SERIAL 2107) © CLUTCH RELEASE Az SHAFT BUSHINGS - STEERING LEVERS AND Ne SHIFT LINKAGE BILLER, PLUG INSULATOR USED ON LATE PRODUCTION —DO NOT DRAIN PLUG TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH LINKAGE Q- TRANSMISSION RA PD 339744 Figure 31—Localized Lubrication Views—C 54LUBRICATION R-UNIVERSAL JOINT Se DRAIN PLUG FILLER PLUG CAPSTAN GEAR HOUSING DIFFERENTIAL DRAIN PLUG — FILLER HOLE PLUG LATE PRODUCTION - AXLE TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL - AXLE TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL LINKAGE CAPSTAN CLUTCH COLLAR x: i UNIVERSAL JOINT FITTINGS DRAIN PLUG V> CAPSTAN DRAIN—M29¢ - W- CAPSTAN DRIVE —M29C- RA PD 339745 Figure 32—Localized Lubrication Views—D 55TM 9-772 24 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (3) Cranxcase. Daily, check level and refill to “FULL” mark with OIL, engine, SAE 30, above +32°F; or SAE 10 from -+32°F to 0°F. Below 0°F refer to paragraph 19, Every 500 miles, remove drain plug from bottom of crankcase and completely drain case. Drain only when engine is hot. After thoroughly draining, replace drain plug and refill crankcase to “FULL” mark on gage with correct lubricant to meet temperature requirements. Run engine a few minutes, recheck level, and add oil if required. Be sure pressure gage indicates oil is circulating, (4) DustrrpuTor. Every 500 miles, lubricate distributor shaft with GREASE, general purpose, No. 2. Every 3,000 miles, wipe the distributor breaker cam lightly with GREASE, general purpose, No. 1 above +32°F and No. 0 below +-32°F, Also lubricate the breaker arm pivot and wick under rotor with one to two drops of OIL, engine, SAE 30 above +32°F; SAE 10 from +32°F to 0°F; or OIL, lubricating, preservative, special, below 0°F, (5) Drive Wueexs, Boctrs WHEELS, GuIpE WHEELS AND IDLER Wueexs. Every 2,000 miles, or more frequently if track is removed for repair, remove drive wheels, idler wheels, bogie wheels, and guide wheels not equipped with fittings; clean and repack with GREASE, general purpose, No. 1 above +32°F or No. 0 below +-32°F, Replace seals if damaged or worn, CAUTION: When exposed to water operation, repack these bearings with GREASE, general put- pose, No, 1 above +32°F or No. 0 below +32°F, every month, (6) Gear Cases. (TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, ANDCAPSTAN Gear Housina) Weekly, check level with vehicle on level ground, and if necessary, add lubricant to plug level. Drain only after operation when lubricant or oil is warm, In addition to drain plug in gear case, remove proper drain plug in left side of hull, Every 3,000 miles, drain and refill capstan gear housing with LUBRICANT, gear, universal, SAE 90 above +32°F, SAE 80 from +32°F to O°F, or grade 75 below 0°F. Every 3,000 miles, drain and refill transmission and differential with OIL, engine, SAE 30 above +-32°F, or SAE 10 below +32°F, (7) On. Fivrers, Every 500 miles, remove drain plug from filter to drain sediment. Every 3,000 miles, while crankcase is being drained, remove filter element, clean inside of case, and install new element. (8) SPEEDOMETER CABLE, Every 3,000 miles, remove core from cable conduit, wipe clean, coat lightly with GREASE, general purpose, No. 0 and replace, Do not pack grease into cable conduit, (9) Universat Joints ann Sip Joints. Use GREASE, general purpose, No. 1 for temperatures above +-32°F, or GREASE, general 56TM 9-772 24425 NEW VEHICLE RUN-IN TEST purpose, No. 0 below +32°F, Apply grease to universal joint sparingly with hand gun furnished with vehicle, Do not use power gun, as overfilling will damage grease seals, (10) Omcan Ports. Every 250 miles, lubricate transmission shift linkage, engine cover hinges; latches, clutch, and steering control linkage; pintle hook; accelerator control linkage; radiator shutter control; capstan clutch splines (M29C only); capstan drive shaft universal} joints (M29C only); capstan clutch control cable (M29C only); with OIL, engine, SAE 30 above +-32°F; SAE 10 from +-32°F to 0°F; or OIL, lubricating, preservative, special, below 0°F. (11) Do Nor Lusricate, The following points do not require lubrication: springs, water pump and fan bearings, propeller shaft slip joint, clutch release bearing, cranking motor rear bearing, tracks, and generator. e. Disassembled Periodically by Ordnance Personnel. (1) Disrrmuzor Drive Gear Housme. Every 12,000 miles, or when engine is removed for inspection or overhaul, clean and repack distributor drive gears and housing with GREASE, general purpose, No. 1 above +32°F, or No. 0 below +32°F, Replace housing seal if damaged or worn, f. Reports and Records. (1) Report unsatisfactory performance of materiel to the Ordnance Officer responsible for maintenance in accordance with TM 38-250, (2) A record of lubrucation may be maintained in the Duty Roster (W.D., A.G.O,, Form No, 6). Section IX NEW VEHICLE RUN-IN TEST 25. PURPOSE. a, When a new or reconditioned vehicle is first received at the using organization, it is necessary for second echelon personnel to determine whether or not the vehicle will operate satisfactorily when placed in service. For this purpose, inspect all accessories, subassemblies, assemblies, tools, and equipment to see that they are in place and correctly adjusted. In addition, they will perform a run-in test of at least 50 miles as directed in AR 850-15, paragraph 25, table III, according to procedures in paragraph 27 below. 57TM 9-772 26-27 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 26, CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES. a. Deficiencies disclosed during the course of the run-in test will be treated as follows: (1) Correct any deficiencies within the scope of the maintenance echelon of the using organization before the vehicle is placed in service. (2) Refer any deficiencies beyond the scope of the maintenance echelon of the using organization to a higher echelon for correction, (3) Bring deficiencies of serious nature to the attention of the supplying organization, 27, RUN-IN TEST PROCEDURES. a, Preliminary Service. (1) Fire Extinauisuer. See that portable extinguisher is present and in good condition, ‘Test it momentarily for proper operation, and mount it securely, (2) Fuet, On, anp Warer, Fill fuel tank. Check crankcase oil and coolant supply; add oil and coolant as necessary to bring to correct levels, Allow room for expansion in fuel tanks and radiator, During freezing weather, test value of antifreeze and add as necessary to protect cooling system against freezing, CAUTION: If there is a tag attached to the filler cap or steering lever concerning the engine oil in crankcase, follow the instructions on tag before driving the vehicle, (3) Fust Firrer, Examine filter for looseness or damage and drain off sediment and water. If any appreciable amount of dirt or water is present, clean fuel system. (4) Barrertes. Make hydrometer test and voltage test of batteries and add clean water to bring the electrolyte ¥% inch above plates. (5) AIR CLEANERS AND VENTILATORS. Inspect carburetor air cleaner and crankcase and valve cover ventilator pipes for looseness or damage. Service and clean as necessary, NOTE: Make sure that the proper arnount of oil (1 pint) is in the reservoir of oil-bath type air cleaner on vehicles so equipped, (6) ACcEssorIEs AND BELTS, Examine accessories, such as carburetor, generator, regulator, cranking motor, oil filter, and engine (stand-by) heater unit, to see if they are securely mounted and thatNEW VEHICLE RUN-IN TEST heater unit does not leak fuel, Make sure fan and generator drive belts are in good condition and adjusted to have %-inch finger- pressure deflection. (7) Exectricat Wirinc. Examine all accessible wiring and conduits to see if they are in good condition, securely connected, and properly supported. (8) ‘TRAcKs, Examine tracks and guides for looseness or damage. Be sure rubber surfaces of all wheels have not separated from the metal and that track rubber belts and rubber cross plate connectors are in good condition and secure, Be sure track tension is satisfactory (par. 109 b). (9) WHEEL AND FLANGE Nurs, See that all track drive, bogie, idler, and guide wheel and axle flange nuts or screws are present and secure, (10) ‘Towra Connections. Examine tow loop and pintle hook for looseness and damage. See that pintle operates properly and latches securely, (11) Huti—Top, Deck, Lips, ATTACHMENTS, AND APRON, In- spect entire hull for looseness and damage. See that all attachments and mountings are secure. Examine seats, windshield, engine cover and fasteners, top cover, curtains, and frame to see if they are in good condition, correctly and securely assembled, and mounted, Look particularly for punctures and broken welds in hull, and see that all drain plugs are secure. Inspect deck plates to be sure they are in good condition and secure, Before operation in water, be sure lids and compartment covers fit properly and seal tightly against seals; that surf guard and track aprons are in place, securely fastened, and that windshield braces are tight. (12) Lusricate, Perform a complete lubrication of the vehicle, covering all intervals, according to the instructions on the Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, except gear cases, wheel bearings, and other units previously covered. Check all gear case oil levels, and add oil as necessary to bring to correct level. Change only if condition of oil indicates the necessity, or if gear oil is not of proper grade for existing atmospheric temperature, NOTE: Perform items (13) to (16) during lubrication, (13) SPRINGS AND SUSPENSIONS. Examine track tension springs, transverse springs, and all bogie suspension units for looseness or damage. Look for shifted spring leaves, missing rebound clips, and excessive leaks at wheel bearing seals or axle flanges,TM 9-772 27 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (14) STreRING Brake LINKAGE. Be sure all levers, arms, cross shafts, and rods are in good condition and securely mounted or connected. (18) PROPELLER SHAFT. Examine propeller shaft and universal joints for damage. Be sure joints are secure and not leaking excessively. (16) AxLE AND TRANSMISSION VENTS. Examine axle differential breather to see that it is in good condition and secure. Be sure both axle breather and engine transmission cover vent hole are not clogged. (17) Cuoxe AND Primer, Examine choke to be sure it opens and closes fully in response to operation of choke button, If primer is used in starting engine, note if its action is satisfactory, and check for fuel leaks at primer pump or connections. (18) ENGINE Warm-up. NOTE: During subzero weather, start stand-by heater according to instructions in paragraph 15 b, Start engine and note if cranking motor action is satisfactory, and if engine has any tendency toward hard starting, Set hand throttle to run engine at fast idle during warm-up. Reset choke button during warm- up so engine will run smoothly, and to prevent overchoking and oil dilution. (19) InstruMEnrs. (a) Oil Pressure Gage. Gage should register approximately 40 pounds pressure at normal operating speed. (b) Ammeter. Gage should indicate a high charge (-+) (approximately 40 amps.) for a period after starting until generator restores to battery the current used in starting engine, then gage should indicate only slight charge if battery is up and with lights and accessories turned off. (c) Heat Indicator. Reading should increase gradually to normal operating range, 175°F to 180°. Maximum safe operating temperature, 200°F. CAUTION: Do not move vehicle until engine temperature reaches 140°F. (d) Fuel Gage. Gage should register the approximate amount of fuel in tank, Ordinarily, tank will have been filled, and gage should register “FULL.” (20) Enamve Controts, Observe if engine responds properly to controls and if controls operate without excessive looseness or binding. (21) Winnsuteip Wirrr. Test wipers to see that they operate properly; that blades and arms are in good condition, secure, and operate through their full stroke, and that blades contact glass evenly and firmly.NEW VEHICLE RUN-IN TEST (22) Gass. Clean windshield glass and curtain windows and inspect for damage. (23) Lamps (Licuts). Clean the lenses, and inspect all units for looseness and damage. If tactical situation permits, open and close all light switches to see if lamps respond properly. (24) Leaks—Generau. Look under vehicle and within engine compartment for indications of fuel, oil, and coolant leaks, Trace any leaks found to source and correct, or report them to designated authority. (25) Toots AND EquipMent, Check tools and On-vehicle Stow- age Lists (pars. 6 and 7) to be sure all items are present, and see that they are serviceable and properly mounted or stowed, (26) AMPHIBIAN SERVICES, (a) Bilges and Bilge Pump. Examine bilge compartments to see that all bulkheads, frame members and braces, and insulation pads are in good condition and secure, Test hand bilge pump to be sure it is in good condition and will pump to capacity. Tighten all units securely. (b) Rudder—Mountings, Control Arms, Cables, and Handle. In- spect rudders to see if they are in good condition and that mounting and assembly nuts and screws are secure. Examine rudder control handle (tiller) and cable drum, cables, and control arms to be sure they are in good condition; see if cables operate freely in the conduits, and that conduits are securely mounted to hull. Apply a few drops of engine oil to cables where they enter the conduits, and to clevis pins, control arm fulcrum pins, and operating handle. (c) Capstan—Clutch, Drive Shaft, U-Joints, Mountings, and Drive Belt. Examine capstan assembly and all operating and drive mechanism to see if each unit is in good condition, secure, properly assembled, not excessively worn, and’ that each unit is adequately lubricated, Look particularly for loose mountings and U-joints, distorted drive shaft, or frayed or oil-soaked drive belt, Be sure drive pulleys are not loose or damaged. ‘Drive belt should have Ye- to ¥%-inch finger-pressure deflection. b. Run-in Test. Perform the following procedures—(1) to (11) inclusive—during the road and water test of the vehicle. On vehicles which have been driven 50 miles or more in the course of delivery from the supplying to the using organization, reduce the length of the land and water test runs to the least distance necessary to make proper observation of the following items; otherwise, make a land run of 20 miles, and a water run for 30 minutes. CAUTION: During test, avoidTM 9-772 27 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C continuous operation of the vehicle at engine speeds that approach the maximum indicated on the caution plate. (1) Dasit INsTRUMENTS AND GAGES. Do not move vehicle until engine temperature reaches 140°F. Maximum safe operating temperature is 200°F. Observe readings of ammeter, oil, temperature, and fuel gages to be sure they are indicating the proper function of the units to which they apply, Also see that speedometer registers the vehicle speed and that odometer registers accumulating mileage. (2) STEERING Brakes. Test action of steering brake mechanism to see if it functions properly; that levers have about 144 to 2% in. free travel (at top) before meeting heavy resistance; that they stop vehicle effectively with levers even, and that they have a reserve of travel available when fully applied, Test operation of each steering brake separately to be sure vehicle steers properly. (3) CxurcH. Observe if clutch operates smoothly without grab, chatter, squeal on engagement, or slippage (under load) when fully engaged. See that pedal has 1 inch free travel before meeting resistance, CAUTION: Do not ride clutch pedal at any time, and do not engage and disengage new clutch severely or unnecessarily until driven and driving disks have become properly worn in. (4) Transmission. Gearshift mechanism should operate easily and smoothly, and gears should operate without unusual noise and should not slip out of mesh. (5) Enatnz, Be on the alert for any abnormal engine operating characteristics or unusual noise, such as lack of pulling power or acceleration, backfiring, misfiring, stalling, overheating, or excessive exhaust smoke. Observe if engine responds properly to all controls. (6) Unusvat Noise. Be on the alert during road test for any unusual noise from body and attachments, power train, or tracks and suspension units, that might indicate looseness, damage, excessive wear, or inadequate lubrication, (7) Halt vehicle at 10-mile intervals or less, during land test, for services (8) and (9) following: (8) ‘TsmprRarures. Cautiously hand-feel each drive, idler, bogie, and guide wheel hub for overheating, and also examine final drive and rear axle for abnormal temperatures. (9) Leaxs. With engine running and fuel, engine oil, and cooling systems under pressure, look within engine compartment and under vehicle for indications of leaks, 62TM 9-772 27 NEW VEHICLE RUN-IN TEST (10) ‘TRAcK TeNSION. Check track tension and adjust if necessary, according to the instructions in paragraph 109. (11) AMPHIBIAN SERVICES. (a) In Water. While at-halt in water, observe if there is any abnormal rise of water in bilges; if there are any leaks at cell lids or cover seals, and if vehicle rides on even keel. Pump out excessive water with hand bilge pump. : (b) On Land, Examine exterior of hull for damage, and remove all weeds or other matter lodged in tracks and suspension units or wound around rudders and control mechanism, Tighten any loose drain plugs, lids, or compartment covers before again entering water. c. Vehicle Publications and Reports. (1) PusLicarions. See that vehicle manuals, Lubrication Order, Standard Form No. 26 (Driver's Report—Accident, Motor Trans- portation) and W.D., A.G.O, Form No. 478 (MWO and Major Unit ‘Assembly Replacement Record) are in the vehicle, legible, and properly stowed. NOTE: U.S.A. registration number and vehicle nomenclature must be filled in on Form No. 478, for new vehicles. (2) Reports, Upon completion of the run-in test, correct or report any deficiencies noted. Report general condition of the vehicle to designated individual in authority. PUBLICATIONS PARTS. LIST, SNL-G- BEM Oa Se LUV :' BOIL EC SPU LU) Use ere Ls PAVE 17728 | RA PO 336512 Figure 33—Publications Reference Plate 63CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C The book says to run a car right You should keep every nut and bélt light, But it's too much to hope That our brilliant Joe Dope Would obey- which produces this sight/Section X FIRST ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES 28. PURPOSE. a. To insure mechanical efficiency it is necessary that the vehicle be systematically inspected at intervals during the day, and each week, in order that scheduled maintenance services be performed, and that defects may be discovered and corrected before they result in serious damage or failure, The services set forth in this section are those performed by driver or crew, Before-operation, During-operation, At-halt, After-operation and Weekly. b. Driver Preventive Maintenance Services are outlined for all vehicles in general on the back of “Drivers Trip Ticket and P, M. Service Record,” W.D. Form No. 48, However, in this manual, certain procedures that do not apply to this vehicle are deleted, and in some cases there is deviation from the numerical sequence of the item numbers in order to best conserve driver’s time and effort in the performance of the services. e. The general inspection of each item applies also to any supporting member or connection, and usually includes a check to see whether the item is in “good condition,” “correctly assembled,” “secure,” or “excessively worn”, (1) The inspection for “good condition” is usually an external visual inspection to determine whether the unit is damaged beyond safe or serviceable limits. The term “good condition” is explained further by the following terms: Not bent or twisted, not chafed or burned, not broken or cracked, not bare or frayed, not dented or collapsed, not torn or cut. (2) The inspection of a unit to see that it is “correctly assembled” is usually an external visual inspection to determine whether it is in its normal assembled position in the vehicle. (3) The check of a unit to determine if it is “secure” is usually an external visual inspection, a hand-feel, or a pry-bar check for looseness in the unit, Such an inspection should include any brackets, lock washers, lock nuts, locking wires, or cotter pins used in the assembly, (4) “Excessively worn,” which is a frequently used term, will be understood to mean worn close-to or beyond, serviceable limits, and* likely to result in a failure if not replaced before the next scheduled inspection. d. Any defects or unsatisfactory operating characteristics beyond the scope of first echelon to correct must be reported at the earliest opportunity to the designated individual in authority.T™ 9-772 29 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 29. BEFORE-OPERATION SERVICES, a, Importance. This service will not be entirely omitted, even in extreme tactical situations, When thoroughly trained, driver will be able to determine quickly the condition of the vehicle. hb. Procedures. Before-operation Service consists of inspecting items listed below according to the procedure described, and correcting or reporting any deficiencies, Upon completion of the service, results should be reported promptly to the Chief of Section or other designated individual. (1) Ire 1, TampeErING AND Damace. Examine entire vehicle, accessories, and special equipment for injury, caused by tampering, sabotage, collision, falling debris, or shell fire since parking. Also Jook within engine compartment for evidence of these conditions and for loose or damaged engine accessories or drive belts, loose fuel, oil or coolant lines, or disconnected control linkage. If wet, dry the ignition parts to facilitate starting. (2) Trem 2, Fire Exrincursner. Be sure the extinguisher is present, fully charged (remove filler plug to check contents), securely mounted, and that nozzle is not clogged. (3) FurL, Ou. anp WATER. Check supply of fuel, oil, and coolant and add as necessary to bring to proper levels, If a large amount of coolant is needed during freezing weather, have value of antifreeze checked and solution added if necessary. Be sure that spare fuel,’oil, or water cans are full, NOTE: Any appreciable drop in fuel, oil, or water levels must be investigated and trouble corrected or reported. (4) Irvem 4, Accessories AND Drives. Inspect all accessible engine accessories for looseness and damage. Be sure fan belt and generator belt adjustment is satisfactory (¥ inch finger-pressure deflection). : (5) Trem 6, LeAKs—GeENeRAL, Look under vehicle and in engine compartment for indications of fuel, engine oil, gear oil, or coolant leaks, Trace any leaks found to source and correct or report them. (6) Irem 7, ENGINE WARM-UP. Start engine, noting any tendency toward hard starting. Observe if cranking motor has adequate speed and engages and disengages without unusual noise, Set hand throttle to run engine at a fast idle during warm-up, and reset choke as necessary for engine to run smoothly and to avoid overchoking and oil dilution, CAUTION: If oil pressure is not evident in approximately 10 seconds, stop engine and investigate or report condition. (7) Trem 8, CHOKE oR PRIMER. When starting engine, as outlined in item 7, observe if operation of choke or primer is satisfactory, and note any leakage at primer pump or connections, Choke must open and close fully in response to operation of choke control. 66™ 9-772 29 FIRST ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES (8) Trem 9, InstRUMENTS. (a) Oil Pressure Gage. Gage should register approximately 40 pounds pressure at normal operating speeds. (b) Ammeter. Gage should indicate a high charge (-+) (approximately 40 amps.) for a period after starting, until generator restores to battery the current used in starting engine, then should indicate only slight charge, if battery is up and with lights and accessories turned off, (c) Heat Indicator. Reading should increase gradually to normal operating range, 175°F to 180°F. Maximum safe operating temperature is 200°F, CAUTION: Do not move vehicle until engine temperature reaches 140°F. (d) Fuel Gage. Gage should register the approximate amount of fuel in tank, Ordinarily, tank will have been filled,. and gage should register “FULL.” (9) Irsn 10, Winpsntetp Wirers. Test wipers to see that they operate properly; that blades and arms are in good condition, secure, and operate through their full stroke, and that blades contact glass evenly and firmly. (10) Irsm 11, GtAss. Clean windshield glass and curtain windows, and inspect for damage. (11) Irem 12, Lamps (Licurs), Inspect all lights, including spot signal light (if so equipped), for looseness and damage. If tactical situation permits, open and close all light switches to see if lamps respond properly. (12) Irem 13, WHEEL AND Fiance Nurs. Examine all drive, idler, bogie and guide wheel mounting and flange nuts or screws to see that they are present and secure. (13) Trem 14, Tracks. Examine tracks and guides for looseness or damage. Be sure rubber surfaces of all wheels have not separated from the metal, and that track rubber belts and rubber cross plate connectors are in good condition and secure, Be sure track tension is satisfactory (par. 109 b). (14) Trem 15, SprINGs AND SUSPENSIONS. Inspect transverse springs and rebound clips, tension springs, support yokes, arms, bumpers, and suspension brackets for looseness and damage. (15) Trem 16, STEERING BRAKE LINKAGE. Be sure all levers, arms, cross shafts, and rods are in good condition and securely mounted or connected, (16) Irem 18, Towinc Connections, Inspect front tow loop and rear pintle hook for looseness and damage. Be sure pintle latch operates properly and locks securely. (17) Trem 19, HuLt, Loap, anp Tor, a7CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (a) Hull and Attachments, Examine entire hull for damage or loose attachments, Be sure seats, safety straps, compartments, stowage boxes and covers, and floor plates are secure, Examine windshield frame and air duct guard for looseness or damage. (b) Load. Be sure any cargo carried is properly distributed and securely stowed. (c) Top. Examine top and top bows to see that they are in good condition and securely mounted or stowed. If top is in use, be sure it is properly fastened at hull loops and at curtain fasteners, (18) Irem 20, Dreconraminator. Inspect for full charge, looseness, or damage. Remove filler plug to check contents, (19) Item 21, Toots aNnp EquieMENT. Be sure all items of vehicle tools and equipment are present, serviceable, and properly stowed or mounted, (20) Irem 22, ENGINE OPERATION. Before vehicle is put in motion, be sure engine temperature has reached 140°F, and idles smoothly, Accelerate and decelerate several times, and observe any unusual noise or vibrations, unsatisfactory operating characteristics, or excessive exhaust smoke, (21) Trem 23, Driver's PERMIT AND ForM No. 26. The driver must have his operator’s permit on his person. Check to be sure vehicle manuals, Lubrication Order, Accident Report, Form No. 26, and MWO and Major Unit Assembly Replacement Report, W.D., A.G.O. Form No. 478, are present, legible, and properly stowed. (22) Ivem 24, AMPHIBIAN SERVICES. (a) Bilges and Bilge Pump. Be sure all bilges have been cleared of excessive water and refuse, and that the hand bilge pump operates properly and is securely stowed. (b) Capstan and Drive. Examine capstan assembly for looseness and damage. See that drive shaft, universal joints, drive pulleys, mounting brackets, and belt are in good condition and secure, and that drive belt tension is satisfactory, Belt should have approximately %- to %-inch finger-pressure deflection. Be sure that capstan drive clutch engages properly and that clutch control mechanism operates without excessive looseness or binding. (c) Rudders and Controls. Inspect rudders, mountings, control linkage, and cables for looseness and damage. Be sure rudder operating mechanism is adequately lubricated, and that it will operate without excessive looseness or binding. NOTE: When not in water operation, rudders must be in raised position and secured by the spring hooks. (d) Hull, Deck, Lids, Covers, and Surf Guard, Examine hull for punctures and broken welds, See that hull drain plugs are secure, Be sure all deck plates are in good condition and secure, Before water 68T™ 9-772 29-30 FIRST ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES operation, make sure lids and compartment covers fit properly and close and fasten securely against seals; that surf guard is in place and securely fastened, and that rudders are lowered to operating position. (23) Trem 25, DURING-oPERATION CHECK. The During-operation Services and observations start, immediately the vehicle is put in motion, as follows: Altea enc men aan ma i j CN ee a NL CAST ee ect ESR Enns eatin a een UT YC Aa neat ata aCe ar PT Wore) ” See mse Ue a Len a RA PD 319398 Figure 34—Daily Operations Plate—M29C 30. DURING-OPERATION SERVICE. a. Preliminary Inspection. While vehicle is in motion, listen for any sounds, such as rattles, knocks, squeals, or hums that may indicate trouble, Look for steam from radiator and smoke from any part of vehicle, Be on the alert for odor of an overheated generator or clutch, boiling coolant, fuel vapor from a leak in fuel system, exhaust gas, or other signs of trouble. Any time the steering brakes are used or gears shifted, consider this a test and notice any unsatisfactory or unusual performance, Watch the instruments constantly. Notice promptly any abnormal instrument indication that may sig- nify possible trouble in system to which instrument applies. Observe air intake duct lid from time to time to make certain it is fully opened. b. Procedures, During-operation Services consist of observing items listed below according to the procedures, following each item, and stopping vehicle when serious trouble develops. Notice minor deficiencies to be corrected or reported at earliest opportunity, usually at the next scheduled halt. 6930 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (1) Irem 26, Srzerinc Brakes. Before attaining appreciable speed, determine whether normal pull on steering levers will steer and brake vehicle effectively. Continue to make similar tests during operation. (2) Item 28, CLutcu. Clutch should operate smoothly, without drag, grab, chatter, or squealing on engagement, or slippage when fully engaged, under load. Pedal should have 1 inch free travel before meeting resistance. (3) IveM 29, TRANSMISSIONS. Both the engine and rear axle transmissions should shift easily and smoothly, operate without unusual noise, and not slip out of mesh during operation. (4) Ivem 31, Encine anp Controts. The driver must be on the alert for deficiencies in engine performance, such as lack of usual power and acceleration, misfiring, backfiring, stalling, unusual noise or vibration, or excessive exhaust smoke, Observe if engine responds to all controls and if controls are excessively loose or binding, If radio noise, due to the operation of the engine, has been reported, the driver will cooperate with the radio operator in locating the interference. For proper procedures, see paragraphs 145 and 146. (5) Irem 32, INstrumMENTS, Driver must watch ammeter, voltmeter, fuel, engine temperature, and oil pressure gages very frequently during operation to be sure they indicate or record the proper function of the units to which they apply. Also, during operation, be sure the speedometer registers vehicle speed and odometer records accumulating mileage. (6) Trem 34, RUNNING Gear. Be on the alert during operation for any unusual noise or operating characteristics of tracks, drive, idler wheels, or bogie suspension units, that may indicate looseness, damage, excessive wear, or inadequate lubrication. (7) Irem 35, Hutt. During operation, note any indications of hull iooseness of plates, hatches, covers, or attachments, and any excessive rattles or shifting of cargo. (8) Irem 36, Guns AND Mounrtinas. Be sure mounted guns are secure, and that elevating, traversing, and firing controls function properly and are not excessively worn or binding. (9) rem 37, AMPHIBIAN SERVICES. (a) Bilges and Bilge Pump, Note any excessive rise of water in bilges that might indicate hull leaks from punctures, broken welds, or loose drain plugs, lids, or covers. If bilge pump is used, observe if it operates satisfactorily and pumps to capacity. (b) Capstan and Drive, When in use, observe if control engages clutch effectively, if capstan functions properly, and if there is any indication of loose universal joints, mounting brackets, or drive belt. 70FIRST EVRELUN PREVENTIVE MAINIENANSE JEnVIVES Note any unusual noise or unsatisfactory operating characteristics, to be investigated at halt, or that should be reported, (c) Rudder and Controls, Observe if rudders operate to steer vehicle properly, if there is any indication of loose mountings, and if control handle (tiller), cables, and arms operate without excessive looseness or binding. 31. AT-HALT SERVICE. a. Importance. The At-halt Service may be regarded as minimum battle maintenance and should be performed under all tactical conditions, even though more extensive maintenance services must be slighted, or omitted entirely, hb. Procedures. At-halt Services consist of investigating any deficiencies noted during operation, inspecting items listed below according to the procedures following the items, and correcting any deficiencies found, Deficiencies not corrected must be reported promptly to chief of section or other designated individual, (1) Ire 38, Fuet, Or, anp WaTER. Check fuel, oil, and water supply to be sure it is adequate to operate vehicle to next scheduled halt, or replenish as spare supply and tactical situation permit, (2) Irem 39, OverHeaTING. Feel by hand, hubs of bogie wheels, track upper guide wheels, track drive, and idler wheels for evidence of overheating. (3) Irem 40, Axte VENT, Examine rear axle vent, located in the rear air outlet duct, to determine whether opening is obstructed. (4) Irem 42, SPRINGS AND SUSPENSIONS. Examine transverse springs and all suspension units for looseness or damage, Investi- gate any unusual noise or unsatisfactory condition noticed during operation, (5) Irem 43, STEERING Brake LinkacE. Inspect for looseness or damage, and investigate any unusual condition noticed during operation, (6) Trem 44, WHEEL AND FLANcs Nuts. Be sure all drive, idler, bogie, and track guide wheel assembly, mounting, and flange nuts or screws are present and secure. (7) Irem 45, Tracks. Examine tracks for looseness and damage, and remove all foreign objects lodged in tracks or bogie units. (8) Irem 46, Lzaks—GENERAL, Look under vehicle and in engine compartment for indications of fuel, oil, or coolant leaks, Trace any leaks to source, and correct or report them, (9) Irem 47, Accessories AND BELTS, Examine all accessible units for looseness and damage. Be sure fan and generator drive belts are in good condition and have ¥-inch finger-pressure deflec-Sisk CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C tion. If radio interference, caused by operation of the engine, was observed, examine all wiring and radio noise suppression units in the engine compartment for loose connections or mountings, particularly the resistor-suppressors at spark plugs and distributor. (10) Ivem 48, Arr CLEANER. If operating under extreme conditions of dust or sand, examine carburetor air cleaner for excessive dirt and proper oil level; service as necessary. (11) Irem 50, Towina Connections. Examine front tow loop and rear pintle hook for looseness or damage. See that pintle hook operates ptoperly and latches securely. (12) Trem 51, Hutt, Loap, anp Tor, Look over hull and all attachments, top, and bows for evidence of loose mounting, loose assembly nuts or screws, and for broken welds. Any cargo carried must be properly distributed and securely stowed. (13) Irem 52, Grass, Clean all glass and inspect for damage. (14) Irem 53, AMPHIBIAN SERVICES. (a) In Water. While at-halt in water, observe if there is any abnormal rise of water in bilges; if there are any leaks at lid or cover seals, and if vehicle rides on even keel, Pump out excessive water with hand bilge pump. (b) On Land. Examine exterior of hull for damage, and remove all weeds or other foreign matter lodged in tracks and suspension units or wound around rudders and control mechanism. Remove drain plugs and allow bilge water to drain out of hull and cells, Install plugs and tighten securely; also tighten any loose lids or compartment covers before again entering water. 32. AFTER-OPERATION AND WEEKLY SERVICES. a. Importance. After-operation Service is particularly important because, at this time, the driver inspects his vehicle to detect any deficiencies that may have developed and corrects those he is permitted to handle, He should ‘report promptly to his chief of section, or other designated individual, the results of his inspection, If this schedule is performed thoroughly, the vehicle should be ready to roll again on a moment's notice. The Before-operation Service, with few exceptions, is then necessary only to ascertain whether the vehicle is in the same condition in which it was left upon completion of the After-operation Service. The After-operation Service should never be entirely omitted, even in extreme tactical situations, but, if necessary, may be reduced to the bare fundamental services outlined for the At-halt Service, b, Procedures. When performing the After-operation Service, the driver must remember and consider any irregularities noticed 72TM 9-772 32 FIRST ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES during the day in the Before-operation, During-operation and At-halt Services. The After-operation Service consists of inspecting or testing the following units and correcting or reporting any deficiencies. Those items of the After-operation that are marked by an asterisk (*) require additional weekly services, the procedures for which are indicated in subparagraph (b) of each applicable item. (1) Irem 55, ENGINE OPERATION. Before stopping engine, accelerate and decelerate a few times, and observe if there is any unusual noise or vibration, excessive smoke from exhaust, or any tendency to stall. Engine should idle smoothly, with accelerator and choke fully released. Investigate any unusual or unsatisfactory characteristics noticed during operation, (2) Irem 56, InstRUMENTS, Observe all pertinent instruments to be sure they register or indicate the proper operation of the units to which they apply, Stop engine and see that instruments are in good condition and securely mounted and connected, (3) Irem 54, Fue, O11, anp Water, Fill fuel tank, check engine oil and coolant supply, and add as necessary to bring to correct levels, CAUTION: Do not overfill radiator; leave room for expansion. NOTE: During freezing weather when antifreeze is in use, if any appreciable amount of coolant has to be added, have value of antifreeze checked, and add as necessary to protect cooling system against freezing. Investigate any unusual loss of fuel, oil, or coolant, (4) vem 57, Winpsutetp Wipers, Examine wiper motors, arms, and blades for looseness and damage. Test for proper operation. (5) Irem 58, Grass, Clean all glass and curtain windows and inspect for damage. (6) Item 59, Lamps (LicuTs). Inspect all lights, including spot signal light (if so equipped), for looseness or damage. If tactical situation permits, open and close all light switches to see if lamps respond properly. (7) Yrem 60, Fire Exrinauisuer. Inspect unit for damage. Remove filler plug and see that it is fully charged, and be sure nozzle is not clogged. Mount extinguisher securely. (8) Ive 61, DeconTAMINaToR. Inspect unit for damage. Re- move filler plug to see if it is fully charged; be sure nozzle is not clogged. Mount unit securely, (9) rem 62, *BATTERIES. (a) Inspect batteries for damage, leaks, and loose connections or mountings. (b) Weekly. ‘Tighten battery mountings and connections. If terminals are corroded, clean them thoroughly, and grease posts and terminals lightly. If necessary, add clean water to bring electrolyte B— CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C level to about % inch above plates. Be sure cell vents are not clogged, and install caps finger-tight. (10) Trem 63, AccEssorrzs AND BELTS. Examine all accessible units, such as carburetor, generator, regulator, coil, distributor, cranking motor, oil filter and radiator, for damage and loose connections or mountings. See that fan and generator drive belts are in good condition and have ¥4-inch finger-pressure deflection. (11) Ire 64, ELecrricaL Wirine. Inspect all exposed ignition and low-voltage wiring for damage, and see that all connections and supports are secure, Look particularly for scorched, broken, or loose radio noise resistor-suppressors at spark plugs and distributor. See that filter unit, or condenser at regulator and capacitors at coil and generator, are securely mounted and connected. (12) Trem. 65, Arr CLEANER AND Om FILLER Cap, Examine carburetor air cleaner and crankcase filler cap for damage. See that all air cleaner mountings and connections are secure. If operating under extreme conditions of dust or sand, check air cleaner for excessive dirt and service as necessary. (13) Trem 66, *FueL FILTER. (a) Inspect filter for damage and loose connections and mountings. Drain off accumulated dirt and water. (b) Weekly. If any great amount of dirt or water is present, remove filter bowl and wash bowl and filter element in dry-cleaning solvent. Extreme conditions of dirt or water must be reported for further cleaning of fuel system by higher echelon, (14) Irem 67, Encinz Conrrots. Examine choke and accelerator controls for looseness, binding, danfage, excessive wear, and adequate lubrication, (15) Ive 68, *TRACKs. (a) Examine tracks for damage and for loose assembly rivets on plates and driving lugs. Inspect endless rubber belts and cables for looseness or damage. Clean all mud and debris from tracks and from between tracks and wheels, (b) Weekly, Check track tension and, if necessary, adjust according to instructions in paragraph 109 (16) Trem 69, *Sprinas AND SUSPENSIONS., (a) Clean all dirt and debris from suspension units, Inspect transverse springs and track tension springs for damage, loose or excessively worn mountings, shifted leaves, and loose or missing rebound clips. (b) Weekly. ‘Tighten securely all loose suspension assembly or mounting nuts or screws, 74TM 9-772 32 FIRST ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES (17) Trem 70, Sreerinc Brake Linkace, Examine levers and grips and all connections, rods, cross shafts, and mounting brackets for looseness and damage. Investigate any unsatisfactory steering or braking characteristics noticed during operation, and correct or report the trouble. (18) Irem 72, AXLE Vent. See that rear axle vent is present, secure, and not clogged. (19) Irem 73, LEAKS—GENERAL. ' Examine interior of hull for evidence of fuel, oil, or water leaks. Inspect radiator, hose connections, and water pump, Examine oil lines and oil filter, fuel lines, fuel pump and fuel filter, transmission and axle unit for leaks. Trace all leaks to source and correct or report, Remove hull drain plugs on left side only, elevate right side, and drain hull. (20) Irem 74, Gear Om Levets, Check oil levels in transmission and in controlled differential (axle) and, if necessary, add to correct level. See Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, for correct quantity and grade of oil, (21) Item 77, Towina Connections. Examine front tow loop and rear pintle hook for looseness or damage. See that pintle hook operates properly and latches securely. (22) Irem 78, Hut, Loap anp Tor. (a) Hull and Attachments. Examine entire hull for damage or loose attachments. See that hull drain plugs and plate are secure. Be sure seats, safety straps, compartments and covers, stowage boxes and covers, and floor plates are secure. Look for broken welds, Ex- amine windshield frame and air duct guard for looseness or damage. (b) Load. Be sure any cargo carried is properly distributed and securely stowed. (c) Top. Examine top and top bows to see that they are in good condition and securely mounted or stowed. If top is in use, be sure it is properly fastened at hull loops and at curtain fasteners, (23) Irem 81, Guns anp Mountines. Be sure mounted guns are secure; that elevating, traversing, and firing controls function properly and are not excessively worn or binding. (24) Ire 82, “TIGHTEN. (a) Tighten all points of the vehicle where inspection has indicated the necessity. (b) Weekly. Tighten all loose hull attachments, assembly or mounting bolts, screws, or nuts, loose track rivets, suspension units, or any other point where inspection or experience has indicated the need on a weekly or mileage basis. (25) Trem 83, “LusrICATE As NEEDED. 7532 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (a) Lubricate any point where inspection ‘has indicated oilcan or, hand greasing is necessary. (b) Weekly. Lubricate all points listed on Lubrication Order as requiring attention on a weekly or mileage basis. (26) Irem 84, *CLEAN ENGINE AND VEHICLE. (a) Clean out all refuse from engine compartment, and wipe up all fuel, oil, or coolant drippings from within the compartment and exterior of engine. Wipe off exterior of entire vehicle, and clean out driver’s and stowage compartments, (b) Weekly. Wash vehicle, if possible. If washing is impracti- cable, wipe off as soon as possible, looking for rough spots or polished places that might cause glare or reflection. See that all vehicle mark- ings (unless covered for tactical reasons) are legible. CAUTION: If the vehicle is driven into the water for washing, care must be taken to see that dirt or moisture does not get into track and guide wheel bearings or on electrical units or wiring. (27) Irem 86, “AMPHIBIAN SERVICES. (a) Examine entire interior and exterior of hull for damage and indications of punctures, broken welds, and loose attachments. Inspect compartment lids and covers for good condition, alinement, proper sealing, and proper operation of hinges and latches. Remove drain plugs and allow bilge water to drain out of hull and cells. Install plugs and tighten securely. Remove all weeds or other foreign matter from exterior of hull, from tracks and suspensions, and from rudders and rudder control mechanism. Apply a few drops of engine oil to capstan clutch collar and splines, and thoroughly’ lubricate all suspension system external fittings, (b) Weekly. Remove drain plugs and drain all accumulated bilge water and loose dirt out of hull and cells. Remove all lids and compartment covers, and clean bilges thoroughly. Wipe up all fuel and oil drippings, and correct or report any fuel, oil, or coolant leaks. Investigate or report any unusual noise or unsatisfactory operating characteristics of rudders, capstan, or capstan drive mechanism noted during water operation, See that capstan drive belt has %- to %-inch finger-pressure deflection. * (28) Irem 85, *Toois AND EQUIPMENT. (a) Be sure all vehicle and pioneer tools and items of vehicle equipment are present (See Vehicle Stowage List, pars. 6 and 7) and see that they are in good condition and properly mounted or stowed. (b) Weekly. Clean all tools and items of equipment as necessary. Inspect tools with cutting edges to see if they are sharp, Tools with bright surfaces must be painted or otherwise treated to prevent glare and reflections. Mount or stow all items properly and securely. 76TM 9-772 33 Section XI SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 33. SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SERVICES. a. Regular, scheduled maintenance inspections and services are a preventive maintenance function of the using arms, and are the responsibility of commanders of operating organizations, (1) Frequency. The frequency of the preventive maintenance services outlined herein is considered a minimum requirement for normal operation of vehicle, Under unusual operating conditions, such as extreme temperatures and dusty or sandy terrain, it may be necessary to perform certain maintenance services more frequently. (2) Firsr Ecueton Participation, The drivers should ac- company their vehicles and assist the mechanics while periodic second echelon preventive maintenance services are performed, Or- dinarily, the driver should present the vehicle for a scheduled preventive maintenance service in a reasonably clean condition; that is, it should be dry and not caked with mud or grease to such an extent that inspection and servicing will be seriously hampered. However, the vehicle should not be washed or wiped thoroughly clean, since certain types of defects, such as cracks, leaks, and loose or shifted parts or assemblies, are more evident if the surfaces are slightly soiled or dusty. (3) If instructions other than those contained in the general procedures in step (4) or the specific procedures in step (5) which follow, are required for the correct performance of a preventive maintenance service or for correction of a deficiency, other sections of the vehicle operator's manual pertaining to the item involved, or a designated individual in authority, should be consulted. (4) Gensrat Procepurrs, These general procedures are basic instructions which are to be followed when performing the services on the vehicle items listed in the specific procedures of subparagraph b, Those procedures preceded by an asterisk (*) require additional services at each third 1,000-mile period. The second echelon personnel must be so thoroughly trained in these procedures that they will apply them automatically. (a) When new or overhauled subassemblies are installed to correct deficiencies, care should be taken to see that they are clean and properly lubricated and adjusted. (b) When installing new lubricant retainer seals, a coating of the lubricant should be wiped over the sealing surface of the lip of the seal. When the new seal is a leather seal, it should be soaked in 7MARKIER, VARUW, Mat, VANS vee meow SAE No. 10 engine oil (warm if practicable) for at least 30 minutes. ‘Then, the leather lip should be worked carefully by hand before installing the seal. The lip must not be scratched or marred. (c)» The general inspection of each item applies also to any supporting member or connection and usually includes a check to see whether the item is in “good condition,” “correctly assembled,” “secure,” or “excessively worn.” The mechanics must be thoroughly trained in the following explanation of these terms: 1. The inspection for “good condition” is usually an external visual inspection to determine whether the unit is damaged beyond safe or satisfactory limits. The term “good condition” is explained further by such terms as the following: Not bent or twisted, not chafed or burned, not broken or cracked, not bare or frayed, not dented or collapsed, not torn or cut, not deteriorated. 2. The inspection of a unit to see that it is “correctly assembled” is usually an external visual inspection to determine whether it is in its “normal assembled” position in the vehicle. 3. The check of a unit to determine if it is “secure” is usually an external visual inspection, a hand-feel, wrench, or a pry-bar check for looseness in the unit. Such an inspection should include any brackets, and all lock washers, lock nuts, locking wires, or cotter pins used to secure the tightening, 4. “Excessively worn,” which is a frequently used term, will be understood to mean worn close-to or beyond satisfactory limits, and likely to result in a failure if not replaced before the next scheduled inspection. (d) Special Services. These are indicated by added item numbers in the 50-hour (500 miles) or 100-hour (1000 mile) column, or both, and indicate that the part or assembly is to receive certain mandatory services. For example, an item number in one or both columns opposite a “TIGHTEN” procedure, means that the actual tightening of the object must be performed. The special services include: 1, Adjust. Make all necessary adjustments in accordance with the vehicle operator’s manual, special bulletins, or other current directives, 2. Clean. Clean units of the vehicle to remove excess lubricant, dirt, etc. using dry-cleaning solvent. After the parts are cleaned, rinse them in clean fluid and dry them well. Take care to keep the parts clean until reassembled, and to keep cleaning fluid away from rubber or other material which it will damage. Clean theoe SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE protective grease coating from new parts. This material is usually not a good lubricant. 3. Special lubrication. This applies either to lubrication operations that do not usually appear on the vehicle Lubrication Order, to items that do appear on the order but should be performed in connection with the maintenance operations if parts have to be disassembled for inspection, 4. Serve, Serving a part usually consists of performing special operations, such as replenishing battery water and cooling system coolant, draining and refilling units with oil, and changing or replacing the oil filter or cartridge. 5. Tighten, All tightening operations should be performed with sufficient wrench torque (force on the wrench handle) to tighten the unit according to good mechanical practice. Use torque-indicating wrench where specified. Do not overtighten, as this may strip threads or cause distortion, Tightening will ‘always be understood to include the correct installation of lock washers, lock nuts, and lock wire and cotter pins provided to secure the tightening, (e) When conditions make it difficult to perform the complete preventive maintenance service at one time, it can sometimes be handled in sections, planning to complete all operations within the week if possible. All available time at halts, rest periods, and in bivouac areas must be utilized if necessary to assure that maintenance operations are completed. When limited by the tactical situation, items with Special Services in the columns, should be given first consideration. (f) The numbers of the Preventive Maintenance Procedures that follow are identical with those outlined on W.D., A.G.O. Form No. 462, which is the Preventive Maintenance Service Work Sheet for Full-Track and Tank-like Wheeled Vehicles, Certain procedures that do not apply to this vehicle are deleted. The numerical se- quences in general are followed, but in some cases there is deviation for conservation of the mechanic’s time and effort. b, Specific Procedures. These procedures for performing each item in the 50-hour (500 mile) and 100-hour (1000 mile) preventive maintenance inspections, whichever shall occur first, and services are described on the following pages. Each of these pages has two columns at its left edge corresponding to the 50-hour (500 mile) and 100-hour (1000 mile) service respectively. Very often it will be found that a particular procedure does not apply to both services. In order to determine which procedure to follow, look down the column corresponding to the service due and, wherever an item number appears, perform the inspection and/or service indicated opposite the number.TM 9-772 33 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C pourra ‘500 Mi ROAD TEST NOTE: When the tactical situation does not permit a full road test, perform those items which require little or no movement of the vehicle. When a road test is possible, it should be for preferably 3 and not over 5 miles. 1 | 1 | Before-operation Service. Before vehicle is road tested, perform the Before-operation Service outlined in paragraph 29. 2| 2 Dash Instruments and Gages. Om Pressurs Gace. Gage should register approximately 40 pounds pressure at normal operating engine speed and about 5 pounds at idle speed, AMMETER. Gage should indicate a high charge (+) (approximately 40 amps), for a period after starting engine, until generator restores to batteries the current used in starting engine; then only slight charge if bat- teriés are up and with all lights and accessories turned off. Hear Inpicator. Reading should rise gradually to normal operating range, 175°F to 180°F. Maximum safe operating temperature is 200°F. CAUTION: Do not move vehicle until engine temperature has reached 140°F. FUEL GAGE, Reading should indicate the approximate amount of fuel in tank, SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER. Speedometer should indicate vehicle speed in miles per hour, and odometer should record accumulating mileage. 3 | 3 | Windshield Wipers. Test wipers to be sure they operate properly; that blades and arms are in good condition, secure, and operate through their full stroke, and that blades contact glass evenly and firmly. 5 [5 Steering Brakes. Steering levers (at top) should have 1% to 2% inches free travel before braking action is evident, and should stop vehicle effectively, with a reserve of lever travel available. Levers applied separately should steer the vehicle effectively without excessiveMAINTENANCE] TM 9-772 33 SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ‘te 6 10 aby 13 14 15 Ww 6 ll 13 14 15 16 7 pull on levers and with same free travel and reserve travel evident, Brakes should not grab, chatter, or squeal. Clutch. Pedal free travel should be 1 inch, Clutch should fully release when pedal is fully depressed, and should operate without grab, chatter, or squealing on engagement and without slippage when fully engaged under load. Transmissions. Both engine and axle transmissions should shift smoothly, operate without unusual noise, and not slip out of mesh during operation. Engine. During road test, be on the alert for unsatisfactory engine operating characteristics, such as misfiring, backfiring, stalling; watch for excessive exhaust smoke, and check to see if any unusual amount of oil has been consumed, Unusual Noises. Be on the alert for any unusual noise in power train, tracks, and suspension system that might indicate looseness, damage, excessive wear, or inadequate lubrication, Temperatures, After completing road test, hand-feel the hubs of all track wheels, and examine exposed gear cases and final drives for overheating, Leaks, Thoroughly inspect inside of hull, engine compartment, and underneath vehicle for indications of fuel, oil, or coolant leaks, Noise and Vibrations. Accelerate and decelerate engine a few times, and note any noise or vibrations in engine, mountings, accessories or exhaust system that may indicate looseness, damage, excessive wear, or inadequate lubrication, Test clutch for noise. Track Tension (Final Road Test). Recheck track tension, using gage as outlined in paragraph 109 b. MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS Fuel Pump Test. Attach a test gage to outlet side of fuel pump and observe if pressure is satisfactory; 2 to 4 pounds at fast idle is normal, Crankease. Inspect for external leaks, both at gaskets and lines, Check oil level, and add oil as necessary. If condition of oil indicates necessity, or if oil change19 20 20 a 22 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 19 20 a 21 22 is due, drain and refill. See Lubrication Order, paragraph 24. NOTE: Do not start engine until Item 54 (par. 32 b (3)) has been completed. Hull—Sides. Inspect hull side panels for damage and loose assembly welds, nuts, or screws. Examine paint or camouflage pattern for rust spots or polished surfaces that may cause glare or reflections. See that tow loop and pintle hook are in good condition and secure, and be sure pintle operates properly and latches securely, Hull Bottom. Examine hull bottom for damage, loose assembly welds, nuts, or screws, and see that all drain plugs and inspection plates are in good condition and secure. Tighten as necessary. Differential and Final Drives. Examine housings ex- ternally to see if they are in good condition, securely assembled and mounted; and look for excessive oil leaks at seals or gaskets. TIGHTEN. Draw up all external assembly and mounting nuts or screws securely. Tracks (Cross Plates, Endless Rubber Belts, Guides, and Cables), Inspect these items to see if they are in good condition, correctly assembled, and secure. Tighten loose assembly rivets and replace those missing. Check friction bands for broken cables. *Whenever tracks are removed for repair or replacement, or at each third 100-hour (1000-mile) maintenance service, the related group items, 22 to 25 marked by an asterisk (*), should be performed as described below in the asterisk-marked procedures, On regular 50 and 100-hour (500-mile and 1000-mile) services, tracks will not be removed unless repairs or replacement is necessary. CAUTION: Whenever tracks are removed, do not replace them until services marked ("*) in items 22 to 25 have been completed. Idler—Front Wheel (Carrier Arms, Tension Springs, Carriers, and Bearings). Inspect wheels, arms, springs, and ¢arriers to see if they are in good condition, correctly assembled, secure, and not excessively worn, Look for grease leaks at wheel seals. Tighten assembly and mounting nuts or screws securely, *At each third 100-hour (1000-mile) service, or whenever tracks are removed for repair or replacement, remove the wheel bearings and seals, wash them thor- 82TM 9-772 33 SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE JaainTENANc] Foc | 00 tene_| nt 23 | 23 23 24 | 24 24 4 25 | 25 25 oughly in dry-cleaning solvent and inspect them for damage and excessive wear. Replace if necessary, first lubricating according to Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, and adjust according to paragraph 110b, Bogie (‘Transverse Spring, Yokes, Support Arms). Inspect these units to see if they are in good condition, correctly and securely assembled and mounted, and not excessively worn, TicHTsN. Draw up all assembly and mounting nuts securely, Guide Wheels and Bogie Wheels (Mountings, Tires, Shafts, Bearings). Examine all guide and bogie wheels and tires to see if they are in good condition, securely assembled and mounted; that tires are not damaged or excessively worn and not separating from the rims. Check by hand-feel for excessive wear in shafts or bearings, Guide wheels should not have more than %-inch end play. ‘TichTEN. Draw up all assembly and mounting nuts screws securely, *At each third 10-hour (1,000-mile) service, or whenever tracks are removed for repair or replacement, remove wheels, clean shafts and bearings, and inspect them for excessive wear or damage, Replace as necessary. Lubricate according to instructions in Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, and adjust according to paragraph 112b or & Drive Wheels (Sprockets, Tires, Hubs and Axle Flange, Shafts, and Bearings). Examine sprocket wheels, tires, hubs, and carrier assemblies to see if they are in good condition and correctly assembled and mounted; look for excessive oil leaks from seals’ or gaskets, Be sure tires are not damaged or excessively worn and not separating from rims, Tighten all loose assembly or mounting nuts and screws securely, *At each third 100-hour (1,000-mile) service, or whenever tracks are removed for repair or replacement, remove axle shafts and wheel bearings, wash in dry- cleaning solvent, and inspect for damage and excessive wear, Replace as necessary. Lubricate bearings and hubs according to Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, and adjust bearings according to paragraph 104¢ (2).TM 9-772 33 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C ‘4000 | 800 26 | 26 27 | 27 28 | 28 30 31 32 | 32 32 33 Track Tension. Test track tension with gage and readjust as necessary (par. 109c). Inspect track idler wheel tension spring brackets for fractures and attaching bolts for stripped threads and tightness. Top and Hull Interior (Top, Bows and Curtains, Seats and Safety Straps, Floor Plates, Windshield, Compartment Covers, and ‘Brush Guard). Inspect all above units to see if they are in good condition, correctly assembled, and securely mounted. Look for damage to paint and rust or polished surfaces on paint or camouflage pattern that might cause glare or reflec: tions, Examine radio antenna mast and mounting for Jooseneess or damage. Caps and Gaskets (Fuel Tank and Radiator). In- spect these caps and gaskets to see that they are in good condition, and that caps fit filler necks tightly and lock securely. Engine Removal (When Required), Engine should be removed on 100-hour (1000-mile) maintenance service only if inspections made in items 9 and 13 and a check of oil consumption indicate need (par. 59). NOTE: Cleaning and following service Items, 31 to 59 inclusive, will be performed in best possible manner on all engines not requiring removal. Valve Mechanism. If engine is removed, adjust tappets to 0.016 inch cold. Spark Plugs (Gaps, Deposits). Wipe off plugs and examine insulators for damage. Look for indications of oil, coolant, and compression leaks around seals and gaskets. Remove and inspect for broken insulators, excessive carbon deposits, and burned electrodes. Adjust gap to 0.025 inch, Use new gaskets when installing, and tighten securely. Before installing plugs, make compression test, Item 33, Compression Test. While all spark plugs are removed, test compression of each cylinder with throttle wide- open, 84\INTENANCE ‘ito te 34 | 34 34 36 | 36 38 | 38 39 | 39 42 | 42 4a 43 | 43 44 | 44 SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Generator and Cranking Motor. Examine generator and cranking motor for good condition, secure mounting, and tightness of wiring connections. Be sure radio capacitor on generator is in good condition and securely connected and mounted, Remove commutator inspection covers, and check brushes for proper spring tension, free action, and wear. Clean commutator as outlined in paragraph 88b, if dirty or greasy. Distributor (Cap, Rotor, Points, and Condenser), Wipe all dust or dirt from the distributor cap and inspect for cracks or corroded high-tension sockets, Ex- amine distributor cap rotor arm for cracks, short, burns, and cleanliness, Examine breaker points and, if badly pitted, replace points and condenser, File points, if only slightly pitted, so that square contact is assured. Space points to 0.020 inch, Inspect"base plate for excess lubricant; if dirty or greasy, clean thoroughly, In- spect holding clips for security. Ignition Wiring, Examine all exposed wiring to see if it is in good condition, clean, and securely connected and supported. Inspect radio noise resistor-suppressors at spark plugs and distributor for damage, scorching, and looseness. Coil. Inspect ignition coil and its radio noise capacitor to see if they are in good condition, clean, and securely connected and mounted, Oil Filler Cap and Ventilators. Examine crankcase filler pipe cap and crankcase and valve chamber ventilator pipes to see if they are in good condition and secure. Remove ventilator pipes, clean them thoroughly, and install them securely. Air Cleaner, Examine carburetor air cleaner unit to see if it is in good condition, secure, and not leaking. Clean and service according to Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, Carburetor (Choke, Throttle, Linkage, and Primer). Examine all the above units to see if they are in good condition, correctly and securely assembled and45 46 48 49 50 51 52 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29 MAINTENANCE| 900 | 600 mi 45 46 49 50 51 52 mounted, and see that throttle and choke mechanism and linkage operate properly and are not excessively worn, Test action of primer, and see that pump connections and mountings are secure, Manifold (Intake and Exhaust). Inspect manifold for good condition, holding lugs for tightness, and gaskets for leaks. Inspect heat control valve for damage or excessive wear, and for proper operation and action of bi-metal spring. F Cylinder Head and Gasket. Examine cylinder head to see if it is in good condition, and look for evidence of oil, coolant, or compression leaks from head or gasket, NOTE: Cylinder head cap screws should not be tightened except in case of actual looseness or leaks, If tightening is necessary, use a torque wrench and tighten in the proper sequence, figure 49, to 600-650 inch pounds. Clutch Assembly. Examine clutch housing for indications of damage and leaks, Tighten all accessible housing studs and screws. NOTE: At any time engine is removed, inspect all clutch components for damage and excessive wear. If unserviceable, entire clutch assembly must be replaced. Water Pump, Fan, and Shroud. Inspect these units to see that they are in good condition, correctly assembled, and securely connected or mounted. Be sure fan blades and shroud are alined so as not to interfere. Accessory Drives (Belts and Pulleys). Examine fan and generator drive belts and pulleys to see if they are in good condition; that pulleys are secure and in alinement, and that belts do not bottom in pulleys. Adjust drive belts so they have approximately ¥2-inch finger- pressure deflection. Engine Compartment (Bulkhead, Controls). Clean out all refuse and fuel, coolant, and oil drippings from engine compartment, and examine bulkhead for damage. See that bulkhead is properly installed and secure. Inspect all engine control linkage to see if it is in good condition, securely connected and supported, and not excessively worn or binding. Engine Oil (Lines and Fittings). Examine all engine lines and fittings, including oil pressure gage line, for leaks and damage. 86SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE [MAINTENANCE] 1, 500 Wate |_ to 53 | 53 Fuel Tank (Vent, Lines, and Pump). Examine ‘these items to see if they are in good condition, correctly mounted, connected, and supported, Be sure filler cap vent is not clogged. Clean pump sediment bowl and screen. See that drain cock and pipe are in good condition, Remove hull plug, and drain accumulated dirt and water from bottom of fuel tank, paragraph 69 b. 54 | 54 Oil Filter. Examine filter to see if it is in good condition, securely mounted and connected, and not leaking. Remove drain plug and drain off the accumulated sludge and dirt. If a cartridge change is due, or condition warrants, replace according to Lubrication Order, paragraph 24, CAUTION: Be sure fo fill crankcase to proper level after draining oil filter. 55 | 55 Fuel Filter. Examine fuel filter, drain cock, and line to see if they are in good condition and securely connected and mounted. Remove hull plug (right side) and drain off accumulated dirt and water, Remove filter bow! and wash bowl and element in dry-cleaning solvent according to Lubrication Order instructions in paragraph 24, 57 | 57 | Exhaust Pipes and Muffler. Inspect pipes and muffler for rust or corrosion, cracks, leaks, and security of mountings and connections, Look for indications of blown gaskets. Inspect tail pipe for restrictions or clogging; be sure muffler guard is secure and not damaged. 57 ‘TIGHTEN. Draw up all assembly and mounting nuts and screws carefully and securely. 58 | 58 Engine Mountings. Examine all engine mountings for looseness and damage and tighten as necessary. Be sure bond straps are secure, NOTE: When engine is removed, inspect mountings for deterioration. 58 TIGHTEN. ‘Tighten all loose engine mountings securely. 61 Engine (Inctall Mountings, Lines, Wiring, Control Linkage; Check Oil Supply). If engine was removed for repair or replacement, install at this time, and properly tighten or connect all mountings, lines, wiring, and controls. CAUTION: Be sure oil supply is at proper level. 8763 63 63 65 ESE ee ee ee eee 63 63 65 Radiator (Core, Mountings, Hose, Antifreeze Rec- ord). Examine radiator core, all hose and connections, and overflow pipe to see if they are in good condition and securely connected or mounted. Be sure cooling fins are not bent so as to obstruct air flow, and that overflow is not clogged. If antifreeze is in use, check its value and record on back of Work Sheet No. 462. While solution is in hydrometer, examine it for contamination. If cleaning of cooling system is necessary, do so only according to current directives regarding procedure, cleaner, neutralizer, and inhibitor. Straighten bent fins, using a blunt instrument only, to avoid damage to core. CAUTION: Be sure to replenish coolant supply before starting engine. Batteries (Cables, Hold-downs, Carrier, Gravity and Voltage Record). Inspect battery mounting for security, case for cracks or leaks, and cables and terminal posts for corrosion, Clean, tighten, and grease terminals, Test specific gravity and voltage, and record cell readings on work sheet. Perform high-rate discharge test according to instructions for a condition test which accompanies test instrument, Cell variation should not be more than 30 percent. NOTE: To make test, specific gravity must be above 1.225, Clean batteries and carrier; repaint carrier, if corroded. Clean and grease lightly cables, terminals, bolts, and posts, Inspect bolts and nuts to see that they are in good condition. Carefully tighten terminals and hold- downs to avoid damage to battery. Serve. Add clean water to bring electrolyte % inch above plates. Cranking Motor (Primer and Choke, Instruments). Start engine, observing if primer or choke action is satisfactory, and note if cranking motor has sufficient speed and engages and disengages without unusual noise. Check the pertinent instruments, particularly oil pressure gage and ammeter, to be sure they indicate the proper functioning of the system or unit to which they apply. Reset choke as necessary during warm-up for engine to run smoothly and to prevent overchoking and oil dilution.33 SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE |AINTENANCE] Leake (Engine Oil, Fuel, and Coolant). With engine running and systems under pressure, recheck for leaks in oil, fuel, and cooling systems, Ignition Timing. Check and set ignition timing according to instructions in paragraph 65. 68 | 68 Regulator Unit. Inspect regulator and radio noise filter unit, or condenser, to see if they are in good condition and securely mounted and connected. 68 After regulator has reached normal operating temperature, connect the low-voltage circuit tester to see that voltage and current regulators and cut-out properly control generator output. 69 | 69 | Engine Idle and Vacuum Test (at 175°F). Encine Inte. Adjust carburetor, choke, accelerator, and idle screw according to paragraph 75 b. ‘Vacuum Test. Connect vacuum gage to intake manifold at valve cover breather connection, and check vacuum reading, With engine at fast idle speed, gage pointer should register 16 to 18 inches, Accelerate and decelerate engine momentarily. If pointer fails to drop about 2 inches as throttle valve is opened, and advance to about 25 inches as throttle valve is closed, it may indicate poor piston ring sealing, diluted oil, or an abnormal obstruction in exhaust system, carburetor, or: air cleaner. A needle, fluctuating badly between 10 and 15 inches, indicates a defective cylinder head gasket or valve. Extremely low reading may indicate a leak in intake system or gaskets, 74| 74 | Cloteh Pedal (Free Travel and Linkage). Inspect clutch pedal and all linkage to see if it is in good condition and securely mounted or connected. See that return spring has sufficient tension and that control cable is properly supported and that it works freely. Adjust pedal to provide 1 inch free travel. 75 | 75 | Steering Brakes (Levers, Linkage, and Shafts). Ex- amine levers and all shafts and linkage to see if they are in good condition, securely connected and mounted, and not excessively worn. Levers should have 1142 to 24% inch free travel at grip, before meeting heavy resistance and should have a reserve of travel available when fully applied. g933 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C fuanTenance] 75 75 77 77 77 78 78 80 81 81 85 86 1,000 | 500 Mile_| Mile 17 78 80 81 85 86 TIGHTEN. Draw up all assembly and mounting nuts or screws securely. Apgust. Make minor or major brake band adjustments as necessary to get proper free travel, according to instructions in paragraph 103. Differential and Breather. Examine the accessible portion of axle differential and transmission housing exter- nally, to see if it is in good condition, securely mounted and not leaking at seals or gaskets. TicHTEN. Draw up all accessible assembly and mounting nuts or screws securely. Ciran, Remove breather assembly, clean thoroughly, and install securely. Transmission (Vent, Seals). Inspect engine transmission unit to be sure it is in good condition, securely assembled and mounted, and not leaking at seals or gaskets, TicHreN. Draw up all external assembly and mounting nuts or screws securely. Cian. Clean out transmission cover vent hole. Transmission Controls and Linkage. Inspect both engine transmission and axle transmission unit shift levers and linkage to see that they are in good condition, correctly and securely assembled and mounted, and not excessively worn, Test operation of shift mechanism to see if it operates without looseness or binding. Propeller Shaft (Joints, Seals, Alinement). Inspect propeller shaft and universal joints to see if they are in good condition, not leaking lubricant at seals, and in proper alinement, ‘TIGHTEN. Draw up U-bolt nuts securely. Lights and Switches. When tactical situation permits, operate switches and make sure that all lights operate properly. Include trouble and signal light. Inspect lights for cleanliness, broken lens or burnt out lamps, and loose mountings. Wiring (Fuses, Terminals). Inspect all accessible low- voltage wiring, fuses and terminal blocks or boxes to see if they are in good condition, correctly assembled, and securely connected and supported, Clean dirt and grease from exposed wiring and connections. 90SECOND ECHELON PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE JAINTENANCE 00 Wate | te 88 | 88 ala aja a b|b ol}ec Radio Bonding (Suppressors, Filters, Condensers, and Shielding). See that all units not covered in the foregoing specific procedures are in good condition and securely mounted and connected. Be sure all additional noise suppression bonds, with internal-external toothed lock washers listed in paragraph 148, are inspected for looseness or damage, and see that contact surfaces are clean. NOTE: If objectionable radio noise from vehicle has been reported, check systems as outlined in Section XXIX, If cleaning and tightening of mountings and connections and replacement of defective radio noise suppression units does not eliminate the trouble, the radio operator will report the condition to the designated individual in authority. ITEMS SPECIAL TO AMPHIBIANS NOTE: The following items (a to d,), covering the required minimum maintenance for amphibian vehicles, are substituted, since there are no item numbers assigned for these services on Form No. 462. Hull (Drain Plugs, Decks, Lids and Covers, and Coaming). Inspect entire hull to see that it is in good condition and that all drain plugs are secure; also look for indications of punctures or broken welds, See if deck plates are loose or damaged, Examine lids and compartment covers, hinges, and latches to see if they open and close freely, if the seals are in good condition, and if lids and covers are properly alined with openings, and if they seal and latch securely. Be sure all coaming is not loose or damaged, ‘TIGHTEN. Draw up all loose hull or attachment assembly or mounting nuts or screws securely. SPEcIAL LupricaTION. Apply a few drops of engine oil to all hinge pins, latches, turn buckle, and thumb screws. Bilges and Bilge Pump. Examine bilge compartments to see that all bulkheads, frame members and braces, and insulation pads are in good condition and secure, Test hand bilge pump to be sure it is in good condition and will pump to capacity. Tighten all units securely. Rudder (Mountings, Control Arms, Cables, and Handle). Inspect rudders to see if they are in good con- ivnucitiat thet aiauetineraed scar hic nite cad nina33 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 130 131 133 130 131 133 are secure. Examine rudder control handle (tiller), cable drum, cables, and control arms to be sure they are in good condition; see if cables operate freely in the conduits, and that conduits-are’ securely ‘mounted to hull, Apply a few drops of engine oil to cables where they enter the conduits, and to clevis pins, control arm fulcrum pins, and operating handle. “‘TienTeNn. Draw up all rudder and control mounting and assembly nuts or screws securely. Capstan (Clutch, Drive Shaft, Universal Joints, Mountings, and Drive Belt). Examine capstan assembly and all operating and drive mechanism to see if each unit is in good condition, secure, properly assembled, not excessively worn, and adequately lubricated. Look particularly for loose mountings and U-joints, distorted drive shaft, or frayed or oil-soaked drive belt, Be sure drive pulleys are not loose or damaged. Apgust, Adjust drive belt to %- to %-inch finger- pressure deflection. TicHTeN. Draw up all mounting and assembly nuts or screws securely, and see that all assembly pins are tight. SpectaL LupricaTion. Apply a few drops of engine oil to capstan dog clutch and splines and collar, and perform oilcan lubrication to universal joints. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Tools (Vehicle Kit and Pioneer). After completion of the services, check tool list (paragraph 6) to be sure all items are present. Be sure they are in good condition and that they are properly and securely mounted or stowed. Tools with cutting edges should be sharp and properly protected. Equipment. See that all items of standard and special vehicle equipment listed in paragraph 7, are present, in good condition, and properly stowed. Pay particular attention to radio equipment to see that it is properly connected and mounted, Spare Oil Supply. Determine if spare oil supply for engine and transmission is present, of proper grade, and properly stowed.[MAINTENANCE] ‘1000 | 500 ‘iile_| Milo 134 |134 136 | 136 137 |137 138 | 138 139 TM 9-772 33-34 TROUBLE SHOOTING Decontaminator. Examine for good condition, full charge, and secure attachment. Remove filler plug for charge inspection. Solution must be renewed every three months. Publications and Form No. 26, Check to see that vehicle manuals, Lubrication Order, Form No, 26 (Acci- dent-Report), and Form No. 478 (MWO and Major Unit Assembly Replacement Record) are present, legible, and safely stowed, Vehicle Lubrication. Perform a complete lubrication of the vehicle according to details of the Lubrication Order in paragraph 24 (figs. 27 and 28), omitting only those items that have been lubricated or serviced in the foregoing procedures during this service. Use only clean lubricant and equipment, and wipe dirt from fittings before application. Modifications (MWO’s Completed). Inspect vehicle to determine if all MWO's have been completed and entered on Form No. 478. Enter any modifications or major unit assembly replacements made at time of this service, Final Road Test, Make a final road test, rechecking items 2 to 15 inclusive, Confine this test to the minimum. distance necessary to make satisfactory observations. Recheck transmission, differential, and engine to determine that lubrication levels are correct and that no leaks exist. NOTE: Correct any deficiencies found during the road test. Section XII TROUBLE SHOOTING 34, GENERAL. a, This section lists difficulties which might be encountered with this vehicle during operation in normal temperatures, with the possible common causes and remedies, Only such symptoms and causes as can be detected by the using arms are included, and the tests to determine the possible causes are listed in the order of their importance. A systematic test procedure must be used if the difficultyCARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C is to be located and corrected with a minimum of time and effort. ‘Therefore, this section has been arranged, wherever possible, with the symptom listed first. The causes, tests, and suggested remedies which follow provide a process of elimination to determine what is responsible for the trouble, and what action must be taken to correct it. 35. ENGINE. a, Crankshaft Will Not Turn. (1) Seizure Due To INTERNAL DaMaGE. Refer to higher authority. (2) CraNnkinc Motor INOPERATIVE. See paragraph 39 a. (3) Cranxinc Motor Pinion Gear TEETH OR FLYWHEEL Srrirep. Refer to higher authority. b. Engine Crankshaft Turns but Engine Will Not Start. (1) Battery DiscHARGED OR CHARGE VERY Low. Test battery with hydrometer. If hydrometer reading is below 1.200, recharge or replace with fully charged battery. (2) Cranxinc Motor SPEED Too Stow. See paragraph 39 ¢. (3) No Spark at Piucs, Turn on ignition switch. Disconnect spark plug wire from plug terminal, crank engine with cranking motor, and note whether spark is obtained while holding terminal about ¥Y inch from cylinder head. If no spark, trace defect by following steps (5) to (8) below. If spark is visible, perform step (4) following, (4) Spark PLuas Broken or Dirty, or Gaps INCORRECTLY SPACED. Replace plugs if porcelain is broken, If dirty, clean with accredited cleaner, and space electrode gaps to 0.025 inch before installation. Always check electrode gap and space, if necessary, before installing. (5) Disrrmuror Cap or Roror BROKEN. Replace rotor or cap. (6) DisTRBuTOR BREAKER POINTS INCORRECTLY SPACED, PITTED, OR EXCESSIVELY BURNED. Respace or install new points (par. 64 d). (7) Spark PLuc Wires BROKEN OR IMPROPERLY CONNECTED (at Distributor Towers or Plug Terminals). Inspect wires for breaks or broken or frayed insulation, corroded or dirty connections in distributor cap towers, or improperly seated terminals on plugs. (8) Ianrrion Trminc INcorRECT. Reset ignition timing (par. 65). (9) Fue. Suppi¥ Exuaustep. Replenish fuel supply. (10) Fue. Firter or Fuet Lines CLoacep. Disconnect fuel line from carburetor, operate cranking motor, and observe if fuel is discharging. If not, refer to paragraph 38 a (2) and (3). (11) CarsureToR CHOKE CONTROL WirE LoosE oR Discon- NECTED, Adjust choke control (par. 75 b (2)). 94TM 9-772 35 TROUBLE SHOOTING ce. Engine Runs but Misfires. (1) Icnrrion IncorrecTLy Timp, Retime (par. 65). (2) Fauty Spark Pius, Locate faulty plug with suitable tester, and install new plug, (3) Disrrmuror Cap or RoTor BROKEN. Replace cap and/or rotor. (4) Disrrmutor Ponts WorN, PITTED, OR INCORRECTLY SPACED. Examine points; if worn or pitted, replace. Check point gap, and space to 0.020-inch maximum opening. (5) INcorrectT VALve TAPPET ADJUSTMENT, If valves are not closing or opening to proper limits, adjust tappets to 0.016-inch clearance between valve lifter adjusting screw and end of valve stem, with valve in fully closed position. (6) BROKEN VALvE SPRING. Remove valve cover plate, and examine valve springs. If spring is broken, refer to higher authority. (7) Leaxine Cyuinper Heap Gasket. Examine cylinder head for evidence of leakage between head and gasket. If leaks are detected, tighten cylinder head cap screw to tension of 600 to 650 inch-pounds with a torque wrench, If gasket is defective, install a new one. (8) PARTIALLY PLUGGED Fugit Ling. Remove fuel lines and clean, If cleaning the lines does not correct difficulty, test fuel pump pressure, (9) THeRMostar Derecrive, Replace thermostat (par, 82). d. Engine Lacks Power. (1) Tonrrion Tram Incorrect. Reset ignition timing (par. 65). (2) Deronation From Low Ocrang FuEt, Retard ignition timing slightly or refer to higher authority. (3) ENGINE OVERHEATING. Inadequate cooling solution, fan belt slipping, or improper grade or insufficient oil in crankcase. Add cooling solution, adjust fan belt, or change or replenish oil, (4) CarsurETOR ApjustMENT INcorRECT, Adjust or replace complete assembly, (5) Low ENGINE CoMPRESSION. If engine does not develop full power with fuel reaching combustion chambers, adequate ignition, and sufficient oil in crankcase, the compression of each cylinder should be checked by removing spark plugs, inserting compression gage in spark plug opening, cranking engine two or three times (with throttle wide-open), and taking highest reading obtained, Gage should read 105 pounds for satisfactory compression. If reading is less, check valve tappet adjustment. If tappet clearance is 0.016 inch, refer to higher authority, 95TM 9-774 35 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (6) ResTRICTION IN ExHausT SysTEM, Bent exhaust pipes, or muffler passages restricted by carbon formation. Straighten or replace bent pipes. Replace muffler. (7) CxurcH Stippine. See paragraph 41 a. (8) Brakes Draccina. Adjust band tension (par. 103 h). e. Engine Knocks. (1) Excessive CARBON ACCUMULATION IN CYLINDER Heap. In most cases, this condition will be apparent on acceleration or hard pull, and will sound like a rattle or ping. Remove cylinder head and clean out carbon. (2) IcnrtIon Timinc Too Far Apvancep. This condition will result in a noise very similar to excessive carbon accumulation except that the ping will be more pronounced. To correct, retard timing until the ping is not apparent when engine is pulling. (3) Loose Piston Pm. Loose piston pin knocks may usually be identified from other engine knocks as occurring intermittently and are of a sharper character than main bearing knocks. Refer to higher authority. (4) Loose Connectina Ron Bearines. Knocks resulting from loose connecting rods occur at regular intervals, and are of a slightly deeper tone than piston pin knocks, Refer to higher authority, (5) Loose Matn Brarines. Main bearing knocks are more of a heavy thud than a knock, and are more apparent when the engine is accelerated. Refer to higher authority, (6) Excess VALVE Tapper CLEARANCE. Excess clearance between valve tappet face and valve stems will result in a sharp click occurring at regular intervals, Adjust tappets to 0,016-inch clearance. f. Engine Overheats. (1) Coote SoLvtion Low, Add sufficient coolant to bring solution to required level. (2) TuermosraT Derscrive. Test thermostat and replace if not operating within specifications (par. 82). (3) FAN Bei SLiPPING. Test belt adjustment by pressing in on fan belt with thumb or finger. Belt has proper tension when finger- pressure deflection is % inch, Adjust tension if necessary (par. 58 a (1)). (4) Rapraror Fins CLoacep. Remove restrictions from openings. (3) Ewaine On. Leven Low. Check crankcase oil level, and add oil of correct grade and viscosity as requited. (6) CLuTcH SLIPPING. See paragraph 41 a. (7) Brakes Dragana. Adjust band tension (par. 103 b). 96TM 9-744 35-36 TROUBLE SHOOTING (8) VEHICLE Driven in GEAR RANGE TOO HicH FoR Loap or ‘TeRRAIN, Shift to lower speed gear. (9) Ianrrion Timane Incorrect. Reset ignition timing (par. 65). g. Excessive Oil Consumption. (1) Crankcase Or, LeveL Too Hicu. Check crankcase oil level, and drain out excess oil if necessary. (2) EXTERNAL Om Leaks, Inspect all gaskets and oil seals for visible evidence of leaks. If leaks are discovered, tighten all holding nuts or cap screws, and if leaks are not stopped, report to higher authority. (3) Improper GRADE AND Viscosity oF OIL. Replace with oil of recommended grade and viscosity. (4) Excessive Rinc, CYLINDER, AND PisTON WEAR. This condition is usually indicated by loss of power, low cylinder compression, and smoking exhaust, in addition to excessive oil consumption. Refer to higher authority. (5) Loose Main or Connectina Rop Bearincs, Loose main or connecting rod bearings will cause excessive oil consumption because the oil is thrown onto the cylinder walls in greater quantity than can be controlled by the piston rings, Refer to higher authority. h. Low Oil Pressure. (1) Improper GRADE oR ViscosiTy oF OIL. Change to oil of proper grade and viscosity. (2) OI PressuRE RELIEF VALVE Stuck. Refer to higher authority. (3) Loosz Matn or Connectinc Rop Brarines. Refer to subparagraph e (4) and (5) above to identify. Refer to higher authority. 36, IGNITION SYSTEM. a. No Spark at Plugs. (1) Barrery Discuarcep. Test battery for charge. If discharged, replace with fully charged battery. (2) Batrery CapLes Loose or DISCONNECTED FROM BATTERY ‘TERMINALS, Connect or tighten terminal connections. (3) Barrery Grounp Strap Loosz, oR GROUND CONNECTION Dirty. Clean and tighten ground connection, (4) Com ‘To Disrrisuror Wire Disconnecrep. Examine wire at coil and distributor towers for tight, clean connection, (5) Disrriutor Rotor Our or Contact With DISTRIBUTOR Cap PLUNGER. Remove distributor cap, and examine plunger and spring. Replace if necessary, 7mM Pelle 36 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (6) Disrrmuzor Rotor our oF Contact wir CaP TERMINALS, Examine for burned rotor or distributor cap terminals. Replace cap and/or rotor. (7) DistrrpuTor To ConpENSER WIRE DISCONNECTED, Examine for loose or disconnected terminals; connect and tighten if necessary. (8) Disrripuror Points Pirrzp AND SrucK., Examine points for evidence of excessive pitting causing points to stick. This condition is usually the result of a defective condenser. Replace points, adjust gap to 0.020 inch, and replace condenser, (9) Disrriputor Por GaP INCORRECTLY ApjusTED. If distributor point gap is adjusted so that points will not separate, or points are opening too wide, adjust point gap to 0.020-inch maximum opening, (10) Spark Piuc Wires Loose aT DisTRIBUTOR OR PLUG TER- MINALS. Examine wires at distributor cap towers and plug terminals for tightness. Push wires firmly into towers and down over plug terminals, (11) Spark PLUGS BROKEN, OR ELECTRODE GAP INCORRECT. Examine plugs for broken porcelain, or electrode gaps spaced incorrectly. Adjust all electrode gaps to 0.025 inch, and replace broken plugs. (12) Icnition Swircu INoperative. Test switch by connecting a jumper wire across terminals and operate cranking motor. If engine starts, replace switch (par. 62). b. Weak Spark at Plugs. (1) Barrsry Cuarce Low. Test battery for charge. Cranking motor may be draining most of battery energy to crank engine, leaving insufficient voltage for intense spark, Recharge, or replace with a fully charged battery. (2) Weak Co. Coil may have deteriorated to such an extent that it fails to transform battery low voltage to high voltage necessary to jump spark plug gap. Replace coil, (3) DisrripuToR BREAKER Point Gap INCORRECT. If gap is too little or too great, space points to 0.020 inch. (4) Com or DistrisuTor Cap Cor, Wire TOWER CORRODED OR Dirty. Clean wire terminals and distributor cap and coil tower terminals, (5) Derective ConpENSER ON IGNITION Com. Test condenser by disconnecting lead wire to condenser, leaving other wires in place. Normal operation indicates need of replacing condenser. 98— oe TROUBLE SHOOTING c. Ignition Timing Incorreet. (1) Enerne Misrires, or Lack or Power. Either condition may be the result of incorrect ignition timing. Retime as outlined in paragraph 65. (2) ENcine OveRHEATS, Check ignition timing, and retime if necessary (par. 65). (3) Encine Knocks. If preignition knock has rattle or ping characteristics due to timing being too far advanced, retime ignition (par. 65). 37. COOLING SYSTEM. a. Engine Overheats. (1) Insurricient Coo.ant IN System, Add coolant. (2) Fan Bett Loosg, Adjust belt to correct tension until 14-inch belt deflection can be obtained by finger pressure (par. 58 a (1)). (3) Fan BELT OILy, GREASY, OR Worn. If belt is oily or greasy, resulting in slippage, clean belt, and if not satisfactory after cleaning, replace belt, If belt is worn enough to cause slipping, replace, (4) Water Pump InoperAtive. Test pump action by filling radiator and observing if water is agitated with engine running; or by grasping upper radiator hose tightly, to determine if pressure is indicated when engine is accelerated. If pump is inoperative, replace (par. 81). (5) Tuermostat INOPERATIVE, If engine heats rapidly and temperature continues to rise after indicator reaches 175°F to 200°F, remove thermostat and test for opening (par. 82). If defective, replace thermostat. (6) RapraTor Core Fins Cioacep. Clean radiator core openings of any mud, debris, or other foreign matter which would restrict air flow, 4 (7) Rapiaror UPPER or Lower Hoses CoLLAapsep, Test both upper and lower hoses by appearance and by feel for pressure when engine is accelerated, If evidence of weak or collapsed hose is discovered, replace hose. (8) Raprator Core CLoccep INTERNALLY. If thermostat and water pump action are determined to be satisfactory, and both upper and lower hoses are in good condition, remove radiator cap and note degree of turbulence in upper radiator tank when engine is accelerated. If sluggish, or no movement of solution is noticed, radiator core may be clogged internally. Reverse-flush or replace core. (9) Icnrrion Trminc Incorrect, Retime ignition (par. 65).a ee b. Engine Runs Too Cool. (1) ‘THERMostaT Stickine Open, This condition is indicated by the engine running consistently cool. Normally, the thermostat should remain closed until engine reaches normal operating temperature. Replace thermostat (par. 82). ce. Cooling System Leaks, (1) Hosz Connections Loosz. Tighten upper and lower hose connections, (2) Hosz BROKEN OR DETERIORATED. Replace hose. (3) Cy.inper Heap Gasket Derective. Install new gasket. (4) Raprator Core LzakinG. Examine core for leaks and replace core if leaks are found. 38. FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS. a. Insufficient or No Fuel to Cylinders to Start Engine. (1) Fue, Pump Inoperative. Disconnect fuel pump to carburetor pipe from carburetor, operate hand lever and ascertain if pump delivers fuel. If not, perform steps (2) and (3) below, and’ again test pump. If no fuel is delivered when testing second time, replace pump (par. 72). (2) Fueu Fitter CLoccep. Service fuel filter (par. 71 b). (3) Furst Tank To Ficrer Line CLoacep or RESTRICTED. Ex- amine fuel line for restrictions, bends, kinks, or dents, and foreign matter which might shut off flow of fuel. Clean or replace line if necessary. (4) Arr Leaks 1n Lines. Examine all connections for evidence of leakage and for tightness, (5) Broken Fue. Pump Rocker Arm, Disconnect fuel pump to carburetor line from carburetor fitting, crank engine with cranking motor, and determine if pump delivers fuel while engine camshaft turns, If not, replace pump, (6) CarBuRETOR CHOKE CONTROL ADJUSTMENT INCORRECT. If insufficient fuel reaches cylinders to start engine when cool or cold, check control adjustment as outlined in paragraph 75 b (2). (7) CarBuRETOR THROTTLE CONTROL ADJUSTMENT INCORRECT, If throttle adjustment is incorrect, and insufficient fuel reaches cylinders to start engine, adjust throttle control to provide full throttle valve opening when accelerator is depressed or throttle control is pulled outward. (8) CarsurEToR FLOAT Levet Incorrect. If fuel level in carburetor bowl is too low to provide sufficient fuel to start engine, refer to higher authority,TROUBLE SHOOTING bh, Fuel Pump Noisy. (1) Pump Bopy Loose on ENcInE. Tighten pump mounting cap screws. (2) Rocker ARM SprING WEAK OR BROKEN. Remove pump and operate rocker arm, observing spring tension. Replace pump if spring is weak or broken. (3) Rocker ARM oR Pin Worn. With pump removed, examine arm, and by operating arm, determine if pin is worn, Replace pump - if necessary. «, Engine Backfires Through Manifold. (1) CarpureTor Mixture Too Lean. This usually occurs at high speed. Refer to higher authority. (2) Icnrrion Trvine Incorrect, Adjust ignition timing (par. 65). d. Engine Stalls or Lacks Power Due to Excess Fuel. (1) CHoKE VALVE REMAINS PARTIALLY OR FULLY CLosEp. Ad- just choke control linkage until choke valve is fully open when control button is against dash (par. 75 b (2)). (2) CarBuRETOR FLoat INcoRrREcTLY ApjusTED. Refer to higher authority, (3) CarpureToR MAIN METERING JET SizE INCORRECT FOR OpERATING ConpiTIoNs, Install correct size main metering jet (par. 75 £). e. Engine Falters on Acceleration. (1) CarBureTor ACCELERATING PUMP DEFECTIVE. Replace carburetor (par. 75). (2) Diet in Meterina Jet Oririce. Clean or replace jet (par. 75 £). 39, STARTING SYSTEM. a. Cranking Motor Will Not Operate, (1) Barrery PARTIALLY oR CoMPLETELY DiscHARGED, Test battery with hydrometer for specific gravity. If reading is less than 1.200, recharge or replace with a fully charged battery. (2) TBatrery TERMINALS LOOSE OR CoRRODED. Examine terminals for tightness and corrosion, Clean and tighten as necessary. (3) Batrery Grounp Srrap Nor Maxina Goop Conracr. Examine ground strap for contact and tightness. Clean and tighten if necessary. (4) Cranxine Motor Manvat Switcn Derective, Remove one wire from terminal on switch and touch it to other switch terminal wire. If cranking motor operates, replace switch (par. 84 ¢). 101— ——o 39-40 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (5) Wrres Loose aT TERMINALS ON CRANKING MoToR oR Switcu. Tighten terminals as required. b. Cranking Motor Operates But Does Not Crank Engine. (1) CRANKING Motor Prmvion oR FLYWHEEL GEAR Tera SrripPep, Replace cranking motor or refer to higher authority if teeth on flywheel are stiipped. ce. Cranking Motor Speed Too Slow. (1) Improper GRADE oF ENGINE Or. Too much drag or friction on engine parts, Change to correct grade of oil. (2) Vowrace Drop 1n Circurr, Duz to Poor BATTERY OR Grounp ConnEcTIONS. Examine battery and ground connections for tightness and poor contact. Clean and tighten. 40. BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM. a. Battery Will Not Retain Charge. (1) Looss, Dirty, on CorropED CONNECTING TERMINALS. Bat- tery discharging current through loose, dirty, or corroded terminals. Check terminals; clean, and tighten if necessary. (2) Liaut or Accessory Switcues DEerEcrive or Nor TurNED ‘to “OFF” Posrrion. Inspect all light and accessory switches for “OFF” position; when turned off, observe ammeter reading for indication of current discharge, Locate any defective switches, and replace or report to higher authority. (3) Wirine SHorrep, Trace out short in wiring and replace wiring, (4) Generator REGULATOR CircuiT BREAKER POINTS STICKING. ‘This condition will be indicated by discharge reading in the ammeter which cannot be eliminated by turning off all switches, and deter- mining that no shorts exist in wiring. If difficulty cannot be eliminated by jarring regulator, replace (par, 89). b. Battery Does Not Take Charge. (1) Loose Connections AT BATTERY TERMINALS, GENERATOR, OR REGULATOR. Clean and tighten connections, (2) Battery Ceits Dry. Replenish water in battery cells, * (3) Batrery Ceits SHorTED, OR OTHER INTERNAL DAMAGE, Replace battery. (4) GeNeRATOR Not Cuaraine. Refer to subparagraph ¢ below, (5) Derrective GENERATOR REGULATOR, Replace regulator (par. 89). (6) Derective FILTER OR CONDENSER ON GENERATOR REGU- LATOR. A defective filter or condenser will prevent proper function- 102TROUBLE SHOOTING ing of the battery charging circuit. Remove the filter or condenser, and connect the wire to the terminal on regulator. If the ammeter indicates the charging circuit is restored, replace the filter or condenser, (7) DeFECTIVE CONDENSER AT GENERATOR ARMATURE TER- MINAL. If the condenser at the generator armature terminal is be- lieved defective, check by disconnecting the lead wire from terminal, allowing other wires to remain in place. Normal operation indicates the faulty condenser should be replaced. c, Generator Does Not Develop Charge. (1) Drive BELT Suippine, Adjust belt to Y%4-inch finger- ‘Pressure deflection, (2) GENERATOR PULLEY LoosE oN SHAFT. Tighten pulley. (3) GENERATOR ComMUTATOR Dirty. Remove cover band and clean commutator by placing a strip of No, 00 flint paper over a thin strip of wood, and holding it against commutator while it is rotating slowly, (4) GENERATOR BrusHes Worn or Nor SEATING PROPERLY. Examine brushes for evidence of excessive wear or weak brush springs that allow brushes to pull away from commutator, Replace generator if brushes are not making good contact with commutator, due to wear or weak springs. (5) Hie Mica Between Commurator Bars. If commutator bars are worn to such an extent as to prevent brushes from contact- ing bars, due to high mica separators, replace generator. (6) Loose Wirinc Connections. Examine all wiring from generator to regulator, and regulator to ammeter and battery. Clean and tighten all connections if necessary. (7) Derective AmMerer. If generator is actually charging, as indicated by a consistently charged battery, but ammeter does not register charge, replace ammeter. (8) Fautty GENERATOR RecuLaToR. If generator regulator is defective, replace regulator (par, 89). 41, CLUTCH. a, Clutch Slips. (1) Opgrator “Rives” CLurcnH Pepa. Correct driving habits. (2) CiurcH Facincs IMPREGNATED WITH OIL OR GREASE. Re- place clutch driven plate (par. 91). (3) CLurcH PepAL REQuIRES ADJUSTMENT. Adjust clutch pedal as specified in paragraph 94 bh. b, Clutch Grabs or Chatters, (1) Facincs Loosz on DrivEN Memser, Replace clutch driven plate (par. 91). 103TM 9-772 41-43 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (2) CiurcH FAcINGs IMPREGNATED WITH OIL OR GREASE. Re- place clutch driven plate (par. 91). (3) Cuurce Pressure PLate Scorep. Refer to higher authority, 42. TRANSMISSION. a. Transmission Noisy. (1) Insurricrent or INcorrect Grave or LusricanT. Check . lubricant evel and add lubricant as required. Test grade of lubricant and change if necessary. (2) CxurcH Housine Loosr on Enate, Tighten cap screws that hold clutch housing to engine rear plate. (3) ‘Transmission Loose on CLutcH Housinc. Tighten screws that hold transmission to clutch housing. (4) ‘TRANSMISSION INTERNAL Parts Noisy. Refer to higher authority, and replace transmission (par. 96 and 97). b. Transmission Slips Out of Gear. (1) Interna Parts DamAceD or Worn. Refer to higher authority, and replace transmission (par. 96 and 97). (2) CurcH Housine Our oF ALINEMENT. Refer to higher authority, (3) Suirr ContRoL Rops INcorrecTLy ADJUSTED OR BENT. Adjust rods (par. 94 b) or replace (par. 94). ¢, Transmission Leake Lubricant. (1) Mamsuarr On. Seat Worn or Damacen. Refer to higher authority, and replace transmission (par. 96 and 97). (2) ‘Transmrssion Cover Loose or Gasket DAMAGED, Tighten cover and/or refer to higher authority, and replace transmission (par, 96 and 97). 43. PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS. a. Noise or Vibration. (1) Benr or Twistep SHAFT AND JornTs. Inspect shaft for bent or twisted condition and replace shaft if unserviceable. (2) Dry Universat Jomvr Cross BEARINGS. Lubricate bearings as instructed in Lubrication Order (par. 24). (3) Worn UniversAL Joint Brarinos or Cross, Refer to higher authority. 10444 TROUBLE SHOOTING 44. AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY. a. Noisy. (1) Insurricient, Dirty, on INCORRECT LUBRICANT IN AXLE Unit. Fill to recommended level, or drain, flush axle unit, and replace lubricant (par. 24). (2) DerEcrive Axie Unit. Replace unit (par. 105). b. Leaks Oil. (1) Lusricant Levet Too Hicu. Drain to proper level. (2) Damacep, IMproPERLY INSTALLED, OR MissiInG GASKETS OR Om Seats. Replace axle unit (par. 105). (3) AxLe Unrr Housine, Casz, oR Cover SCREWS OR PLUGS Loosr, Misstnc, OR THREADS STRIPPED. Replace or tighten all screws and plugs. , (4) Sanp Hore or Crack in Housinc, Case, oR Covers. Re- place axle unit (par, 105). (5) Use or Lusricant wxicn Foams Excessivety, Drain unit and refill with the proper lubricant (par. 24). (6) BREATHER VENT PLUGGED, Remove vent and clean, or replace vent. ec. Difficult to Shift Into Gear. (1) Surrr Rop LinkaGE Improperty ADJUSTED, Adjust linkage (par. 106 b). (2) Axie Unit DeFEcTIvE. Replace unit (par. 105). d. Sticks In Gear. (1) Suirr Rop LinkaGe BENT OR IMPROPERLY ApJusTED. Ad- just linkage or replace (par. 106 b). (2) Axue Unrr Derecrive. Replace unit (par. 105). e. Slips Out of Gear. (1) Suirr Livkace Improperty ApJusTep. Adjust linkage (par. 106 b). (2) Derecrive AxLe Unit. Replace unit (par. 105). {. Unsatisfactory Steering and Braking. (1) Banps Improperty ApJusTep., Adjust band tension (par. 103 b). (2) Improper STEERING LinKAGE ADJUSTMENT, Adjust steering linkage (par. 107 b). (3) Worn-our STEERING BRAKE BAND LininGs, Replace axle unit (par. 105) or refer to higher authority, 105TM 9-772 44-45 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C g. Drive Wheels Noisy. (1) Excessive Drive WHEEL Enp Pray. Readjust the drive wheel bearings (par. 104 ¢ (2)). (2) Wneet Bearines Extremety Dirty or Roucu, Clean or replace bearings as required (par. 104 ¢). (3) WxEEL Bett Banps WorN-our. Replace wheel (par. 104 ¢). (4) Waren Drive Sprockets DAMAGED or CHIPPED, Replace drive wheel (par. 104 ¢). h. Drive Wheel Will Not Rotate With Power Complete to Differential. (1) Axte Suarr Broken, Replace axle shaft (par. 104 b). (2) AXLE SHArT FLANGE Cap Screws SHEARED OFF. Remove old screws and replace (par. 104 b). 45. TRACKS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM. a. Track Noisy. (1) Worn Track Beit Bans. Replace track (par. 109). (2) Benr Grouser Pratss, Straighten or replace track (par. 109). (3) Damacep or Missinc Drivs WHEEL Sprocker TEETH, Replace drive wheel (par. 104 c). b. Track Slips or Runs Off Wheel. (1) Ice or Forstan Bony Lopcep in SusPENSION SYSTEM. Remove. (2) INApEQuate TRACK TENSION, Test tension (par. 109 b) and adjust (par, 109 ¢) or replace damaged and broken parts. (3) Bent or OTHERWISE DamMAceD Gurwe Luves. Straighten lugs, install new rivets, or replace track (par. 109). ce, Vehicle Pulls to One Side. (1) Roap HicH n Cenrer. If possible, steer vehicle in center or along side of road; adjustments will not compensate for this condition, (2) Improper oR UNEVEN TRACK TENSION. Adjust track tension (par. 109 ¢). (3) Broken Track Beir BAND CaBLes, Replace track (par. 109 d and e). (4) Bent IpLer WHEEL Carrier ARM Support Tue. Refer to higher authority. (5) Excessive ENp Piay in TRACK Guipe WHEELS. Install additional thrust washers or refer to higher authority. 106™ 9-772 45 TROUBLE SHOOTING (6) Distorre or DAMAGED Drive WHEEL, Replace drive wheel (par. 104 © (3) and (5)). (7) Damacen or Disortep IpLer WHEEL, Replace idler wheel (par. 110 ¢ (1) and (3)). (8) Benr or DAMAGED SPRING Yoke Supporr ARM, Replace spring yoke support arm (par. 112 g). (9) DistorrED oR DAMAGED SPRING YoxE, Replace spring yoke (par. 112 f). (10) Damacep or Bent Bote SPRING. Replace bogie spring (par. 112 h). : d. Idler Wheel and Carrier Arm Noise. (1) SPRUNG oR DaMAGeD WHEEL oR CARRIER ARM. Straighten or replace parts as required (par. 110), (2) Excessivety Worn or MissiING WHEEL RUBBER COVERING. Replace wheel (par. 110 ¢). e. Improper Operation of Idler Wheel and Carrier Arm. (1) Excessive WHEEL Ewp PLAY ON CARRIER ARM. Adjust wheel bearings (par. 110 b). : (2) Ware: Bearinas RouaH, Srizep, or OTHERWisE DAMAGED. Install new bearings (par. 110 c). (3) Loss or WHEEL BrarinGc Lusricant. Install new oil seal or gaskets as required and fill or pack with proper lubricant (par. 110 ¢). (4) Excessive Carrier Arm Enp Puay on Support TusE. Adjust carrier arm end play (par. 110 d). 2 (5) Worn Carrtrr ARM BusHINGS. Refer to higher authority. (6) BRokEeN TENSION SPRING LEAvas. Replace tension spring (par. 113). (7) Damacrp or BROKEN Stop Brackets, Replace brackets. f. Bogie Wheel Assembly Noise. (1) Worn or Damacep WHEEL Brarines. Replace bearings (par. 112 d). (2) Wueet Rupser Coverinc Worn EXxcessIvely. Replace wheel (par, 112 b or e). (3) Excessive WHEEL Enp Piay. Adjust end play (par. 112 bore). g- Improper Operation of Bogie Wheel Assembly, (1) Wee. Support ARM SEIZED IN SPRING YOKE, Disassemble and free or replace parts as required and lubricate (par. 112 e). (2) SPRING YOKE SEIZED OR BOLT BROKEN. Disassemble and free or replace parts as required and lubricate properly (par, 112 £). 107CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (3) Sprine Lear or Parts DAMAGED OR BROKEN. Replace spring (par. 112 h). (4) Bocre Ser Out oF ALINEMENT wiTH TRAcK GurpE Luss, Straighten spring bumper support or replace parts as required. h. Guide Wheel Noisy. (1) Excessivety Worn or Missinc RUBBER WHEEL COVERING. Replace wheel (par. 111). (2) Loose WHEEL Support BRACKET. Tighten bracket or refer to higher authority. i, Improper Operation of Guide Wheel. (1) Wuee. Beartncs Worn or Damacep. Replace bearings or refer to high authority. (2) Lusricant LeaKacE. Replace seal and gaskets as required and lubricate with proper lubricant (par. 111). (3) Support SHAFT SHEARED, WELD BROKEN, OR RUBBER CusHion Worn-ouT. Refer to higher authority. (4) Whee Our or ALINEMENT wiTH Track Guipe Lucas. Straighten or refer to higher authority. 46. HULL AND ATTACHMENTS. a. Hull Leakage. (1) Ho ves iw Bortom or HULL. Refer to higher authority. (2) Drawn Prucs Loose or Rustep, Tighten or replace. (3) Dratn Plate Gasket Missinc oR DAMAGED. Replace. (4) Rapiator Cap LEAKING oR MissING. Tighten or replace. b. Hull Bracket Out of Alinement. (1) Track Tension Excessivety Loose. Straighten hull brackets, adjust track tension (par. 109 ©) or report to higher authority, (2) Hutt Crackep aT BracKeT WELD. Refer to higher authority. c Top Leakage. (1) Top Torn or ExcessivELy Worn. Replace (par. 116). (2) Top INsEcuRELY LasHEp. Tighten lashings. (3) Winvows Broken, Replace top with curtains. d. Seats Noisy. (1) Seats InsecureLy FAsTENep. Tighten. (2) Seat Back BRACKET BROKEN, Replace back or refer to higher authority.™ 9-772 46-48 TROUBLE SHOOTING e. Lids Noisy. (1) Fastening Screws or Bots Loose or Missine. Tighten or replace. (2) Hoxpinc Hanp Screws Missinc or Loose, Replace or tighten, (3) Carco Srraps Loose oR UNFASTENED. Tighten or fasten. f. Windshield Noisy. (1) Frame Fasteninc Botts Looss, Tighten. (2) Winpssieip Wirer Loose on Frame, Tighten fastening screws. (3) FRAME CRACKED oR HULL CoaMina BROKEN. Replace or report to higher authority. 47. LIGHTING SYSTEM. a, Lights Inoperative. (1) Barrery DiscHarcrp. Recharge or replace with fully charged battery. (2) Barrery TERMINALS Loose or Dirty. Tighten or clean terminals. (3) Barrery Grounp Strap Loosz oR Maxine Poor Con- act. Clean and tighten. (4) Wirinc BROKEN or SHoRTsp, Trace wiring, and repair or replace, (8) Lamp Burwep Our, Replace lamp. (6) Licur SwrrcH Derecrive. Test switch by placing a jumper wire across terminals and noting if light burns. Replace switch if light burns. (7) Fuse Bown. Examine fuses and replace if blown, b. Insufficient Light. (1) Barrery CHarce Low. Recharge or replace with a fully charged battery. (2) Poor Grounp Connection, Clean and tighten, (3) Loose Wirine Terminas, Tighten terminals. (4) Wes SHorrep. Trace wiring and repair or replace. (5) INcoRRECTLY Aten Heapiicnt. Adjust headlight:so it is aimed properly (par. 129 b (1)). 48. INSTRUMENTS AND GAGES. a. Speedometer. (1) Farts to Reorsrer. Check cable for breakage and proper hook-up at connecting ends. .TM 9-772 48-49 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (2) Noisy. Inspect for proper fastening on instrument panel. ‘Tighten if necessary. If due to internal defect, replace. b. Oil Pressure Gage. (1) Dors Nor REGISTER PRESSURE, If adequate oil is in crank. case, and the oil is circulating but no pressure is registered, make sure gage fittings are tight, or replace gage. . « Engine Heat Indicator. (1) Gacz Dogs Nor REGISTER, OR Sticks AT ONE READING. Remove element or bulb from cylinder head, and test gage action by immersing element in hot water. If gage does not register a change in reading, replace assembly (par, 137); d. Fuel Gage. (1) Incorrect, or No Reapinc. Test gage for proper operation by connecting tank unit wires to new tank unit, and moving float up and down by hand. Notice if gage registers. Check wiring terminals for good connection and, if gage remains inoperative, replace dash unit, If reading obtained when testing with new tank unit indicates tank unit is faulty, replace tank unit (par. 70 ¢). e, Ammeter. (1) Ammerer INoPERATIVE. If ammeter fails to register when it is known that generator is charging and generator regulator is in good operating condition, replace ammeter (par. 134). 49. CAPSTAN (M29C). a. Capstan Inoperative. (1) Drive Beir Sziprina, Adjust capstan drive belt tension (par. 142 b). (2) Cuurex Dozs Nor ENcacE. Replace (par. 142 g)- (3) Grars DAMAGED oR BROKEN. Replace capstan (par. 142 e), (4) Drive SHAFT OR UNIVERSAL JoINT BROKEN OR DAMAGED. Replace (par. 142 e or g) or refer to higher authority. b. Capstan Noisy. (1) Insurrictent, IMPROPER, oR Dirty Lusricant, Fill or drain, flush, and refill with proper lubricant (par. 24). (2) Gears Worn or RoucH. Replace capstan (par. 142 ¢). c. Drive Shaft Noisy. (1) UniversaL Joint Worn Excessivety. Replace universal joint assembly (par. 142 e or g). (2) Drive Swarr Bent, RouGH, or OTHERWISE DAMAGED, Re- place shaft (par. 142 e or g).T™ 9-773 49-51 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE (3) Drive Sarr BEARING IMPROPERLY LUBRICATED OR WORN EXCESSIVELY. Lubricate with proper lubricant (par. 24) or refer to higher authority, d. Drive Belt Inoperative. (1) Improper Tension. Adjust belt tension (par. 142 b). (2) BELT GrEasH-SoaKED, Replace belt (par. 142 f). (3) Beur Excessivery Worn. Replace belt (par. 142 f). 50, RUDDERS AND CONTROL (M29C). a, Rudder Hard to Operate, (1) Casuzs Bryp iN Conpurr. Free and lubricate properly (par. 24). . (2) Rupper Posts BENT oR DAMAGED. Replace mounting bracket assembly (par. 143 d). (3) RuppzR SHAFTS OR Posts BINDING, RUSTED, OR IMPROP- ERLY LUBRICATED. Free and lubricate properly (par. 24). b, Rudders Inoperative. (1) CABiz OR CABLES BROKEN. Replace tiller and cable assembly (par. 143 g). (2) Castes Too Loose, Adjust tension (par, 143 b (1)). (3) Cross SHAFT BROKEN oR CLEvIs Pins SHEARED Orr, Re- place cross shaft or install new clevis pins (par. 143 e). Section XIII ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE 51. DESCRIPTION AND DATA. a, Description, The vehicle is powered with a 6-cylinder, Lrhead, liquid-cooled engine. The fan end of the engine will be teferred to as the front of the engine, and the clutch end as the rear of the engine, The manifold side will be referred to as the right side, and the distributor side as the left side of the engine, The fan, drive belts, water pump, generator, fuel pump, ignition system parts, oil filter, air cleaner, manifold and heat control valve, carburetor, battery, and generator regulator are accessible after removing the engine compartment lid and division panels (on vehicles so equipped). WwTM 9-772 51 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C. CARBURETOR REAR VALVE AIR CLEANER- CARBURETOR TO CYLINDER BLOCK AIR CLEANER COVER PLATE. ADAPTER MANIFOLD ADAPTER ‘CRANKCASE VALVE CHAMBER VENTILATING PIPE | _ CARBURETOR BREATHER PIPE alae we GrouNo | Yoron’” STRAP SOLENOID MENEOLD: AND SWITCH HEATER lL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CRANKING MOTOR INLET AND Oi. pany WATER PUMP MANIFOLD. DRAIN PLUG RA PD 319414 Figure 35—Enginoe—Right Side (Early Production) b. Data. Make ....... : costes Studebaker Model rear 6-170 ‘Type sLrhead Number of cylinders see Bore .... Stroke Displacement Compression ratio «7 toh 2TM 9-772 51 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE Figure 36-—Engine—Front (Early Production) 113T™ 9-772 51 CARRIER, CARGO, M29: CARRIER, CARGO, M29C lL ENGINE IGNITION FILER WATER . DISTRIBUTOR - je, CVNBER T OUTLET cyLinDeR\ INDICATOR OL FILLER HEAD FITING GAGE DRAIN COCK GENERATOR FAN, WATER. GENERATOR ‘CLUTCH RELEASE ENGINE LEFT IGNITION Ore DRIVE PULLEY FRONT SUPPORT TIMING: * HOLE RA PD 319412 Figure 37—Engine—Left Side (Early Production) b. Data—Contd, Firing order... Horsepower (net) at sea-level... Horsepower (net) at 3,000 ft altitude..,.55 at 3,600 rpm Crankcase capacity ., Oil pressure .. Weight (with accessories, and less transmission) W4™ 9-772 51-52 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE CARBURETOR ; ANIFOLD. CYLINDER REAR AIR CLEANER TOM VALVE COVER ADAPTER ADAPTER BLOCK PLATE CARBURETOR. FRONT CRANKcASE | INLET VALVE CHAMBER / VALVE Ol FILTER BREATHER VENTILATING | AND EXHAUST NIFOLD FRONT SUPPORT | PUMP. ‘Ol. PRESSURE CRANKING ‘sysTEM DRAIN. MANIFOLD MOTOR HEATER — MANUAL RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID, PRAIN PLUG aie PRIMING ‘AND. LEVER SWITCH RA PD 336509 Figure 38—Engine—Right Side (Late Production) 52, INTAKE AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD. Description. The intake and exhaust manifold are integral with an incorporated heat control unit, The manifold heat control unit permits exhaust gases to circulate around the intake portion of the manifold to assist in the vaporization of fuel mixture until the engine is heated to efficient operating temperature, Action of the manifold heat control valve is automatic and is controlled by a thermostatic spring which opens and closes the valve as necessary. isT™ 9-772 52 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C GROUND STRAP. FAN DRIVE PULLEY. FAN BELT FAN RADIATOR DRAIN HOSE TIMING GEARS COVER RAPD 336508 Figure 39—Engine—Front (Late Production} 116TM 9-772 52 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE IGNITION OIL FILLER DISTRIBUTOR GAGE ‘GENERATOR: ENGINE xs HEAT ‘OIL % GENERATOR. \. CYLINDER WATER | INDICATOR BELT) HEAD OUTLET | FITTING CLUTCH RELEASE SHAFT BUSHING OILER FAN, WATER PUMP, CYLINDER AND GENERATOR "LEFT PAN BLOCK IVE PULLEY Fi ! surrort 'EMTION cock IGNITION: TIMING: HOLE RA PD 336507 Figure 40—Engine—Left Side [Late Production) b, Removal. Remove battery (par. 86 ©). Remove engine compartment division panel (par. 59 g) from vehicles so equipped. Remove carburetor (par. 75 d), and remove carburetor to fuel pump line, Disconnect primer outlet line from manifold fitting, and remove primer inlet line, Disconnect exhaust pipe from manifold by removing two nuts which hold flange to manifold, Remove valve cover to manifold adapter ventilator pipe. Disconnect and remove fuel filter to fuel pump line (on vehicles that have filter mounted in engine compartment). Disconnect speedometer cable from speedometer. Remove nuts and holding clamps from manifold studs, and remove manifold (fig. 41) and gasket. When the manifold is off the engine, test the action of manifold heat control valve by working counterweight up and down to make sure that shaft is free to operate properly, W7™ 9-772 52 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67030 Figure 41—Removing Manifold c. Disassembly. Remove the nuts that hold adapter to manifold and lift the adapter, gaskets, and baffle off the intake flange. Dis- connect primer pipes and remove fittings from manifold. Take out the screws that hold the heat control valve cover to manifold, and remove the valve assembly and gasket. If the valve shaft did not operate STAINLESS STEEL. BUSHINGS: RA PD 319411 Fiqure 42—Manifold Heater Valve Construction 118TM 9-772 52 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE freely in bushings, loosen set screw in counterweight and remove weight, thermostatic coil, and cover from shaft. Polish bearing surfaces of shaft with flint paper 2/0 to remove rust. d. Assembly. Assemble heat control valve cover, thermostatic coil, and weight on shaft, and tighten set screw. Place a new gasket (SD-196414) on valve cover, insert valve and shaft into manifold, install cover retaining screws, and tighten securely to manifold, Install a new gasket (G154-01-94042), the baffle, and new baffle gasket (G630-01-94031) on intake flange. Place the carburetor to manifold adapter in position on intake flange, install nuts on studs, and tighten securely to manifold. Install primer pipe fittings in manifold and connect pipes to the fittings. e, Installation, Clean thoroughly the area on cylinder block where manifold gasket contacts, Install a new manifold to block RA PD 319410 Figure 43—Installing Manifold Gasket 9CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C gasket (G154-01-94070) over studs and against cylinder block so the raised rings on gasket are away from block (fig. 43). Place the manifold in position on studs, install holding clamps and nuts, and tighten securely to cylinder block. Connect speedometer cable to speedometer, and on vehicles that have filter mounted in engine compartment, install fuel filter to fuel pump line. Install valve cover to manifold adapter ventilator pipe. Place a new gasket (G154-01-94025) on exhaust pipe flange, raise exhaust pipe so studs in manifold flange enter holes in pipe flange, install nuts on studs and tighten securely. Connect primer outlet line to primer and fitting on intake manifold, and install primer inlet line. Install carburetor (par. 75 e) and fuel pump to carburetor line. Install engine compartment division panel (par. 60 p) on vehicles so equipped. Install battery (par. 86 d). 53. VALVE ADJUSTMENT. a. Remove fuel tank (par. 69). Loosen air cleaner (oil-coated type) clamp screw, remove cleaner from adapter on vehicles so equipped. Disconnect choke control wire and conduit from bracket on carburetor air horn. Loosen adapter clamp screw, and push adapter rearward away from carburetor, Disconnect rod and spring from throttle lever. Remove primer inlet line, and disconnect primer outlet pipe from fitting on manifold. Disconnect fuel pipe from carburetor and speedometer cable from speedometer, Remove ventilator pipe from fitting on manifold adapter and front valve spring chamber cover. Remove nuts from studs in manifold flange, and push exhatst pipe down away from manifold. Take off nuts and clamps that hold manifold to cylinder block, and remove manifold with carburetor assembly. Remove valve spring chamber covers, take out valve lifter tension springs, and adjust the clearance between valve stems and lifters to 0.016 inch (fig. 45). b. Install valve lifter tension springs, new valve spring chamber cover gaskets (G154-01-94031), place covers in position, and fasten securely with screws. Install a new manifold to block gasket over studs and against cylinder block so raised rings on gasket are away from block. Place manifold in position on studs, install holding clamps and nuts, and tighten securely. Connect speedometer cable to speedometer and fuel pipe to fitting on carburetor. Place a new gasket on exhaust pipe flange, raise exhaust pipe and flange so studs in manifold flange enter holes in pipe flange, and install nuts on studs and tighten securely. Connect ventilator pipe to fittings on manifold adapter and front valve spring chamber cover. Install primer inlet line, and connect primer outlet pipe to fitting on manifold. Connect rod and spring to throttle lever, and connect choke control wire and conduit to bracket on carburetor air horn. Push adapter forward over ean53 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE VALVE WATER JACKET VALVE GUIDE VALVE SPRING VALVE LIFTER. TENSION SPRING ‘OlL PASSAGE [VALVE LIFTER, _ CAMSHAFT. Figure 44—Valve and Related Parts 121TM 9-772 53-54 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C TAPPET WRENCHES i \ {| RA PD 336539 Figure 45—Adjusting Valve Lifter Screw carburetor air horn and tighten clamp screw. Place air cleaner (oil- coated type) on adapter, and tighten clamp screw on vehicles so equipped. Install fuel tank (par. 69 d). 54, CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT. a, Removal. Remove battery (par.86¢). Remove engine compartment division panel (par, 59 g) from vehicles so equipped. Re- move carburetor (par. 75 d), and drain cooling system (par. 79 b (1)). Loosen radiator upper hose clamp screws and remove hose. Pull high-tension wires from spark plugs. Disconnect primer inlet and outlet pipes and remove from vehicle, Remove heat indicator element from cylinder head (fig. 47), and disconnect speedometer 122TM 9-772 54 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE is RA PD 49325 Figure 46—Valve Lifter and Adjusting Screw cable from speedometer. Remove generator (par. 88 ¢), and place generator to regulator wires over generator regulator. Disconnect ventilator pipe from oil filler tube and remove from vehicle. Dis- connect pipes from oil filter, take out cylinder head screws that hold filter in position, and remove filter from engine compartment, Re- move balance of cylinder head screws, and place brackets where they will be convenient for installation. Make sure all pipes or wires that might interfere with removal of cylinder head are disconnected, and lift head out of engine compartment, Clean carbon from ¢ylinder head, and remove all traces of gasket or sealer from head and cylinder block. b. Installation, Apply joint-and-thread compound on lower face of cylinder head and bottom surface of head gasket (G154-01-94033). Place gasket in position on cylinder block, make sure that nothing s fallen on top of pistons, and set cylinder head on gasket. Apply white lead to threads of all cylinder head screws and install them, Place a water outlet gasket (G154-01-94027) on cylinder head after applying joint-and-thread compound, and install water outlet with thermostat (par, 82 ¢), Install the oil filter with bracket and mounting brackets that were removed, and tighten cylinder head screws, with torque-indicating wrench (41-W-3630) in the sequence shown on tightening chart (fig. 49) to a tension of 600 to 650 inch-poundsT™ 9-772 54 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67021 Figure 47—Disconnecting Heat Indicator From Cylinder Head TORQUE-INDICATING WRENCH (41-W-3630) RA PD 339746 Figure 48—Tightening Cylinder Head Screws With Tension Wrench (fig. 48). Connect ventilator pipe to oil filler tube and speedometer cable to speedometer. Install generator (par, 88 d), Install heat indicator element in cylinder head, and connect primer inlet and 124TM 9-772 54-55 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE outlet pipes, Connect high tension wires to spark plugs. Install radiator upper hose and tighten clamp screws, Install carburetor (par. 75 e) and engine compartment division panel (par. 60 p) on vehicles so equipped. Install battery (par. 86 d), and fill cooling system. RA PD 319406 Figure 49—Cylinder Head Cap Screw Tightening Chart 55. CRANKCASE AND VALVE SPRING CHAMBER VENTILATORS. a, Description, The engine used in this vehicle is equipped with ventilator pipes. These pipes conduct the fumes and condensation from the crankcase and valve spring chambers to the intake manifold. b. Removal, (1) CRANKCASE VENTILATOR, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Disconnect ventilator pipe from fittings on air cleaner adapter and oil filler tube and remove it from engine compartment, (2) VALVE SPRING CHAMBER VENTILATOR, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Disconnect ventilator pipe from fittings on intake manifold adapter and front valve spring chamber cover and remove it from engine compartment. c. Installation. (1) CraNKcAsE VENTILATOR, Place ventilator pipe in position and connect it to the fittings on air cleaner adapter and oil filler tube. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. (2) VAtve SPRING CHAMBER VENTILATOR. Place ventilator pipe in position and connect it to the fittings on intake manifold adapter and front valve spring chamber cover. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. 125CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 56 OIL FILTER. a. Description. The standard military, replaceable-element type engine oil filter is mounted on a bracket attached to the right rear corner of the cylinder head with the cylinder head cap screws. Engine oil is piped from the main oil gallery to the filter and, after being filtered, is returned to the crankcase through a return line from the bottom of filter. b. Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Remove engine compartment division rear panel (par. 59 g) from vehicle so equipped. Disconnect intake and outlet pipes from flexible couplings (G179-05-79931 and G179-05-79932). Re- move the nuts, lock washers, and bolts that hold filter to bracket, and lift the ‘filter out of engine compartment. If filter is to be replaced, remove flexible couplings and fittings from original unit and install on replacement filter. c. Installation. Place filter in position on bracket and install bolts, lock washers, ahd nuts. Tighten the nuts securely and connect the outlet and inlet pipes to flexible couplings. Install the engine compartment division rear panel (par. 60 p) on vehicles so equipped. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, d, Cartridge Replacement. (1) Removat, Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Remove engine compartment division rear panel (par. 59 g) from vehicles so equipped, Remove cover screw, cover with spring, gasket, and cartridge (fig. 50). Take drain plug out of filter body, allow oil to drain into a container, and clean interior thoroughly. (2) Insrauzation, Install drain plug and tighten securely. Place a new cartridge (G154-01-31612) in filter body, and install cover and spring with a new gasket. Install the cover screw with a new gasket (G154-01-94043) and tighten securely. Install engine compartment division rear panel (par. 60 p) on vehicles so equipped. Place engine compartment lid in position and fasten with clamps and wing nuts, 57. OIL PAN GASKET REPLACEMENT, a, Removal, Remove engine from vehicle (par. 59). Take out screws that hold the oil pan to cylinder block, and remove oil pan (fig. 51). Clean off any portion of gaskets that remain on cylinder block and on the oil pan flanges, b, Installation. Apply gasket sealer to new oil pan gaskets (8300-S346) and place them in position. Install pilot screws inT™ 9-772 57-58 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE RA FD 67078 Figure 50—Removing Oil Filter Cartridge cylinder block flange to guide the oil pan into position. Install the oil pan screws with lock washers, remove the pilot screws, and tighten the oil pan screws securely, Install engine in vehicle (par. 60). 58. BELT ADJUSTMENT AND REPLACEMENT. a, Fan Drive Belt. (1) Apgusrment, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Loosen lock nut and set screw in hub of fan pulley outer flange. Turn the fan pulley outer flange clockwise to increase belt tension and counterclockwise to decrease the tension, Adjust 127T™ 9-772 58 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C A pp som Figure 51—Removing Oil Pan belt tension so there is approximately ¥4-inch deflection of belt with finger-pressure (fig. 52), Make sure that the set screw is alined with one of the grooves in pulley hub, tighten set screw, and lock securely with lock nut, Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. (2) ReMovat, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Loosen set screw in outer flange of forward pulley, and turn flange counterclockwise, This will relieve tension on belt and it can be removed from the pulleys). NOTE: On M29C, drain cooling system (par. 79 b (1)), and loosen hose clamp screws on the upper and lower radiator hoses, Remove nuts'that hold radiator in position, tilt top of radiator forward, and remove screws that hold stub shaft flange to fan drive pulley on cranksheft. Slide shaft forward and to one side so fan belt can be removed. (3) INSTALLATION, Install belt (G179-01-36506 or 8300-905667), turn outer pulley flange clockwise until belt can be deflected approximately ¥%4 inch with finger pressure, and tighten set screw in pulley outer flange. Make sure that set screw enters one of the grooves in the hub, and lock it with lock nut, NOTE: On M29C, place stub shaft flange in position against fan drive pulley on crankshaft, and fasten securely with screws. Place radiator and fan shroud in position, install fastening nuts, and tighten securely, Install upper and lower 12858 ENGINE DESCRIPTION AND MAINTENANCE IN VEHICLE 1/2" BELT DEFLECTION ~ RA PD 319407 Figure 52—Adjusting Fan Belt Tension hoses on radiator connections, and tighten clamp screws, Make sure drain hose is properly positioned on radiator drain valve, close valve, and fill cooling system, Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. b, Generator Drive Belt. (1) ApyustmeNnt. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Loosen generator fastening bolts, move generator outward and up to increase tension on belt so there is approximately ¥,-inch deflection with finger pressure (fig. 53). ‘Tighten generator, fastening bolts securely, install engine compartment lid, and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, (2) Removat, Remove fan belt (subpar. a (2) above). Loosen the upper and lower generator fastening bolts which hold generator to the mounting brackets. Swing generator inward and down to telieve tension on belt so it can be removed. 129ae | ~ i ELT DEFLECTION RA PD 319405 Figure 53—Adjusting Generator Belt (3) INSTALLATION. Install the generator belt (G179-01-36507) on pulleys, and swing generator outward and up to tighten the belt until it can be deflected approximately 1% inch with finger-pressure. Tighten the generator fastening bolts securely to retain the belt adjustment, Install fan belt (subpar. a (3) above). Section XIV ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 59. REMOVAL. a. Remove Vehicle Top and Bows. See paragraph 116 b (1) and e (1), hb. Remove Seat Cushion and Backs. See paragraph 117 b and ec, c. Remove Propeller Shaft, and Disconnect Transmission and Clutch Controls. See paragraph 100 for instructions on removal of propeller shaft. Disconnect clutch and engine transmission shift con-ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION trol rods by removing the cotter pins and clevis pins. Unhook and remove clutch release shaft outer lever return spring, d, Remove Engine Compartment Cover. Loosen two wing nuts which hold engine compartment cover to side panel. Move cover up until engaging tongues can be removed from slots in hull coaming, and lift cover out of vehicle (fig. 54), “RA PD 67089 Figure 54—Removing Engine Compartment Cover e, Remove Air Cleaner, See paragraph 74 e for carburetor ait cleaner removal. f{, Remove Battery. See paragraph 86 c, g. Remove Front Panel and Engine Compartment Division Panel (Late Production), Remove nuts, lock washers, and bolts that hold, two sections of division panel together, and the nut, lock 131CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C washer, and bolt that hold the rear panel to the bulkhead. On vehicles with oil-bath air cleaner, disconnect the flexible tube, and lift rear panel with tube out of the vehicle. Remove windshield wiper connections from sockets, take out screws that fasten sockets to front panel, and remove sockets from panel. Remove bolts, nuts, and washers that hold front panel to inside of coaming. Disconnect stand-by heater fuel valve control from valve, and remove front panel, Remove the cap screw and lock washer that hold the front division panel to the front coaming, and lift the panel up and out of the vehicle, RA PD 336520 Figure 55—Removing Engine Compartment Division Panels {After Vehicle Serial 1002) h. Remove Fuel Tank, See paragraph 69 ¢, i, Remove Radiator. See paragraph 79 b. NOTE: On M29C, after removing radiator, take out screws that fasten the stud shaft flange to fan drive pulley on crankshaft, and remove shaft. j. Remove Fan Blades, See paragraph 80 b (1). k, Remove Fuel Filter (Early Production). See paragraph 71e. 132ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1, Remove Generator Regulator and Mounting Bracket. Dis- connect and tag all wires from the generator regulator, remove mounting bracket bolts, nuts and toothed washers, and lift mounting bracket and regulator out of vehicle, m, Engine Compartment Side Panel and Instrument Panel Removal. (1) Disconnect ENGINE Hear Inpicator, O1 PRESSURE GAGE, AnD IcniTion Com, Remove the heat indicator element from the fitting in the left rear side of cylinder head. Disconnect oil pressure gage pipe from the flexible coupling above front of engine, Remove the ignition switch primary wire from the terminal stud on the ignition coil, (2) Disconnect Primer Lines, Disconnect the primer inlet and outlet pipe connections from the fittings in the primer. (3) Disconnect CHoke ConTroL. Loosen the choke cable clamp at fastening bracket, the swivel clamp screw on choke wire, and pull the control away from the carburetor. (4) Disconnect Wires FroM INSTRUMENT PANEL, Disconnect and tag carefully the wires from the instrument panel as required. Remove or loosen all clips that hold wiring harnesses or cables to panels. (5) Disconnect SPEEDOMETER CABLE, Unscrew knurled nut that holds cable to speedometer and place out of the way along right side of hull tunnel, (6) Disconnecr CaBLEes FROM MasTER SwircH. Remove nuts from stud terminals on the switch; remove cables and tag their Positions for installation. . (7) Disconnecr Trouste Licht REEL Wire GROUND AND GROMMET FROM THE ENGINE SipE PANEL. Remove the screws that hold the grommet and ground terminal to the side panel, disconnect fuse holder, pull wire through panel, and place out of the way over the reel or bulkhead. (8) REMoveE Sipe PANEL AND INSTRUMENT PANEL, Remove the cap screws, bolts, nuts, toothed washers, and lock washers that hold the side panel and the cross shaft cover to the hull, and lift the side panel with instrument panel up and out of the vehicle (fig, 56). “NOTE: On M29C, after raising the side panel slightly, loosen lock nut that fastens capstan clutch control knob to side panel, and move the knob toward left side and out of slot. n, Disconnect Throttle Control. Loosen the screw that holds the throttle cable tube clip to the bracket near the oil filler pipe. Disconnect the carburetor throttle wire from the bell crank mounted on the cylinder head. Place tube and cable assembly out of the way. 133TM 9-772 59 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M27 RA PD 336529 Figure 56—Removing Engine Compartment Side Panel o. Remove Transmission Control Shift Rods, Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from the engine transmission control shift rod clevises. On vehicles of later production, remove the clutch housing screws that hold the shift rod guide. Lift the rods out of vehicle and place clutch cable on floor of the vehicle tunnel. Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from axle transmission front control rod, and lift rod out of engine compartment, p. Uncouple Exhaust Pipe. Remove the bolts, nuts, washers, and clamp that secure the front exhaust pipe to the support bracket on the right side of clutch housing. Remove nuts that hold front exhaust pipe flange to the manifold flange, separate flanges, and remove gasket, q. Remove Front Mounting Bolts and Engine Ground Strap. Remove the nuts, lock washers, flat washers, and bolts that hold ground strap to bracket. Remove cotter pins, castle nuts, flat washers, and cushions from mounting bolts, 134oF ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION rv. Install Lifting Eye Bolts. Lower windshield to avoid windshield wiper body interference, Remove cylinder head cap screws Nos. 9 and 10 (fig. 49). Install engine lifting eye bolts (41-B-1586- 150) in their place, connect engine and axle unit lifting sling, and attach a suitable hoist, s, Remove Transmission, See paragraph 96, RA PD 336488 Figure 57—Removing Engine Using Eye Bolts (41-B-1586-150) t, Remove Engine (Including Clutch). Slowly lift engine off the support brackets, check to make sure everything is clear, and raise slowly with the hoist (fig. 57). After engine is raised enough to give working space, remove and tag all wires from the cranking motor solenoid switch. Raise engine out of compartment, guiding it carefully to avoid damaging any parts, u. Drain Engine Oil. Remove the drain plug (G 154-03-40668) from the bottom of the oil pan and allow all oil to drain out of engine. Install drain plug with a new gasket (G154-01-94016) and tighten securely, 135™M 9-772 60 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 60. INSTALLATION. a. Place Engine in Vehicle, Install engine mounting bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and engine mounting insulators to engine mounting brackets in engine compartment. Use tape to hold the engine bolts and insulators in place while lowering engine into position, Raise the engine with a hoist and slowly lower it into the engine compartment, Guide it carefully to avoid damaging un- coupled pipes, wires, and controls, Connect the cranking motor solenoid wires to solenoid as tagged during removal, Maneuver engine as required and lower into position on engine front mountings. Install cushions, flat washers, and nuts on engine front mounting bolts, but do not tighten. ; HULL RIGHT y BRACKET . * BRACKET. ’ Nn RA PD 319408 Figure 58—Engine Front Mounting Construction b. Install Transmission. Place transmission into position so forward machined surface is against machined surface of clutch housing. Install the cap screws with lock washers and tighten securely. Lower engine until rear mounting rests on hull cross member, install screws with lock washers and tighten securely. ‘Tighten front mounting nuts until firm contact is made against spacer, and install new cotter pins, Remove engine lifting eyebolts, and install cylinder head screws. ¢. Install Transmission Control Shift Rods. Place the engine transmission shift rods in position. The longer rod operating the Jow and reverse shift lever connects to the rear external lever on 136TM 9-772 60 ENGINE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION transmission. On vehicles of later production, install shift rod guide with clutch housing bolts and tighten securely, Install the axle transmission front shift rod to the lever on shift shaft and to the lever on the cross shaft by installing clevis pins and new cotter pins, a. Connect Exhaust Pipe, Place a new gasket between front exhaust pipe flange and manifold flange. Install nuts on manifold studs and tighten securely. Install U-clamp, bolts, lock washers, and nuts that secure the front exhaust pipe to support bracket at right side of clutch housing and tighten securely. e. Connect Clutch Control Cable. Connect the clutch control cable clevis to the release shaft operating arm with clevis pin and new cotter pin. f. Install Propeller Shaft. See paragraph 101, g. Install and Connect Fuel Filter (Early Production Vehicles). Fasten fuel filter to front coaming with cap screws. Connect drain pipe to fitting in bottom of filter, and install ‘outlet and inlet pipes. h. Connect Engine Ground Strap. Connect engine ground strap to engine right front mounting bracket with bolt, flat washer, lock washer, and nut. i, Install Generator Regulator and Mounting Bracket. Place generator regulator and mounting bracket in position with toothed lock washers between bracket and bulkhead, and install mounting bolts and nuts. Connect the wires to terminals on voltage regulator. j. Install Fan Blades. Install fan blades to water pump hub with cap screws and tighten securely. k. Connect Throttle Control, Place throttle control conduit into position in the clip at bracket, near the oil filler tube, and tighten clamp screw securely. Connect the throttle control clevis to the bell crank on cylinder head and adjust (par. 75 b (3)) if necessary, 1, _ Engine Compartment Side Panel and Instrument Panel Installation, (1) Instat Panes, Place panel assembly into position in vehicle and install cap screws, bolts, lock washers, toothéd washers, and nuts, NOTE: On M290, before side panel is fastened in position, place capstan clutch control knob into slot in side panel and tighten lock nut securely. Install cross shaft cover and tighten screws and muts securely. (2) Connecr TRovBLE Licht WirE GROUND AND GROMMET to ENGINE SIDE PANEL. Run trouble light reel wire through hole in side panel, position grommet and ground, and install screws, Install fuse in holder and connect the halves of holder. 137T™ 9-772 60 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (3) Connect CaBLes TO Master Switcu, Place cables over proper terminal studs on master switch, install washers and nuts on studs, and tighten securely. (4) Connzcr SrEEpoMETER Case. Place speedometer cable up cover the engine, insert end into speedometer, and tighten knurled nut. Be sure that there are no kinks or sharp bends in the cable to impede operation. (5) Connect Wires To INSTRUMENT PANEL, Connect all wires at the back of the instrument panel to the various terminals as they were marked during removal. If difficulty is experienced, refer to wiring diagrams, (6) Connecr CHoxe Conrrot. Place choke control in position through clamp at carburetor, with wire going through the swivel on the choke valve lever. Tighten the bracket securely, push choke button against instrument panel, open choke valve fully, and tighten screw onto wire. (7) Conwzcr Primur Lines, Place primer inlet and outlet lines into position in the primer fittings and tighten the nuts securely. Be sure there are no leaks in the primer system} otherwise, it will be ineffective. (8) Connect Enare Hear InpicaTor, Or Pressure GAcE, and Ienrrion Cort. Insert heat indicator element into the fitting in the left side of cylinder head and tighten the nut securely, Connect the oil pressure line at the front of engine to the flexible coupling on the gage and tighten securely. Connect wire from ignition switch to the coil terminal and tighten the stud nut securely. m. Install Engine Oil. Fill oil pan to proper level with corréct grade engine oil (par. 24). n. Install Radiator. See paragraph 79 c, NOTE: On M29C, before installing radiator, place capstan drive connection and stub shaft in position, and fasten stub flange to fan drive pulley on crankshaft with screws. o. Install Fuel Tank. See paragraph 69 d. p. Install Engine Compartment Division Panel. Place front division panel in position, install cap screw with lock washer, and tighten to the front coaming. Install rear panel, and install bolt, lock washer, toothed washer, and nut through hull bulkhead, and the bolts, washers, and nuts, that hold the two panels together. On vehicles equipped with oil-bath air cleaner, install the flexible tube to the air cleaner adapter. q. Install Battery. See paragraph 86 d. r. Install Air Cleaner. See paragraph 74 d, 13860-62 IGNITION SYSTEM 8, Install Seat Cushions and Backs. See paragraph 117 b and ¢. t, Test Engine, Start engine, and check oil pressure gage and ammeter for proper operation. If oil pressure gage does not show pressure within 10 seconds, stop engine immediately and investigate. Inspect engine for oil and water leaks, and if any are present, stop them at once. Test engine for proper operation after it reaches normal operating temperature, Make adjustments as required, u. Install Engine Compartment Front Panel and Lid. Fasten front panel to.coaming with bolts, toothed washers, and nuts, Connect heater control to the valve at the gas tank fitting, Install windshield wiper sockets with screws. Place engine compartment lid in position, and tighten the wing nuts securely. Raise windshield and fasten in vertical position, v. Install Vehicle Top and Bows, See paragraph 116 b, (2) and ¢ (2). Section XV IGNITION SYSTEM 61. DESCRIPTION. a, The ignition system on this vehicle is the conventional automotive type, employing a storage battery. Units making up the ignition system are the coil, distributor, condenser, spark plugs, high- tension wires, related wiring, and the ignition switch. 62. IGNITION SWITCH. a. Description. ‘The ignition switch is located to the right of the fuel gage. After vehicle serial 2102, a dual type switch is used for ignition and the stand-by heater. Move the switch lever forward to turn on the ignition, and move lever rearward to operate the heater blower motor and ignitor. This switch must be turned to its “ON” position (clockwise) before the engine will start. The electric fuel gage registers only when the ignition switch is turned “ON.” b. Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and lift engine compartment cover out of vehicle. Disconnect the battery ground strap by removing the clamp stud nut and lifting off the cable terminal. Remove wire from the terminal on back of switch, and disconnect and tag for identification the leads from the switch to the circuit breaker and junction block, Remove escutcheon nut from panel face, and pull switch body from instrument panel, 139TM 9-772 62-63 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C SUPPRE: OR \ COIL PRIMARY DISTRIBUTOR SECONDARY (HIGH CONDENSER WIRE TENSION) WIRING RA PD 336500 Figure 59—Units of the Ignition System c. Installation. Place switch body in instrument panel and install escutcheon nut. Connect wire to terminal, and the leads to circuit breaker and junction block as tagged. Install battery ground strap on clamp stud and fasten securely with nut. Install the engine compartment cover and tighten wing nuts securely. 63. IGNITION COIL. a. Description. The ignition coil, located at the left front side of the engine, is mounted on a bracket secured to the cylinder block by cap screws (fig. 59). b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Pull high-tension wire out of coil tower, disconnect wire from coil to ignition switch, and wire from coil to distributor, Remove cap screws and toothed washers that hold coil to bracket. c. Installation. Place coil (G 154-01-39798) in position, and install cap screws and toothed washers that hold coil to mounting bracket. Connect wire from ignition switch to coil and wire from distributor to coil, Push high-tension wire terminal into coil tower. Install engine compartment cover and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, 140TM 9-772 64 IGNITION SYSTEM 64. DISTRIBUTOR. a, Description. The distributor is the automatic advance type, with the condenser mounted inside the body, The timing can be advanced or retarded by loosening the clamp screw and turning the distributor body. b. Removal, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover, Unlatch distributor cap retainer clips and move cap, with RA 319418 Figure 60—Removing Distributor 141TM 9-772 64 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C cables attached, to one Crank engine until the rotor is in the No. 1 cylinder firing position (on compression) and timing mark (UDC 1-6) on flywheel is directly under pointer at the left side of engine rear plate. Placing flywheel in this position will facilitate installation of distributors. Remove screw and lock washer to disconnect primary wire, take out screw that holds distributor assembly to support, and lift distributor out of support (fig. 60). c. Installation, With engine flywheel mark (UDC 1-6) exactly under pointer on engine rear plate, turn rotor to No, 1 cylinder firing position, or as nearly toward front as gear teeth will permit, and install distributor (G 179-02-04500). Oscillate rotor until distributor shaft driving gears engage with drive shaft gears, and install screw that holds distributor to support, Loosen clamp bolt, turn distributor body clockwise until points just start to separate, and tighten clamp bolt securely. Connect primary wire, install lock washer‘and screw, and tighten securely. Clean distributor cap, place in position, with lug engaging recess in distributor body, and latch cap with retainer springs, Make sure all cables are pushed firmly into towers on distributor cap. Install engine compartment cover and fasten-in position with clamps and wing nuts. da. Contact Points. (1) Apgusrment. Remove distributor assembly (subpar, b above). Turn distributor shaft until fiber rubbing block on arm is exactly on one high point of cam lobe. Adjust gap between faces of stationary point and contact arm point to 0.020-inch clearance by turning eccentric adjusting screw until proper clearance is obtained. ‘Tighten stationary point plate lock screw, and recheck gap (fig. 62). With points together, attach hook of spring scale near point end of contact arm (fig. 63). A tension of 17 to 20 ounces should register on the scale when pulling at a right angle to arm until points just separate. If spring scale is not available, check tension by feel. Install distributor assembly (subpar. ¢ above). (2) ReMmovat. Remove distributor assembly as outlined in subparagraph b above. Pull rotor off distributor camshaft, Loosen screw that holds condenser wire and breaker arm spring to base plate bracket. Pull arm up and off pivot pin in distributor base plate. Re- move lock screw and lift adjustable point with plate out of distributor. (3) INSTALLATION, Install stationary contact point with plate (G 630-03-42184) and lock screw on base plate. Leave lock screw loose. Place breaker arm over pivot pin in distributor base plate (place a small amount of grease on the pin or in the breaker arm bushing) and start screw holding end of flat arm spring and condenser wire.TM 9-772 64 ee =ysTEM AouustINe POINT LOCK SCREW BREAKER, ‘ARM CONDENSER FELT ~ OIL WICK, ‘nar 319826 Figure 61—DIstributor—Cap and Rotor Removed If arm point and stationary point are not in alinement, bend stationary (adjustable) bracket to obtain proper alinement. Adjust point gap to 0.020-inch (subpar. d (1) above). Place rotor (G179-06-50076) on camshaft and install distributor (subpar. e above). e. Condenser. (1) REMovAt, Remove distributor (subpar, b above). Take out screw holding condenser to distributor base plate, remove screw that holds wire to bracket, and lift out condenser, 143™ 9-772 64-65 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C ve = RA PD 319424 Figure 62—Checking Gap at Distributor Contact Points (2) INSTALLATION, Clean condenser and area on base plate under condenser with flint paper in order to establish the best possible ground. Install condenser (G 630-00-39899), tighten screw securely, and connect wire to bracket. Install distributor (subpar. ¢ above), 65. IGNITION TIMING. a, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Remove No, 1 spark plug, and crank engine until No. 1 piston starts up on compression stroke. Place a light in engine compartment to illuminate marks on flywheel and pointer, open inspection door in engine compartment side panel, and continue to crank engine slowly until mark on flywheel (UDC 1-6, fig. 64) is directly under timing pointer on engine rear plate. At this point, No. 1 piston is in firing 144™ 9-772 65 IGNITION SYSTEM RA PD 319423 Figure 63—Checking Distributor Breaker Arm Spring Tension Figure 64—Ignition Timing Marks on Flywheel position. Place a piece of cellophane or a 0,001-inch feeler gage between distributor points (points fully closed). Loosen clamp bolt and rotate distributor housing to a position where cellophane or 0.001-inch feeler, still supported by points, can be removed, with only a slight drag. ‘Tighten distributor clamping bolt. If further adjustment is necessary, move distributor clockwise to retard or counterclockwise to advance timing. Install No. 1 spark plug and engine compartment cover, 145TM 9-772 66 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 66. SPARK PLUGS. a. Description. Six 14-mm spark plugs are used to provide the spark for igniting the combustible mixtures in the combustion chambers. Gaskets are used under the plug shoulder to prevent compression leakage past the spark plugs, b. Removal. Remove engine compartment lid, and pull L- shaped suppressor terminal and shield off spark plug. Before removing plug, blow all grit and dirt from spark plug recess and from area surrounding the recess; otherwise, foreign matter may enter the cylinder and cause damage. Unscrew and remove plug with gasket from cylinder head. c. Adjustment of Gap. Spark plugs should be cleaned at 3,000-mile intervals, or more often if necessary, by sand blasting, (Do not clean the porcelain with anything that will scratch it.) To provide the proper gap (0.025 in.), bend the grounded (outer) electrode. SPARK PLUG GAP GAGE, RA PD 319425 Figure 65—Checking Spark Plug Gap d. Installation, Place a new gasket (G 154-01-94040) over threaded end of plug, with seam toward cylinder head, and install spark plug (G 154-03-40669). Using a torque wrench and spark plug socket, tighten to a tension of 30 foot-pounds. Push suppressor terminal onto plug until a click, indicating positive connection, is heard, Install engine compartment lid and fasten with clamps and wing nuts, 146TM 9-772 67-68 FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS 67. HIGH-TENSION WIRING. a, The distributor to coil and spark plug wires is heavily in- sulated to withstand wear and deterioration, If faulty wires are discovered, install new cables of the same length and quality, BATTERY—12 VOLTS aH (2-6 V. BATTERIES) SUPPRESSOR #0 BLACK DISTRIBUTOR MASTER ELECTRICAL ‘CONDENSER: = ‘SWITCH 414 BLACK ¥ ‘AND GREEN #0 BLACK CONDENSER. JONITION, ‘DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR. 7M/M JUNCTION BLOCK: #6 RED #14 BLACK AND GREEN NL a4 RED __ IGNITION AND. HEATER SWITCH #12 BLACK | AMMETER RA PD 336561 Figure 66—Ignition System Wiring Diagram (Late Production) Section XVI FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS 68, DESCRIPTION. a. Fuel is piped from the tank to a fuel filter, then to the fuel pump which is actuated by an eccentric forged on the camshaft. The fuel is strained before entering the carburetor float chamber. The carburetor is equipped with an air cleaner to filter dust out of 147TM 9-772 68 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C {uoyonposg Aps0g} pojquiessnsig wesshs jonj—L9 o4nBig Izb6le Gd va 3TZZON addin GAT ONINRE = MOTT INI yalavav Nivud NYS, aye YOLTUNGYVD OL XENVEIO UY 3dld NIVaG ‘enmanoo s18Da7d did Bad and aNd did MOSINV 1 Wad YOUNIS YaldvaV GIOSINVN Ol HOLRUNGIYD 203N STIS “Bela YLT. OL YNVL ‘Was i734 NIVHO GNV dv9- aa 3dld yousuNsuvD OL TINH Oo: xD3N | HOTLNHS ‘9Nnenoo YSTIE—ANVTO ONY B1VTd van aa | mots “OMG dnd THM "gigs Feld FTN wand 148a 68 FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS (wojganposg 2407) pajquiesspsiq waysks janj—go ounByy ELS9EE Gd Va ONTIENOD ‘UaAa7 3dld GN ONINRH A avind 73nd GIOSINVN OL YOUNES YNVIIO IV 41209 2 LG sHO-LAHS aN an INN vaH { 2NIaNOD aa Ag-ONVIS \ ‘adld 3909 Bald Asin YOLBNUYD OL == = add Figure 78—Carburetor Air Cleaner Disassembled (Before Vehicle Serial 3601) below) from vehicle; remove reservoir, loosen wing screw that holds cartridge in body, and pull out cartridge. Clean cartridge thoroughly * in dry-cleaning solvent and allow it to drain until dry. Place cartridge in body and tighten wing screw. Clean reservoir, as outlined previously, attach reservoir to bottom of cleaner body, and install air cleaner assembly (subpar. d (2) below). c. Removal. (1) Om-coarep Exement Type. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Loosen the clamp screw located at cleaner outlet, and remove cleaner from adapter attached to carburetor. (2) Om-saTH TyPE. “Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Loosen clamp screw that holds the flexible hose to air cleaner and pull hose away from cleaner. Remove nuts and lock washers from studs that hold the air cleaner to brackets in battery compartment, and lift the cleaner assembly out of vehicle. d. Installation. (1) On-coarep Exemenr Tyre. Position cleaner on the adapter and tighten the cledner base clamp screw. Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts.ad FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS RA PD 936554) Figure 79—Carburetor Air Cleaner Disassembled {After Vehicle Serial 3600) (2) Om-satH TypPE. Place cleaner assembly in position on bracket studs in battery compartment, install nuts with lock washers, and tighten securely. Connect flexible hose to air cleaner and tighten clamp screw. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. 161TM 9-772 74-75 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67085 Figure 80—Adjusting Carburetor Throttle Stop Screw 75. CARBURETOR. a, Description and Data. (1) Descererion. ‘The Carter carburetor used on the vehicle is simple in design and rugged in construction. The only external adjustments provided consist of one controlling idle mixture, and one for the idling speed. 162TM 9-772 75 FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS (2) Data. Type Downdraft Model BBRL-5778 Main metering (discharge) jets Sea-level to 4,000 ft (A307199) Carter No. 159-59S 4,000 ft to 8,000 ft (A307200) Carter No, 159-61S 8,000 ft to 12,000 ft (AS07559) Carter No, 159-58S Over 12,000 ft (A307560) Carter No, 159-668, b. Adjustments. (1) Iptinc. Run engine until heat indicator on instrument panel registers 175°F (normal operating temperature). Be sure that Figure 81—Adjusting Carburetor Idle Mixture 163TM 9-772 75 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C choke valve is open (button on the instrument panel all the way in), Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Adjust throttle stop screw (fig. 80) until ammeter just shows charge. Turn- ing screw clockwise will increase engine idling speed; turning counterclockwise will reduce speed. Adjust idle mixture by turning adjusting screw (fig. 81) in or out with fingers or screwdriver to obtain smooth- est idling performance. (2) CHoKe, Loosen choke linkage to control wire collar screw, and push choke valve all the way open. Push choke control button all the way in and, while holding valve in fully opened position, tighten linkage collar screw to lock control wire (fig. 82). Open and close choke valve, and check adjustment. (3) Hanp Turorrie. With hand throttle control button in #0 i rem ma RA PD 4706 Figure 82—Adjusting Carburetor Choke Control 164FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS Ozvele ad va ONIMdS YOVE Tina TOULNOD FULLOYHL 3OYAINIT 3XOHO ANT dou YouNsvD ‘OL INVES THE OINVES THe 13}DVvuE abpyur] pup sjoaguog sogaunqing—eg oinbig YOLVETEOOV ‘TOULNOD 3XOHO s a 3 I P— ‘TO8LNOS FILLOUHL- anios: at BYTIOS Sui avo AIGNASSY SY3AT1 ONY ‘TWdSd YOLVUSHOOV Nid TOUINOD FLOWa fully closed position against forward coaming, loosen throttle control wire collar screw. Hold control wire collar against accelerator upper operating arm, and tighten collar screw. (4) AccELERAToR. To adjust throttle linkage, first adjust throttle stop screw so ammeter just registers charge with engine idling. Loosen throttle contro} wire collar screw (fig. 83), and reset collar to assure full throttle opening at throttle stop screw on throttle shaft operating arm of carburetor. If throttle valve does not open completely, as indicated by fixed stop on the throttle shaft operating arm, with accelerator fully depressed (engine not running), loosen throttle control wire collar. Loosen the accelerator adjustment clevis lock nut, and remove the accelerator cable clevis cotter pin and clevis pin. Turn clevis to change the effective length of cable to provide pedal travel required for full throttle opening. Install clevis pin, new cotter pin, and tighten clevis lock nut. Reset throttle control wire collar to obtain proper closed throttle idle position. Check linkage to make sure that, with accelerator pedal fully depressed, throttle valve fixed stop on operating arm contacts boss on carburetor; and that, when accelerator pedal is fully released, throttle stop screw fully contacts boss on carburetor. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. c. Cleaning Strainer. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Cut the lock wire, pull it out of the strainer plug, and remove the hex-head plug with gasket by turning plug clockwise. Remove the strainer from the carburetor (fig. 84), clean by immersing it in dry-cleaning solvent, and dry with compressed air. Install the strainer, using a new gasket on the plug (G179-01- 63192) if necessary, and tighten. Lock-wire the strainer plug to float needle valve passage plug at the rear of carburetor. Install engine compartment lid and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts. d. Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and remove the engine compartment lid. Remove carburetor air cleaner adapter by loosening the clamp screw and pulling adapter off carburetor air horn. Unhook throttle pull-back spring. Remove accelerator cable to carburetor attaching clevis pin. Disconnect choke control wire from choke adjustment collar and cable from linkage bracket. Disconnect fuel line from fitting on carburetor, Remove two nuts and lock washers that hold carburetor to manifold adapter. Lift off carburetor assembly (fig. 85) and gasket. e. Installation. Place a new gasket (G154-01-94042) in position on adapter, place carburetor (G179-01-63400) over studs, and taatall mute and Inck washere Connect fuel line. Connect choke con-T™ 9-772 75 RA PD 67039 Figure 84—Removing Carburetor Strainer trol wire and adjust (subpar. b (2) above). Hoole up throttle pull- back spring. Attach throttle and accelerator cable to operating arm with clevis pin. Install carburetor air cleaner adapter on carburetor air horn and tighten clamp screw. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. f, Main Metering (Discharge) Jet. (1) Opzration ar Hick Axrrrupes, When a vehicle is operated at high altitudes and the carburetor is equipped with a low- altitude jet, flooding and excessive gasoline consumption will result. Therefore, install a main metering jet, with proper size orifice for the altitude range in which the vehicle is to be operated. ‘The jets for various altitude ranges are listed in subparagraph a (2) above. ‘The Carter number for each jet, as shown on the list, is stamped on the 167TM 9-772 75 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RAPD 67tz2 Figure 85—Removing Carburetor jet and will aid in identifying the proper jet required. (2) Removan. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Disconnect choke control wire and conduit from bracket on carburetor air horn. Remove air cleaner, or tube, from adapter. Loosen clamp screw that holds adapter to carburetor air horn, and push adapter rearward away from air horn, Cut and remove the lock wires from screws that hold the bowl cover and air horn to the main body. Remove the screws that hold the bowl cover and air horn to 168TM 9-772 uy FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS PIN RETAINER SPRING" ) REMOVING FLOAT ASSEMBLY AND PIN REPLACING MAIN METERING JET RA PD 336514 Figure 86—Replacing Carburetor Main Metering Jet 169™ 9-772 75-76 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C. main body, and unscrew the main vent tube, NOTE: The cover screw in rear is installed from below and threads into the air horn. Carefully remove the bowl cover with air horn, main vent tube, and gasket (fig. 86). Remove float pin retainer spring and float assembly with pin (fig. 86), Unscrew the main metering jet and remove it from float chamber (fig. 86). (3) INSTALLATION, Install the main metering jet of proper size with ‘new gasket in bottom of float chamber and tighten securely. Place the float assembly with pin into position in float chamber, and install float pin retainer spring, Install a new gasket on main body, carefully place the bowl cover with air horn in position on main body gasket, and make sure the pump plunger piston and step-up piston assembly are positioned properly. Install the cover screws and main vent tube, tighten securely to main body, and lock-wire the screws and vent tube. Move adapter forward over air horn and tighten clamp screw. Install air cleaner, or flexible tube, on adapter. Connect choke control wire and conduit to bracket on air horn, and adjust choke (subpar, b (2) above). Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, 76. EXHAUST PIPES, MUFFLER, AND MUFFLER GUARD. a, Description. ‘The engine exhaust system consists of a muffler, with a tail pipe, and a two-section exhaust pipe. ‘The muffler is mounted on the rear deck and held in position by two brackets welded to the mufiler. The rear exhaust pipe section consists of two solid pipe ends and a flexible pipe. The other section is solid and flanged at both ends for attachment to the manifold flange and to the flange on the front end of rear pipe. b, Exhaust Pipes, (1) Removat. Take out the screws and remove hull floor pan. Loosen clamp bolt and nut clamping upper end of rear exhaust pipe to muffler. ‘Remove bolts and nuts that hold the front and rear exhaust pipe flanges together, and remove rear pipe. Remove the U- clamp, bolts, nuts, and lock washers that hold front exhaust pipe to side of clutch housing. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Remove engine compartment division rear panel from “vehicles so equipped (par. 59 g). Remove the two nuts that hold the front exhaust pipe to the manifold and remove pipe. (2) Insratuation. Place the front exhaust pipe in position, install a new gasket between front flange and manifold, start the stud nuts, and tighten them securely, Install engine compartment division 170FUEL, AIR INTAKE, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS | MUFFLER eo Ha e HEN / GUARD AND 4 te VoaNe BAFFLE. CLAMP. t é ji ‘GASKET FRONT EXHAUST PIPE’ ; ‘ sj RAPD 319422 Figure 87—Exhaust System Disassembled panel (par. 60 p) on vehicles so equipped. Fasten the pipe to the side of clutch housing with U-clamp, bolts, nuts, and lock washers. Place the rear exhaust pipe in position, and install a new gasket (G154-01-94028) between the flanges of the front and rear pipes. Insert the bolts through the flanges, install the nuts, and tighten securely, Tighten the clamp bolt and nut that holds the upper end of the rear exhaust pipe to muffler. Place hull floor pan in position and fasten securely with screws. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. ec. Muffler, (1) Removat. Remove bolts and nuts that hold muffler guard to hull and lift off the guard, Loosen the bolt and nut that holds exhaust pipe to muffler, remove the muffler bracket mounting screws, and lift muffler from rear deck, (2) Insravuation. Place exhaust pipe in position over muffler intake pipe. Push clamp into position and tighten locking bolt and nut. Insert cap screws through muffler mounting brackets and fasten brackets securely to hull. Install muffler guard and fasten in position with bolts, washers, and nuts, d. Muffler Guard. (1) Removat. Remove the bolts, nuts, lock washers, and flat washers that secure the muffler guard in position and lift off the guard. (2) Instauvation. Place muffler guard in position, install bolts, nuts, and washers, and tighten securely. wmTM 9-772 7 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Section XVII COOLING SYSTEM 77. DESCRIPTION. a. . The liquid-type cooling system of this vehicle consists of the radiator, fan pump, thermostat, and engine water jacket. When the engine is operated, the cooling system pump also operates. Circulation is set up only within the water jacket of the engine until the engine water thermostatic valve opens; the cooling fluid then flows un- restricted through the entire cooling system. CLAMP RADIATOR GORE HOSE WITH TANKS OUTLET ~ A GASKET —m@ pose ELOW g = \ THERMOSTAT | ‘SPACER —+- ©} GASKET —- KO) le ELBOW CYLINDER BLOCK REDUCER ‘DRAIN COCK HOSE & — SF HOSE ELBOW PRAM TEE RADIATOR —_—RADIATOR ENGINE DRAIN PIPE DRAIN PIPE DRAIN COCK RA PD 319433 Figure 88—Cooling System Disassembied 172TM 9-772 78 COOLING SYSTEM 78. PREVENTIVE CLEANING OF ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM. a, General. This paragraph provides instructions for preventive cleaning of automotive internal combustion engine cooling system, to be performed by second echelon of maintenance, b. Materials, ‘The materials required for this purpose are listed and available under the following Federal stock numbers: Federal Stock Number 51-C-1568-500 .51-C-1600 Compound, cleaning, Compound, inhibitor, corrosi Compound, cleaning, consists of the cleaner compound and the neutralizer compound, packed in separate containers within a single package, c. Preventive Service. The cooling system should be cleaned before the compound, antifreeze (ethylene glycol type), is put into the system, and again after it is removed. Cleaning at the prescribed intervals will reduce clogging and overheating to a minimum, and will largely eliminate the necessity for corrective cleaning by a higher echelon, If the cooling system is very dirty or clogged so that overheating occurs, ordnance personnel should be notified. ‘The entire cooling system should be examined for leaks, both before and after cleaning and flushing, NOTE: The cleaning solution should never be mixed with antifreeze compound or other antifreeze solutions, or with inhibitors. d. Cleaning. (1) Open the petcocks which shut off the coolant from the heaters ot other accessories, to allow for complete circulation during the cleaning, flushing, and draining. Run the engine, with the radiator covered if necessary, until the temperature is within operating range. Stop the engine, remove the radiator cap, and drain the system (par. 79b (1)). If necessary, use a wire to keep. open any drain hole which tends to become clogged. (2) Allow the engine to cool, Disconnect the radiator overflow * return tank if the vehicle is so equipped. Close the drain cocks; pour water slowly into the radiator until the system is approximately half full; then run the engine at idling speed. Add the cleaning compound in the propdrtion of one container of cleaner to every 4 gallons of cooling system capacity. ‘Then fill the system with water. NOTE: Never mix the water and the cleaning compound belare putting them into the system. CAUTION: Do not spill the solution on skin, clothing, or painted portions of the vehicle. 173TM 9-772 78 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (3) Place a clean-drain pan in position to collect the overflow, using the overflow to maintain the level in the radiator if necessary. (4) Replace the radiator cap, and run the engine at fast idlirig speed, covering the radiator if necessary, until the coolant reaches a temperature above 180°F, but not over 200°F, Do not drive the vehicle. Constantly check the level in the radiator. (5) Stop the engine after it has run for 30 minutes at 180°F at least, but not over 200°F. Then remove the radiator cap, open drain cocks, and drain the system completely. e. Neutralizing. (1) Allow the engine to cool. Close the drain cocks; pour water slowly into the radiator until the system is approximately half full; then run the engine at idling speed. Add the neutralizer compound in the proportion of one container of neutralizer to every 4 gallons of cooling system capacity. ‘Then fill the system with water. (2) With the radiator covered, let the engine idle for at least 5 minutes at the normal operating temperature; then stop the engine. (3) Drain the system completely by removing the radiator cap and opening all the drain cocks. f. Flashing. (1) Allow the engine to cool. Close the drain cocks. Pour water slowly into the radiator until ‘the system is approximately half full, then run the engine at idling speed, and fill the system completely. (2) Run the engine, keeping the radiator covered if necessary, until the coolant is heated to the normal operating temperature. (3) Drain the system by removing the radiator cap and opening all the drain cocks. Repeat the flushing operation until the drain water is clear. (4) Again allow the engine to cool, and then clean all sediment from the radiator cap valves and the overflow pipe. Blow insects and dirt from radiator core air passages with compressed air, blowing from the rear, Use water, if necessary, to soften obstructions. g Leaks. After completing the flushing operations, make certain that the engine has been allowed to cool again, Close the drain cocks. Pour water slowly into the radiator until the system is approximately half full, then run the engine at idling speed, and fill the system completely. Stop the engine when the cooling system is completely full. Examine the entire cooling system for leaks, ‘This is important, because the cleaning solution uncovers leaks which already exist but have been plugged with rust or corrosion. Leaks that cannot be corrected by the using arms should be reported 174TM 9-772 78-79 COOLING SYSTEM immediately to ordnance maintenance personnel. Install plate on bottom of'hull, using a new gasket, and fasten securely with screws. h, Coolant Service. (1) When servicing the vehicle for summer, fill the system nearly full with clean‘water. Add corrosion inhibitor compound in the proportion of one container of inhibitor to each 4 gallons of cooling system capacity. ‘Then finish filling the system with water. (2) When servicing for winter, fill the system about one-quarter full of clean water. Add sufficient antifreeze compound (ethylene glycol type), for protection against the lowest anticipated temperature, Add water until the system is nearly full, run the engine until the normal operating temperature is reached, then add sufficient water to fill the system to slightly below bottom of filler neck. See TB 700-20 for antifreeze installation instructions, 79. RADIATOR. a. Deseription. ‘The radiator is the conventional automotive type, equipped with a pressure-type cap. This cap prevents loss of the cooling solution when the vehicle is being operated at extreme angles, or when the solution expands due to excessively high temperature. b. Removal. (1) Drain Coorme System, Remove drain plate screws, plate, and gasket, located on bottom of hull near right center of engine compartment, Turn radiator cap (0040-850005) to first stop to unseal cooling system, reach down through air intake duct and open drain valve at radiator outlet, located below right corner of radiator. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Open cylinder block drain valve located on left side of engine toward rear. If antifreeze is in use, save the solution, After completely draining cooling system, close cylinder block and radiator drain valves. Install a new drain plate gasket, plate, and screws, using sealing compound. (2) REMOVE RADIATOR ASSEMBLY, Remove the air duct ventilator lid cross shaft by taking out cotter pins from each end of shaft, removing pin holding lid operating arm to shaft, and removing bolt and nut that hold control handle to inner end of cross shaft. Slip cross shaft through hole into driver’s compartment far enough to slip lid control arm off shaft. Take out two bolts that hold shaft bracket to hull, and remove shaft, Remove air duct lid by removing lid to hinge screws (fig. 89). Remove fuel filter (par. 71¢) when located in air duct. NOTE: On M29C, remove Jower drive pulley bracket cap screws and the cotter pin and front 175TM 9-772 79 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 7 RA PD 67067 Figure 89—Removing Air Duct Ventilator Lid universal joint rear flange pin, disconnect capstan clutch control wire, and remove bracket with shaft and pulley assembly, Loosen clamp screws on upper and lower radiator hoses, pull hoses off radiator drain cock, and remove nuts with lock washers that hold radiator and fan shroud to hull inside air duct. Move radiator forward, and lift radiator and shroud out of vehicle (fig. 90). c. Installation, Position fan shroud and radiator on studs, install nuts and lock washers, and tighten securely, Install upper and lower radiator hoses (G 179-03-36830 and G 179-03-36831) on connections, and tighten hose clamps securely, Install radiator 176TM 9-772 7” COOLING SYSTEM Figure 90—Removing Radiator | drain hose on drain valve, Install fuel filter (par. 71d) in air duct, on vehicle so equipped. NOTE: On M29C, place capstan lower drive pulley and shaft with bracket assembly in air duct, slide universal joint flange on shaft, install pin and new cotter pin, and connect capstan clutch control wire: to operating lever. Place drive belt around pulley, and install cap screws with lock washers in pulley bracket, Adjust capstan drive belt tension (par. 142 b). Install air duct lid and cross shaft by slipping cross shaft through lid operating arm and fastening lid to hinges on hull, Slip shaft into position, with bracket on shaft, and fasten operating handle and lid operating arm to shaft with bolts and nuts, Install new cotter pins in both ends of shaft, and fasten bracket into position with cap screws. Fill the cooling system so the solution is slightly below bottom of filler neck. Install engine compartment cover and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts. 177™ 9-772 80-81 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 80. FAN. a. Deseription. A four-blade fan is mounted on the hub of the water pump and is driven by a V-type belt, ‘The water pump and fan belt pulley inner flange is an integral part of the pump hub, and the pulley outer flange is threaded on the pump hub, Turning the outer flange clockwise will increase the belt tension and turning it counterclockwise will decrease the tension. b. Fan Blades, (1) ReMovaL. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment cover out of vehicle. Take out cap screws that hold fan to water pump hub, and remove blades. (2) Insrautation, Place the fan blades in position on the water pump hub and install the cap screws, Be sure to place lock washers on the cap screws and tighten securely. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. ec. Fan Drive Belt. Refer to paragraph 58 a, 81. WATER PUMP. a, Deseription, The water pump is nonadjustable, in so far as the packing is concerned. If leakage occurs, it will be necessary to replace pump assembly. No lubrication is required, as the shaft is supported by prelubricated bearings, b. Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and lift the engine compartment cover out of vehicle. Remove fan blades (par. 80b (1)) and belts (par. 58), and drain cooling system (par. 79b (1)). Loosen the clamp screw, and pull hose from water pump intake, Remove cap screws that hold water pump adapter to cylinder block, and remove water pump assembly (fig. 91) and gasket. ¢c. Installation, When installing water pump (8300-908004), make sure shaft is free and that there is no scraping sound when pump hub is rotated by hand. Use a new gasket (G 179-02-88441), apply grease to hold it in place. Install hose (G 179-03-36832) over pump intake and tighten clamp screw, Coat cap screws with white lead and install and tighten them evenly and securely, In- stall drive belts (par. 58), fan blades (par. 80 b (2)), and fill cooling system, Install engine compartment cover and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts. d. Drive Belt. Refer to paragraph 58 a. 178TM 9-772 81-82 COOLING SYSTEM pon oa “RA PD 336526 Figure 91—Removing Water Pump 82, ENGINE WATER THERMOSTAT. a, Description. The bellows-type thermostat is located in the cylinder head water outlet elbow. It starts to open at approximately 174°F, and by constantly opening and closing it keeps the cooling solution in the engine at the most efficient temperature. NOTE: A thermostat which opens at 151°F is used for hot weather ‘operation. - CRANKING MOTOR GENERATOR m a | Lf] AND RED- REGULATOR #14 BLACK LIGHTING CIRCUIT BREAKER STARTING #12 BLACK SWITCH BUTTON RA PD 336560 Figure 93—Starting System Wiring Diagram {Late Production} solenoid, remove cotter pin, and clevis pin from solenoid link, Take out the screws that hold the solenoid to the cranking motor, and remove solenoid from the engine compartment, (2) Insratiation. Place the solenoid (G 179-90368) in position on the cranking motor, install the screws, and tighten them securely. Install clevis pin and cotter pin in solenoid link. Connect wires to solenoid and install baffle over solenoid, on vehicles so equipped. Install engine compartment division rear panel (par. 60 p), on vehicles so equipped. Set battery in compartment and fasten in place 182TM 9-772 84 RA PD 67098 Figure 94—Removing Demolition Case and Power Pack with retaining frame. Connect battery cable clamps to battery, Place engine compartment cover in position and fasten it with clamps and wing nuts. ¢. Cranking Motor Manual Switch. (1) Removat. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment cover out of vehicle. Disconnect battery ground strap by loosening clamp bolt and remove clamp from post, Remove wires from terminals on switch and tag them for purpose of installation. Loosen button set screw and remove button by turning it counterclockwise off switch operating shaft. Remove lock nut that holds switch body to instrument panel and remove switch from panel. (2) INSTALLATION, Place switch (G 179-06-90451) in panel, with toothed lock washer between switch body and instrument panel. , Install locke nut and tighten, Install switch button by turning it clockwise on operating shaft until tight; then back it off until identificationRA PD 67082 Figure 95—Removing Cranking Moror name is horizontal, and tighten set screw in button. Connect wires to proper terminals on switch. Connect battery ground strap clamp to battery, install engine compartment cover, and fasten in’ position with clamps and wing nuts. Section XIX BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM 85. DESCRIPTION. a. The battery and generating system of this vehicle consists of a heavy-duty 12-volt battery (or two 6-volt batteries) with cables, a belt-driven generator, a current and voltage regulator, generator to regulator wiring harness, and a master switch. Each vehicle is provided with proper ground, where necessary for radio interference suppression; therefore, keep all connections of this system clean and tight. 86. BATTERY. a. Description. Either two 6-volt, 3-cell, 23-plate, 160-ampere- hour batteries connected in series, or one 12-volt, 6-cell, 19-plate,BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM BATTERY—-12 VOLTS (2-6 V. BATTERIES) CONDENSER #0 BLACK (AFTER VEHICLE ERIAL 3331) CONDENSER GROUND STRAP MASTER ELECTRICAL SWITCH #8 BROWN #14 RED BEFORE VEHICLE ERIAL 3332) GROUND SHIELDING: [AFTER VEHICLE SERIAL 333!) FILTER (BEFORE VEHICLE SERIAL 3332) RA PD 336559 Figure 96—Battery and Generating syste Wiring Diagram (Late Production 153-ampere-hour battery can be used in this vehicle. Battery location is just back of the fuel tank and to the right of the engine, and installation is with the open terminals to the rear, The negative post is grounded to the rear end of the engine by means of a flexible, lead-coated, copper braid strap. b. Servicing Battery. The specific gravity of the battery electrolyte fluid should be checked weekly (fig. 97). If the reading is appreciably less than 1.280, replace with a new or fully charged battery. To avoid overfilling and to assure proper fluid level in the cells, press a filler plug firmly on the cell vent directly opposite each filler hole (fig. 98). If distilled water is added until the fluid level reaches the filler opening throat, the level will be correct when the filler plug is removed from the vent and screwed into the filler hole. After filling battery, always wipe off any water and see that terminals are clean and tight. ec, Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and lift the engine compartment lid out of the vehicle. Loosen battery cable terminal clampTM 9-772 86 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C BA PD 67019 Figure 97—Checking Battery With Hydrometer nuts, remove both positive and negative battery cable terminals from battery posts, and, on vehicles using two 6-volt batteries, disconnect the jumper. Remove hold-down frame wing nuts, take out hold-down frame, and lift battery or batteries out of vehicle. d. Installation. Install battery (G 154-01-16038), or batteries (SD-673131), in compartment, place hold-down frame into position, and tighten wing nuts only enough to prevent battery movement. Spread film of grease over battery posts and cable terminals to prevent corrosion, Install cables, and jumper (if used), and tighten nuts securely, Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts. e. Battery Cable Replacement. (1) ReMovat. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Disconnect the positive cable from battery positive post clamp and from master switch terminal post and remove cable from vehicle. Disconnest the ground strap from battery negative post clamp and from point of ground on engine, and remove strap from vehicle. 18686 BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM 1. REMOVE FILLER-CAP, 2, PLACECAP ON SAI AIR LOCK IN BREATHER-CHAMBER. 3, FILL WELL WITH DISTILLED WATER, AIR 4, REMOVE CAP FROM SAFETY-VENT AND LOCK PREVENTS SOLUTION RISING — SOLUTION DROPS TO CORRECT LEVEL, ABOVE BOTTOM OF WELL. REPLACE CAP IN FILLER HOLE. RA PD 49337 Figure 98—Procedure for Adding Battery Water 187T™ 9-772 86-88 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (2) INsTALLATION, Connect one end of ground strap to engine and the other end to battery negative post clamp and tighten securely. Place positive cable in position, connect one end to master switch terminal and the other end to battery positive post clamp. Install engine compartment lid and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, 87. MASTER SWITCH. a. Description. ‘The master switch is located on rear upper section of the engine compartment side panel. This switch completes the circuit from the battery to all electrical units when in the “ON” position (handle horizontal). b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment lid out of vehicle. Disconnect battery and cranking ‘motor cables from terminal studs on switch, Take out screw that holds handle on switch, remove nuts, lock washers, and bolts that hold switch to panel, and remove switch. c. Installation, Insert switch through engine compartment side panel from inside engine compartment. Install bolts, lock washers, and nuts, and tighten securely. Connect battery and cranking motor cables to switch terminal studs and tighten nuts firmly. Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts, place handle on switch, install screw, and tighten, 88. GENERATOR. a. Description. The 12-volt generator used in this vehicle is a high-output, fully controlled, shunt-wound type, having a 40-ampere capacity, It is fastened to brackets that are mounted on top of the cylinder head near the front on right side. Four adjusting bolts hold the generator in-any desired position to proyide proper tension on the driving belt. The generator is equipped with a cooling fan which is integral with the drive pulley and turns at armature speed. Two brushes are used in the generator; one ground and one field. The generator regulator controls the current and voltage produced by the generator. b. Cleaning Commutator. Periodically, or at lubrication periods, remove cover from rear end of generator by removing cover clamp screw and slipping the cover away from generator. When cover has been removed, commutator and brushes can be examined, Brushes should seat firmly on the commutator bars, with a minimum of arcing during operation. If commutator appears black, greasy, or pitted, if brushes aré worn badly and uneven, or if there is excessive arcing when commutator rotates, replace generator. If the com-TM 9-772 88 BATTERY AND GENERATING SYSTEM mutator is only dirty, it may be cleaned in the field by placing a strip of 00 flint paper over a thin strip of wood about Y% inch thick and holding paper against commutator while rotating it slowly. Incline the top of stick so it has a trailing action on the commutator. After the commutator has been cleaned, install the cover in position, and tighten the clamp screw securely, c. Removal. Loosen the wing nuts and lift the engine compartment cover out of the vehicle, Disconnect the wires from terminals and tag them for identification, Loosen the bolts that hold the generator to the bracket on cylinder head. Move generator down, remove drive belt from pulley, take out bolts, and lift generator out of engine compartment (fig. 99). Figure 99—Removing Generator d. Installation. Place generator (G 179-02-93000) in position, install mounting bolts, and position drive belt on pulley. Adjust belt tension to ¥-inch finger-pressure deflection, and tighten bolts. Connect wires to the proper terminals. When generator is being replaced, remove condenser from original generator, and install 189CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C on replacement. Install engine compartment cover and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts. e. Drive Belt. Refer to paragraph 58 b, £. Generator to Regulator Wiring Harness. (1) Removat. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Remove terminals from studs on generator, tagging them for identification. Remove fasteners that hold harness in place, disconnect terminals from generator regulator, and tag the wires to identify for installation. (2) Instatiation. Connect wires to generator regulator terminals as tagged during removal. Place harness in position, install fasteners, and connect wires to studs on generator as tagged during removal. Install engine compartment cover and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, 89. GENERATOR REGULATOR. a. Description. The generator regulator operates as one of the chief component parts of the battery and generating system. It consists of three entirely independent units encased in a sealed, mois- tureproof and dirtproof box mounted on a bracket. ‘The units within the box are: First, the circuit breaker which closes and opens the circuit between the generator and battery to prevent the current from flowing back through the generator when the engine is stopped. Second, the current-limiting regulator which controls the maximum output of the generator and prevents damage to the generator and battery. Third, the voltage regulator which holds the voltage produced, constant within close limits under the various operating conditions, b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts, lift the engine compartment cover out of the vehicle, and disconnect the battery ground strap. Disconnect wires from regulator and tag the wires to identify them for installation. Remove mounting bolts, nuts, flat washers, lock washers, and toothed lock washers which attach regulator to bracket (note that toothed lock washers are installed under the regulator legs). Lift regulator out of vehicle (fig. 100). c. Installation. Attach regulator (G 179-06-37475) to bracket with mounting bolts, and make certain that toothed lock washers are placed between regulator legs and bracket. Connect wires to proper terminals on regulator. Place engine compartment cover in position and tighten wing nuts. ion™ 9-772 89-90 CLUTCH RA PD 336325 Figure 100—Removing Generator Regulator d. Filter Replacement. (1) REMovAL. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Disconnect wire from terminal on filter, and remove filter from regulator, on vehicles so equipped. (2) Insrautation, Fasten filter to generator field terminal on regulator, and connect wire to terminal on filter. Install engine compartment cover and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts. Section XX CLUTCH 90. DESCRIPTION. a. The clutch consists of a driven plate and cover (pressure plate assembly) which is attached to the engine flywheel. A bell-shaped housing, which covers both clutch and flywheel, is fastened to the engine rear plate. The clutch release mechanism is enclosed in this 191™ 9-772 90 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C ENGINE PRESSURE PLATE CRANKSHAFT”... AND COVER i 7 RA PD 319431 Figure 101—Clutch Assembly Cross Section 192ores CLUTCH housing. The clutch release bearing operates on the transmission pinion flange and is a prelubricated ball type. The clutch itself cannot be adjusted to compensate for wear. The clutch control consists of a pedal and cable with adjustable clevis. 91, CLUTCH DRIVEN PLATE. a. Description. The clutch driven plate consists of a spring- loaded disk mounted on a splined hub. ‘The disk is faced on both sides with special facing material held in place by suitable rivets, b. Removal. (1) Remove CiuscH Housina. Remove transmission as outlined in paragraph 96. Take out screws that hold the transmission floor cover in position, disconnect radio power pack (if so equipped), and lift assembly out of vehicle. Remove exhaust pipe U-clamp, bolts, nuts, and washers from side of housing. Remove bolts that hold cranking motor to clutch housing and engine rear plate. Re- move clutch housing dowel bolt nuts, and tap dowel bolts forward out of engine rear plate. Remove balance of nuts and bolts that hold housing to engine plate, and remove housing. (2) Remove Driven Pirate AssemBiy, Loosen each of the pressure plate cover to flywheel cap screws progressively by turning them only one-half turn at a time to prevent clutch springs from dis- torting flange of cover. After loosening screws until all tension has been relieved, take out screws, and remove both pressure plate (cover) and driven plate from vehicle. c. Installation, (1) Insratt Driven PLATE AsseMBLY. Before assembling the clutch driven plate, use grease to coat surface of clutch pilot (transmission pinion) bushing in flywheel hub, Place clutch driven plate in position against flywheel, with the longer hub extension of driven plate toward the rear. Insert clutch plate alining tool through hub of driven plate and into bore of pilot bushing. Place pressure plate assembly against driven plate and flywheel (fig. 102), and install and tighten cover flange cap screws until spring tension is ‘detected. Tighten cap screws progressively, by turning them one-half turn at a time to avoid distortion of flange. Make another complete round, tightening each pressure plate cap screw to make certain they are all tightened securely. (2) Insraui CLurcu Housinac. Place housing in position, and start one cap screw to preserve general alinement. Move housing as required to aline left and right dowel bolt holes, and tap dowel bolts in place from front if installing the housing previously removed, 193TM 9-772 91-92 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C CLUTCH PLATE ALINING TOOL 5 RA PD 326495 Figure 102—Installing Clutch Pressure Plate Assembly NOTE: If a new housing is to be installed, refer to higher authority. Install lock washers and nuts on dowel bolts and tighten moderately. ‘Then install remaining cap screws, as well as cranking motor bolts and nuts, tightening screws and bolt nuts moderately. ‘Tighten nuts and cap screws alternately to preserve alinement and avoid distortion. Place transmission fioor cover in position, install screws, and tighten securely. Connect wires to radio power pack (if so equipped). Install transmission as outlined in paragraph 97, and adjust clutch pedal free travel (par. 94 b). 92. CLUTCH RELEASE. BEARING. a. Description. The. bearing is held in place by a spring, the ends of which are hooked to the levers or fingers, fastened to release shaft. As the clutch pedal is pushed forward, a cable fastened ‘to clutch release shaft lever operates the shaft to which the release bearing is connected. Oilers are provided at both ends of clutch release shaft for lubrication of the shaft bushings. Engine oil must be applied at these points and on cable clevis pin, The clutch release bearing is packed at assembly with high melting point lubricant and does not require supplementary lubrication. 194TM 9-772 92.93 CLUTCH CLUTCH. POUSING: is s ‘ jane HOUSING, BREATHER CAP- Ho LEFT DOWEL RELEASE SHAFT... RELEASE BEARING: "RELEASE OUTER LEVER SHAFT WITH LEVERS BEARING RA PD 319430" 3 Figure 103—Clutch Release Mechanism b. Removal. Remove transmission assembly (par. 96). Dis- connect the bearing from shaft assembly by disengaging spring ends which hold bearing to shaft levers. ¢. Installation, Hook ends of spring into levers to hold bearing and collar in position, Install transmission assembly (par. 97). Checle clutch pedal free travel and adjust if necessary (par. 94 b). 93. CLUTCH PILOT BUSHING. a. Description, A bronze bushing, mounted in center bore of flywheel, is used to support the front end of transmission drive pinion. b. Removal. Remove clutch driven plate (par. 91 b). Re- move bushing, with clutch pilot bearing puller, from center bore of flywheel. ¢, Installation. Drive bushing carefully into center bore of flywheel, and apply lubricant to inner surface of bushing, Fill recess behind bushing with proper lubricant (par. 24), and install clutch driven plate (par. 91 ¢). 195CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 94, CLUTCH CONTROL LINKAGE. a. Description. Clutch operation is accomplished by a foot pedal located in extreme forward end of driver’s compartment on left side. The foot pedal operates an arm on the pedal shaft. A cable, ‘with clevises on each end, connects the pedal shaft arm to the clutch release operating shaft lever. . b. Adjustment. In order for the clutch to operate properly and give maximum services the pedal must have approximately 1 inch of free travel before the pressure of clutch mechanism is detected. To obtain the correct adjustment, loosen pedal stop screw lock nut, and turn the stop screw clockwise until it bottoms on lock nut, Re- move huil floor pan cap screws and lift the pan out of vehicle. Take out release cable clevis cotter pin, and remove pin that connects cable to release shaft lever at left side of clutch housing. Loosen clevis lock nut and turn clevis clockwise to shorten, or counterclockwise to lengthen the cable, until no slack or pull exists on clutch release shaft lever when clevis eye is in line with the hole in lever. Insert clevis pin, tighten lock nut, and install a new cotter pin. Place the hull floor pan in position, install the cap screws, and tighten securely, ‘Returning to clutch pedal at front of the vehicle, back off pedal stop screw (by turning counterclockwise) until 1 inch of free pedal movement is present before pressure of clutch mechanism is detected. Tighten stop screw lock nut. e. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid from vehicle. Remove engine compartment side panel with instrument panel (par. 59 m). Take out cap screws that hold air duct lid to hinges, and tip lid toward radiator. Remove cotter and clevis pin from pedal shaft operating arm (in air duct). Remove nut from J-bolt that holds cable conduit to hull cross member bracket in air duct. Remove nut from J-bolt that holds rear end of cable conduit to hull in engine compartment. Disconnect adjustable clevis from clutch release shaft lever by removing cotter pin and clevis pin. Pull cable to rear and up to remove it from vehicle, d. Installation, Place cable and conduit in position along left side of engine, and push the front end into the air duct. Connect cable clevis to pedal operating shaft arm with a clevis pin and new cotter pin. Fasten the cable conduit to hull bracket in air duct with J-bolt. Place air duct lid in position and fasten it to hinges with cap screws. Fasten rear end of cable conduit to hull in engine compartment with J-bolt. Connect adjustable clevis to clutch release shaft operating lever. Adjust linkage so that clutch pedal will have at least 1-inch free travel before pressure of mechanism is detected (subpar. b above). Install engine compartment side panel with instrument panel (par. 60 1). Place engine compartment lid in position and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. aneiy 5 or Se ezesie ad va z ‘ONRdS 38VaTHY GINO Nid \s : ano YOHONY SIAZIO ONUSNraY Nid ¥3A31 YBLNO L4VHS asvalad HOLM CLUTCH eBpyur] espajoy y>4njD—H1 ounbiy JiVHS ONY oad HOLMO ~—@ iF mauos dOls LINGNOO GNY 378v9 ano eon sluoadns AHVHS Nid 197TM 9-772 95-97 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Section XXI TRANSMISSION 95. DESCRIPTION. a. The transmission is the conventional automotive type with synchronizer. Thé splined rear end of the mainshaft is connected to the propeller shaft through a splined slip joint and a yoke which is free to move forward or backward, to compensate for the movement of the engine on its cushioned supports. The outer machined surface of the slip joint bears against a spring-loaded leather seal which prevents oil leakage at the rear end of the transmission case. 96. REMOVAL. a, Remove Propeller Shaft. Remove propeller shaft as outlined in paragraph 100. b. Disconnect Transmission Control Shift Rods. Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from clevises, and disconnect the control shift rods from transmission external shift levers. c. Support Rear of Engine. Loosen wing nuts that hold the engine compartment cover, lift lid up to disengage opposite side, and lift lid out of vehicle. Remove cap screws that hold the transmission support bracket to hull crossmember, Drain cooling system (par. 79 b (1)). Remove center rear cylinder head cap screw, install engine lifting eyebolt (41-B-1586-150), attach a suitable lifting chain, and raise rear end of engine slightly (fig. 105). d. Remove Transmission. Remove cap screws that hold the transmission to clutch housing, pull transmission toward rear, and away from clutch housing (fig. 106). (Do not move clutch release shaft lever so that clutch releases during this operation, or it will necessitate realining the clutch driven plate.) 97. INSTALLATION. a, Install Transmission to Clutch Housing. When installing the transmission, be sure that it is adequately lubricated, and, before placing it in position, coat the transmission pinion (clutch pilot) . bushing with grease. Place transmission into position, with transmis sion pinion pilot in clutch pilot bushing, install the cap screws with lock washers, and tighten securely. b, Remove Support from Rear of Engine. Lower the rear end of engine so the,rear mounting rests on the hull crossmember. Install cap screws and lock washers that hold transmission mounting bracket 198T™ 9-772 7 TRANSMISSION Figure 105—Supporting Rear of Engine Using Eye Bolt . Pe 141-B-1586-150) 199™ 9-772 7 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67047 Figure 106—Removing Transmission to hull crossmember, and tighten securely. Remove eyebolt, apply white lead to cylinder head cap screw threads, install cap screw, and tighten to proper tension (600 to 650 inch-pounds). Fill cooling system, place engine compartment cover in position, and tighten wing nuts. ec, Connect Transmission Control Shift Rods. Connect the control shift rods to the external levers on the transmission with clevis pins, and install new cotter pins, Adjust, if necessary, as outlined in paragraph 98 b. a. Install Propeller Shaft. Install propeller shaft (par. 101). 200TM 9-772 TRANSMISSION aBoyury sys worssmsuDsy—ZOL 24nB}y space Gd VE BATT LAIHS ‘aswaATY ONV SUL eaitne 3 SONIHSNE HUM LaXOVEE es HOIH ONY GNOO3S NIHSN ® - (zor awreas t iol ‘ wiv! GO’ LHS TOULNOD ALONTY BV Td Ha HOIH GNY GNOO3S wre ays (Nowondowd aiv7) ie] YOLVINSNI WO (zoiz trea: HIOIHIA WLI isyoved 301 Oe JIMS oun sone TOULN' dow IHS Teena oa a NOISSINSNVSL aes LaYHS SSOYD H9IH GNV GNOO3S ‘YBAST LIVHS SSOXD LAVHS SSOUD ‘SSUIATY GNV 1SUId -3S¥BATY ONV 1SUld 201erly CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 98. TRANSMISSION SHIFT MECHANISM AND LINKAGE. a. Description. The transmission shift lever is located directly in front of the driver in a bracket mounted on the floor of hull. The shift forks and shafts are also held to this bracket. Starting with vehicle serial 2103, an H-plate was added to prevent shifting the transmission into two gear speeds at the same time. The shift rods are connected to the shift shaft levers and the shift levers at transmission, Adjustable clevises are provided for adjusting the length of rods to obtain proper shifting of gears in transmission. b. Adjustment. Take out the screws and remove the hull floor pan. Disconnect shift rods from the transmission external shift levers, and move transmission shift lever and external levers at transmission into neutral position, Loosen clevis lock nuts, have an assistant hold the transmission shift lever firmly in neutral, and adjust length of rods so the holes in clevises aline with holes in external shift levers. Connect shift rod clevises to external shift levers at transmission with clevis pins and new cotter pins. Tighten clevis lock nuts, place hull floor pan in position, install screws, and tighten securely. Section XXII PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS 99, DESCRIPTION. a. The propeller shaft transmits the power developed by the engine from the transmission to the axle unit. The shaft is fitted with needle-bearing universal joints at each end to permit smooth flow of power, even though the engine may move slightly sidewise on its mountings. Endwise movement of the engine on its mountings is provided for by the use of a splined slip joint at the front of the shaft where it slides on the transmission mainshaft splines. 100. REMOVAL. a. Remove cap screws that hold floor pan to hull, and remove floor pan (fig. 108 or 109). Remove the U-bolt nuts and lock washers that hold the rear joint U-bolts to the axle unit driving flange, and remove the U-bolts. Hold the bearings, released by removal of the U-bolts, to prevent them from falling off the cross, 202TM 9-772 100 PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS RA PD 336515 Figure 109—Removing Hull Floor Pan (After Vehicle Serial 3102) and pry the shaft ‘assembly forward (fig, 110) to free the held bearings from the retaining lugs of the axle unit driving flange. Raise the rear end of the propeller shaft, and pull rearward to disengage the front slip joint from the transmission mainshaft splines. Lift the propeller shaft assembly out of the vehicle, 203T™ 9-772 100-101 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67018 Figure 110—Disconnecting Propeller Shaft 101. INSTALLATION. a, Install the front slip joint on the transmission mainshaft splines. Lower the rear end of shaft, pull the shaft rearward, and engage the free bearings of the rear joint with the lugs of the axle unit driving flange (fig. 111). Place the U-bolts in position over the bearings, and install the lock washers and nuts. Make certain that the bearings are inside the lugs on the axle unit flange, and tighten the U-bolt nuts securely. Place the hull floor pan in position, install screws, and tighten securely. 204TM 9-772 101-103 AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY RA PD 67020 Figure 111—Installing Propeller Shaft Assembly Using Clamp (41-C-1732) Section XXIIF AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY 102, DESCRIPTION. a, The axle unit is located in the extreme rear of hull and transmits power to driving wheels and tracks, The unit is composed of a two-speed transmission, a differential with planetary gears, and two brake drums and bands with operating levers for power steering as well as braking. The final drive assemblies consist of two wheel carriers with track drive wheels and axle shafts, ‘The speedometer is driven from a gear on the front end of axle transmission pinion, ‘he differential is of the type commonly known as a “controlled differential.” 103. ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING BRAKE BANDS, a. Description. Two adjustments are provided for the brake bands. The adjustment most frequently used is controlled by the large wing nuts on the upper portion of the axle transmission case Proper. 205TM 9-772 103 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C b, Adjustment. (1) Brake Bann Wine Nurs. To adjust bands with wing nuts, turn clockwise until band lining tightens on drum, ‘The wing nuts are notched to engage with stop ribs on the locking plate and should be adjusted in one-half turns, or until notches engage with stop ribs. Do not tighten bands excessively, and make sure the steering levers have from 1 to 2% inches free travel at upper end of levers before resistance is detected. (2) Brake Bano Ser Screws. To maintain proper steering band contact around each drum, two additional points of adjustment are provided. One is located in the lower portion of axle GEAR SHIFT TENSION ADJUSTMENT LEVER FOR BANDS BREATHER SPEEDOMETER LOWER CLEARANCE FILLER PLUG PINION SLEEVE ADJUSTMENT FOR BANDS DIFFERENTIAL DRAIN. DRAIN PLUG PLUS {LATE PRODUCTION) RA PD 319428 Figure 112—Axle Transmission and Differential Assembly 206AALE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY transmission case, the other on the differential housing. The adjustments are made by set screws held in fixed position by locking nuts, To adjust set screws, loosen locking nuts and turn adjusting screws clockwise until ends of the screws can be felt to contact steering band, Continue turning clockwise until steering band lining is felt to contact drum, then back off the screws two flats, or one-third turn, This will establish approximately 0.020- to 0.025- inch clearance between drum and steering band lining. Perform same operation with the adjusting screws on opposite band. After obtaining proper adjustment, fasten screws in position with lock nuts, NOTE: Whenever set screws requiré adjustment, it is always advisable to make set screw adjustments before making wing nut adjustment. 104. FINAL DRIVE. a. Description. The final drives of this vehicle consist of the carriers, axle shafts, drive wheels, and necessary bearings. The axle shaft is the full-floating type and has a flange at the outer end for attaching to the drive wheel hub, The final drive carrier is bolted to the axle housing through the hull. b. Axle Shaft Replacement. Remove cap screws and lock washers that hold axle shaft flange to drive wheel hub, and pull axle shaft out of carrier (fig. 114). Place a new gasket (G 154-01- 94048), grease seal (8300-908123), and another new gasket in position on wheel hub. Insert replacement axle shaft into carrier and turn until spliners enter differential side bevel gear. Install cap screws with lock washers and tighten securely, c, Drive Wheels. (1) Description. The sprocket type drive wheels are mounted on the carrier with two tapered roller bearings. An adjusting nut is provided to adjust the bearings, and grease seals and gaskets are used to prevent leakage. (2) Bearine ApjustMent (fig. 115), Remove axle shaft (subpar, b above), Unlock and remove bearing lock nut, remove lock, and adjust bearing with adjusting nut wrench (41-W-2940-55). Tighten nut until it is snug, and then loosen one-sixth turn, Install lock 207; Pa[quiesspsiq aAjig [DUIJ—EL 1 aanbiy Seseee Gaya i cease ok: 901: 2 Se | LON -apNOO FEES on. ‘ yaa. | 8A. ‘Nusiray. “"yaino ONTIVaE Labo Saains fs ga toc 38vaN, SUAN | 4907 nN |, an ONusnray” Nas 108 Whas. Jos IOIRBA sae Bay, eee CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C T™ 9-772 104TM 9-772 104 AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY ADDED AFTER iL RA PD 336505 Figure 114—Removing Final Drive {Axle} Shaft (After Vehicle Serial 808) and lock nut, tighten securely, and bend lock over flat on nut, Install axle shaft (subpar. b above). (3) Removat, Remove track (par, 109d) and axle shaft (subpar. b above). Unlock and remove bearing lock nut, and remove lock and adjusting nut. Pull-wheel and outer bearing cone off carrier (fig. 116), and remove the inner bearing cone and seal, (4) BEaRina Cup REPLACEMENT, If bearings are to be replaced, drive bearing cups out of wheel hub, Install new cups. (5) INSTALLATION, Install new oil seal (G 154-03-82806) on carrier, and install inner bearing cone, and the drive wheel (G 179- 07-96100 or 8300-908167), Install outer bearing cone, bearing nut, and adjust bearings (step (2) above), Instad track (par. 109¢) and axle shaft (subpar, b above). d, Removal, Remove track (par. 109 d) from side where final drive assembly is to be removed. Relieve track tension on oppositeTM 9-772 104-105 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C _DRIVE AND IDLER WHEELS BEARING NUT WRENCH v a RA PD 336497 Figure 115—Adjusting Drive Wheel Bearings With Wrench [41-W-2940-55) track, Remove the nuts, lock washers, copper washers, and bolts that hold the final drive assembly to the axle housing and hull. Pull the assembly out of the axle housing (fig, 117). e. Installation. Place guide pins through holes in hull and into flange on axle housing, being sure that the shini between the housing and hull is in place, Install a new gasket (G 154-01-94047) coated with joint-and-thread compound against hull. Place final drive assembly in position (fig. 118) on the guide pins, so the drain hole in carrier points downward, and push shaft and carrier into the axle housing. Install bolts, copper washers, lock washers, and nuts, and tighten securely. Install track (par. 109e), and adjust tension on both tracks (par. 109¢). 105. AXLE TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY. a, Description. This assembly contains the transmission and the mechanism for shifting the unit into high or low range, The differential assembly, steering brake drums, and bands with linings are also contained in this unit, 210TM 9-772 105 AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY RA PD 336524 Figure 116—Removing Drive Wheel auTM 9-772 105 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67079 Figure 117—Removing Final Drive Assembly b. Removal. (1) Remove Tor np Bows, Remove vehicle top and bows as outlined in paragraph 116b (1) and e (1). (2) Remove PROPELLER SHAFT. Remove propeller shaft as outlined in paragraph 100. (3) Remove AXLE Unrr Cover. Remove axle unit cover by taking out cap screws that hold plate to hull directly over axle unit (fig. 119). (4) Disconnecr AxLte TRANSMISSION CoNTROL Rop, Discon- nect axle transmission remote control rod by removing cotter pin and clevis pin from lever on axle unit. (5) Duisconnecr STEERING ConTROoL Rops, Disconnect steering remote control rods from operating levers on axle unit, (6) Disconnect SPEEDOMETER CABLE. Disconnect speedometer cable from axle unit. (7) Remove Rear Exwausr Pipe, See paragraph 76b (1). (8) Remove Fivat Drive ASsEMBLiEs, See paragraph 104 d. 22™ 9-772 105 AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY Figure 118—Installing Final Drive Assembly (9) Remove Axe Unrr, With both carriers removed, attach the engine and axle unit sling to axle unit, and lift axle unit forward and upward from hull with a hoist or by other suitable method (fig. 120). Take particular note of any shims used on each side between the housing flange and the hull, and make certain that the same nuinber of shims are installed when axle is again placed in vehicle, Remove drain plug and allow lubricant to drain out of housing. c. Installation. (1) Prace AxLe UNrr in VeHIcue, Lower axle unit into position in hull, Place same number of shims as were used with removed axle between hull and housing flanges, Aline bolt holes in hull with holes in shims and axle housing flanges, and instalt locating pins in opposite holes.TM 9-772 105 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C po eee RA PD 67099 Figure 119—Removing Axle Unit Cover (2) INSTALL FINAL Drive AssEMBLirs, See paragraph 104. (3) Connecr SrerpomerEr CaBux, Connect speedonieter cable to axle unit. (4) Connecr AXLE TRANSMISSION CoNnTRoL Rop, Connect and adjust axle transmission control rod (par. 106b). (5) Connecr STEERING ConTroL Rops. Connect and adjust steering control rods (par. 107). (6) INSTALL Rear Exuaust Pipe. See paragraph 76b (2). (7) Instat, Axte Unrr Cover, Place axle unit cover in position, install cap screws, and fasten securely. (8) INSTALL PROPELLER SHAFT. Install propeller shaft as outlined in paragraph 101, 214™ 9-772 105 AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY 215TM 9-772 108-106 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (9) INSTALL Top AN Bows. Install bows and top (par. 116b (2) and ¢ (2)). 106. AXLE TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND LINKAGE. a. Description (fig. 121). ‘The axle transmission is shifted by remote control from the driver's compartment. When the axle transmission shifting lever is in the rear position, the low-speed gear is engaged. The forward position of the lever engages the high- speed gear. b, Adjustment. Take out screws and remove hull floor pan, Remove cotter pin and clevis pin that holds shift rod clevis to shift, lever at axle transmission. Move shift lever at axle transmission forward to shift the sliding gear into the low range, Have an assistant hold the hand control gearshift lever slightly forward from vertical; loosen clevis lock nut and adjust length of rod until holes in clevis are alined with hole at lever axle transmission. Connect shift rod clevis to shift lever at axle transmission with clevis pin and new cotter pin, Tighten clevis lock nut, place hull floor pan in position, install screws, and tighten securely. ce, Removal. (1) Contror, Remove control bracket from floor of hull (par. 107¢ (1)). Remove cotter pin and washer from left end of shift lever shaft, Remove nut and bolt from lever, and slide shaft out of control bracket and lever. (2) LuvKace, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Remove engine compartment side panel (par. 59m). Take out cap screws and remove hull floor pan. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin from each end of forward control rod, and remove rod. Remove cotter pin, washer, and clevis pin from each end of rearward control rod, and remove rod. d. Installation. (1) Conrrot, Insert left end of shaft through hole in right side on control bracket, place shift lever into position in bracket, and slide shaft through lever and hole in left side of bracket. Install clamp bolt and nut in shift lever, and tighten to clamp lever on shaft, Place washer over left end of shaft, and install a new cotter pin, Install contro! bracket on floor of hull (par. 107 (1)), (2) Linxacr, Install rearward control rod, and install clevis pin, washer, and new cotter pin in each end. Install forward control shift rod, and install clevis pin, washer, and new cotter pin in each 216AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY aBpyury pun sjosguoa Hun ajxy—jzZi esnBig NRBTS TOUROS 2 ire) NV ONTWSIS TOULNOD BLONSE GV e7s Ee BLOWZE CaVMYOS Le ‘UaAT1 IHS Gow LHS JOULNOD SLOWEY GUVMUVEE OY LHS TOYLNOD BLOWSY GYVAAYOS levees dd Va ‘SISVHS WA HAIMA SH4A31 JaIHs 8V39 we sa0¥ 9 aNY “TOUINOD SLOWTY NOISSINSNVYL STXV saou aAvua GAT] HUM LIWHS ONS LHOIS WAR] SAVUE ONY ONTEUS IHOR 217TM 9-772 106-107 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C end, Adjust linkage (subpar, b above). Place hull floor pan’ in position and fasten securely with cap screws, Install engine compartment side panel (par. 60 1). Place engine compartment cover in position and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. 107. AXLE STEERING CONTROLS AND LINKAGE. a, Description. The vehicle is steered by means of two levers, mounted on a bracket directly in front of the driver, which are connected by adjustable rods to a cross shaft just to the rear of the engine, The cross shaft connects to the axle unit steering brake band operating levers by rods which are also adjustable. b, Adjustment. Take out screws and remove hull floor pan. With steering bands adjusted as outlined in paragraph 103, loosen the clevis lock nuts, and adjust the length of control rods with adjustable clevises so that a minimum of play, or lost motion, is detected. After adjusting the rods to proper length, insert the clevis pins, install new cotter pins, and tighten clevis lock nuts. Place hull floor p.n in position, install screws, and tighten securely. ce, Removal. (1) Conrrors. Loosen the wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover from vehicle. Remove engine compartment side panel with instrument panel (par. 59m). Disconnect control rods from steering lever shafts, the engine transmission shift lever shafts, and axle transmission shift lever shaft by removing the cotter pins and cleyis pins, Remove cap screws from bracket which supports engine transmission shifting shafts and axle transmission shift shaft. Remove cap screws from control bracket, and remove entire control assembly from vehicle (fig. 122), To disassemble the steering levers from bracket, loosen clamp bolt on right lever and remove lever, Woodruff key, and spacer from the shaft,’Pull inner shaft out of bracket through left lever and shaft, (2) LinKacg, Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from both ends of front rods, and lift rods out of vehicle. Remove cap screws and lift hull floor pan out of vehicle, Remove cotter and clevis pins from both ends of rear rods and lift rods out of vehicle. (3) Cross SHAFT, Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover. Remove engine compartment side panel with instrument panel (par. 59m). Disconnect all rods from cross shaft by removing cotter pins and clevis pins. Take out cap screws that hold cross shaft brackets to hull and remove cross shaft from vehicle. d. Installation. (1) Conrrots. Reassemble inner shaft through left end of tubular shaft, and install right end of inner shaft through control 218= AXLE TRANSMISSION, DIFFERENTIAL, AND FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY RA PD 336520 Figure 122——Removing Steering Levers, Shift Levers, and Bracket Assembly bracket from left side, Install spacer, Woodruff key, and right steering lever on right end of inner shaft and tighten clamp bolt securely, Place assembly on hull floor, and fasten bracket to hull floor securely with cap screws. Place transmission shift lever and axle transmission shift lever shaft supporting bracket in position and tighten securely with cap screws. Connect rods to steering lever shafts, transmission shift lever shafts, and axle transmission shift lever shaft by installing the clevis pins and new cotter pins. Install engine compartment side panel with instrument panel (par, 60 1). Place engine compartment cover in position and tighten wing nuts. (2) Linkace, Place front rods in position, install clevis pins, and new cotter pins, Connect front ends of rear rods to levers on cross shaft with clevis pins and new cotter pins, Adjust length of rear rods if necessary as instructed in subparagraph b above, install clevis pins, and new cotter pins, Place hull floor pan in position, install screws, and tighten securely. (3) Cross SHAFT. Place cross shaft in vehicle, install cap screws through brackets, and fasten securely to hull. Connect all rods to cross shaft with clevis pins and cotter pins. Adjust linkage if necessary (par. 106 b and step b above). Install engine compartment side panel with instrument panel‘ (par. 60 1), Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts. 219T™ 9-772 108-109 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Section XXIV TRACKS AND SUSPENSION 108. DESCRIPTION. a. The vehicle is propelled by two tracks, each one composed of two endless rubber belts, with plates riveted on one side and driving lugs on the other side which engage the sprockets of the driving wheel. In addition, the 20-inch tracks have continuous stabilizer cables fastened near the ends of track plates. ‘The suspension system of this vehicle consists of transverse springs fastened to the bottom of the hull; bogie wheels which carry the weight of the vehicle and run on the track; driving wheels at the rear of the vehicle; idler wheels at the front which are mounted on carrier arms and control the track tension in conjunction with cantilever springs, and guide wheels which support and direct the top portion of the track, 109. TRACKS. a. Description. Two rubber belts, into which are embedded four continuous steel cables with metal cross plates attached at 24%-inch intervals, act as the backbones of the track. Ribbed steel shoes, or lugs, and guide members are riveted to the crossmembers. b. Checking Tension. Clean any mud or debris from machined edge of the front wheel spring seat, With pointer end of track spring tension gage (41-G-434-500) toward rear, engage locating ears at the front of gage between spring U-bolts and flat against machined surface of spring seat (fig. 125). Draw gage hook and spring up and around carrier arm, and engage hook in hole near front of gage (fig. 126). Note position of gage with relation to top leaf of spring (fig. 127). If pointer is below top of upper spring leaf, the track tension is too loose. If pointer of gage is above upper leaf of spring, track is too tight. In either case, track tension must be adjusted by loosening the balts, that hold adjustable brackets to hull, and raising bracket to reduce or lowering it to increase tension as necessary (subpar. ¢ below). ¢. Tension Adjustment, Place vehicle so entire weight is on suspension system, with tracks on ground, Hook jack bracket underneath the front hull bracket, and place the vehicle jack screw through the slot in the bracket. The yoke on top of jack screw is then placed over the spring eye and the pin inserted through the yoke and eye. Operate jack to pull spring downward (fig, 128). After upper leaf of spring has been pulled out of contact with rear adjustable bracket, raise or lower the adjustable bracket as required. After positioning the rear stop bracket, tighten the fastening screws. Make sure that 220TM 9-772 109 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION {woyonpesg Aang) wa4sks uojsuadsng pup y2014—Ez] ounbyy THBHM Ania 221109 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Figure 124—Track and Suspension System [After Vehicle Serial 2102) serrations on bracket engage with those on bracket lock. Remove jack and bracket, and check adjustment, using tension gage. Using the 5o-inch thickness gage (front end of tension gage), check clearance between front stop bracket and top leaf spring (fig. 129). If more or less clearance than 54¢ inch exists at this point, readjust front bracket as necessary. The front stop or safety bracket will require adjusting to the \q-inch clearance whenever the rear bracket adjustment is changed. d. Removal. (1) One-piece IpLeR WHEEL AND 15-1ncH TRACK. Insert blocks (41-B-1378) front and rear, and (41-B-1378-10) center between each bogie spring support arm. and bumper bracket. Raise vehicle so track will clear ground, Relieve track tension with jack and bracket, and remove adjustable brackets after spring is pulled down (fig. 130). Operate jack so it will allow tension spring to raise as far as possible, and remove the jack and bracket. Lift track guides out of guide wheels, rotate upper portion of track toward front (fig, 131) while pulling outward away from vehicle and idler wheel then remove track from drive wheel. (2) Spurr IDLER WHEEL. Insert blocks (41-B-1378) front and rear, ‘ond (41-B-1378-10) center between each bogie spring support arm and bumper bracket. Pull spring down with jack and bracket, 222TM 9-772 109 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION RA PD 67081 Figure 125—Positioning Track Tension Gage 41-G-434-500) and remove adjustable brackets. Operate jack so it will allow spring to raise as far as possible, and remove the jack and bracket. Raise vehicle until track guides just clear bogie wheels, Remove nuts and lock washers from idler wheel bolts, and remove outer half of idler wheel, Lift track up and away from idler wheel: (fig. 132), out of guide wheels, and remove from drive wheel. e. Installation. (1) ONz-prece IDLER WHEEL AND 15-INCH TRACK. Place track (G179-04-14400) over drive wheel and guide wheels, and start track 223TM 9-772 109 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67083 Figure 126—Hooking Track Tension Gage in Place over outer edge of idler wheel, Rotate upper portion of track toward rear while applying pressure on outer edge of track lower section until track is in position on idler wheel. Lower vehicle, and remove blocks from between bogie spring support arm and bumper bracket. Pull tension spring down with jack and bracket, install adjustable brackets, and adjust track tension (subpar. ¢ above). (2) SpLir IDLER WueeL, Place track (8300-908172) in position on drive wheel, and start track on guide wheels and inner half of idler wheel. Rotate upper portion of track toward rear while applying pressure on outer edge of track lower section until track is in position on inner half of idler wheel. Install outer half of idler wheel and tighten nuts securely, Lower vehicle, pull tension spring down with jack and bracket, and install adjustable brackets. Adjust track tension as instructed in subparagraph e above. £." Repair. If rivets only are loose or broken, they can be repaired or replaced without removing track from vehicle. Use anvil 224TM 9-772 109 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION ok RA PD 336478 Figure 128—Pulling Track Tension Spring Out of Contact With Stop Bracket 225TM 9-772 109-110 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 336477 Figure 129—Checking Clearance at Front Stop Bracket (41-A-281-50) and rivet set (41-S-2198) for all rivet repairs, Replace any broken or damaged guides by removing rivets and installing replacement guides (G179-03-12368 or 8300-908112), using anvil and rivet set. 110. IDLER WHEELS AND CARRIER ARMS. a, Description, ‘The idler wheels are mounted near the front on either side of the hull, and, by means of a carrier arm and spring arrangement, provide for track tension adjustment, b. Adjustment. 41) IpteR WHEEL. Remove the cap screws that hold the hub cover to the wheel. Bend ear of lock inward to free lock nut, Re- move the lock nut and lock, and tighten the adjusting nut with bear- 226T™ 9-772 110 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION RA PD 336521 Figure 130—Removing Spring Stop Brackets ing adjusting fut wrench (41-W-2940-55) until it is snug. Loosen the nut one-sixth turn, install lock and lock nut, tighten securely, and bend a portion of lock over flat of lock nut. Install hub cover with a new gasket, and tighten cap screws. (2) Carrier ARM, Remove the idler wheel (subpar. ¢ (1) below). Remove the carrier arm adjusting nut lock nut and lock. ‘Tighten the adjusting nut until the crank arm turns hard on the tube, loosen nut one-sixth turn, and install lock and Jock nut. ‘Tighten lock nut securely and bend ear of lock over flat on lock nut. Install idler wheel (subpar. e (3) below). c. Idler Wheel. (1) Removat, Remove track (par. 109 d). Take out cap screws that hold hub cover to wheel. Unlock and remove bearing 227110 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67056 Figure 131—Removing Vehicle Track {Before Vehicle Serial 2103) FRONT AND REAR BOGIE ASSEMBLY HOLDING BLOCKS 41-B.1378 CENTER BOGIE ASSEMBLY HOLDING BLOCKS 41-B-1378-10 RA PD 336502 Figure 132—Removing Vehicle Track {After Vehicle Serial 2102) lock nut, lock, and adjusting nut. Pull wheel and outer bearing cone off spindle (fig. 135 or 136), and remove inner bearing cone (fig. 137) and seal. (2) Brarina Cup REPLACEMENT. Drive bearing cups out of wheel hub, and install new bearing cups, 228TM Tefte 110 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION TRACK RIVET SET 41-5-2198 TRACK RIVET Al s RA PD 336487 Figure 133—Installing Track Rivet (3) Insrattation. Pack inner bearing cone with lubricant, install new seal (G154-03-82806) with cone on spindle. Pack wheel hub with lubricant, slip wheel (8300-908019) on spindle, pack outer bearing cone with lubricant, and install on spindle. Install bearing adjusting nut, and adjust (subpar. b (1) above). Place hub cover on wheel with a new gasket (G154-01-94048), install screws, and tighten securely, Install track (par. 109 e). d. Carrier Arm, (1) REMovAL. Remove the idler wheel (subpar. ¢ (1) above). Unlock and remove the carrier arm adjusting nut lock nut, remove the lock and adjusting nut, and pull the carrier arm with spring attached off the support tube (fig. 139). (2) INSTALLATION, If arm is to be replaced, remove the tension spring from old arm, and install on replacement with a new grease seal. Coat bronze bushings in carrier arm and support tube with grease, Slide carrier arm with tension spring onto support tube, in- 229TM 9-772 110 Pejquiasspsiq [204m s2[P[—peL esnbiy CARGO, M29C 12 AIWaS S1OIHIA aUOsa) ee HAST CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, SHsvM a. z ADOT MaUOSTM 9-772 . 110-111 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION Figure 135—Removing Idler Wheel (Before Vehicle Serial 2103) stall adjusting nut, and adjust carrier arm (subpar. b (2) above). Install idler wheel (subpar, e (3) above). 111. TRACK GUIDE WHEELS. a, Description. Two guide wheels on each side of the vehicle guide and support the upper portion of the track, Each wheel consists of two rubber-covered rims mounted on a single hub, The wheels are carried on a spindle—welded to a bracket in earlier production, and mounted in rubber bushings in the bracket on vehicles of later production. The wheels turn on two needle bearings. b. Removal. Relieve track tension and block the track up so guides clear the guide wheels, Remove hub cap screws, cap, and gasket. Remove the wheel retaining screw and washers, and pull wheel off the spindle (fig. 142). c. Bearing Replacement. Take out the screws that hold oil seal to inner side of hub, and remove oil seal and gasket. Remove bear- 231TM 9-772 mW CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 336522 Figure 138—Removing Idler Wheel [After Vehicle Serial 2102) ings with drift (fig. 143) and install replacement bearings, using guide wheel bearing replacer (41-R-2383) (fig. 144). Install new oil seal (G154-03-82809 or 8300-908196) and gasket (G154-01-94049) to inner side of hub and tighten screws securely. d. Installation. Pack the wheel bearings with proper lubricant (par. 24). Slip wheel (G179-52-66601 or 8300-908195) onto spindle and install thrust washer, flat washer, and lock washer, and tighten retaining screw securely. Install a new gasket and hub cap, and tighten screws securely, Remove blocks from track and adjust track tension (par. 109 c). 232TM 9-772 Ww TRACKS AND SUSPENSION RA PD 336836 Figure 137—Removing Idler Wheel Inner Bearing Cone on RA PD 336546 Figure 138—Removing Wheel Bearing Cup 233TM 9-772 111-112, CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA Figure 139—Removing Idler Wheel Crank Arm and Spring 112, BOGIE COMPONENTS. a. Description. The vehicle rides on 32 bogie wheels—16 on ide. ‘The wheels are supported, in sets of four, by transverse suspension springs fastened to the bottom of the hull. A bogie spring support yoke is fastened to each end of the springs, The bottom of the yoke supports a bogie wheel support arm to each end of which two bogie wheels are mounted. The upper end of yoke fastens to a bogie spring support arm, the upper end of which is fastened to the hull, Two bogie wheels are mounted on a single shaft extending through the bogie wheel bearing support. 234TRACKS AND SUSPEN THRUST NUT.” WASHER CARRIER ARM | iat 18s 3 RAPD 336531 Figure 140—Idler Wheel Carrier Arm Disassembled b. Wheels (Early Production). (1) AvjgustMeNnT. Raise wheels off track with suspension spring lifter (41-L-1392) and vehicle jack (fig, 145). Tighten shaft nut until wheels turn hard, loosen nut one-sixth turn, and install new cotter pin. If shaft nut cannot be tightened to adjust bearings, follow instructions given in subparagraph ¢ (2) below. Lower wheels to track and remove tools. (2) Removat. Raise bogie wheels with suspension spring lifter (41-L-1392) and vehicle jack (fig. 145). Remove cotter pin and nut from one end of shaft, pull wheel off, and remove Woodruff key. Pull other wheel and shaft out of support (fig. 146) and remove nut and wheel from shaft. (3) InsTaLiation. Install Woodruff key, wheel (G179-07- 96000), nut, and cotter pin on one end of shaft, and insert shaft through bearing cones in bearing support. Install Woodruff key, outer wheel, nut, and adjust bearings (step (1) above). Lower wheels to track and remove tools. ce. Wheels (Late Production), (1) REMOVAL. See subparagraph b (2) above. (2) ApjgustmMENT. Remove outer grease seal and bearing cone from wheel bearing support. Insert shaft (with one wheel in place) through support, install spacer, shims, and outer bearing cone on shaft, and install wheel and nut, Tighten nut securely, and test for 235TM 9-772 12 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C i 77] VEHICLE De nacre soe - wae SHAFT i SERIAL oy RA. me 10° aa pb 336532 Figure 141—Guide Wheel and Brackets Disassembled end play in shaft, using dial indicator. Add or remove shims until a reading of from 0.001 to 0,004 inch is obtained when the nut is tightened securely. (3) INSTALLATION. Insert shaft (with one wheel in place) through wheel bearing support, and install spacer, shims (the correct amount of shims as determined under adjustment), and outer bearing cone on shaft, Install new grease seal in bearing support, insert Woodruff key into keyway, and place the wheel (8300-908175) on shaft. Tighten the wheel nut securely, test for correct end play (0.001 to 0,004 in.) and install a new cotter pin, Lower wheels to track and remove tools, 236TM Tf14 2 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION RA PD 67102 Figure 142—Removing Guide Wheel d, Wheel Bearing Support. (1) ReMovat. Remove bogie wheels (subpar. b (2) above). Remove cotter pin, nut, and plain washer from end of support arm. Pull bearing support off the support arm, and remove the Woodruff key. (2) DisassemBiy. Remove the grease seal from both ends of support, take out bearing cones, and drive the bearing cups out with a drift, (3) AssEMBLY. Drive replacement bearing cups into support, using bogie wheel bearing cup replacer and handle (41-H-1395-988) (fig. 147), and pack cones with lubricant, Install bearing cone and new grease seal (G154-04-43054 or SD-901988) on inner ‘side of support, (4) Insrattation, Install Woodruff key in support arm, and place bearing support in position on arm. Install flat washer and nut, tighten securely, and install a new cotter pin. Adjust bearings (subpar. b (1) or ¢ (2) above) and install wheels (subpar, b (3) or e (3) above). 237TM 9-772 112 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 66916 Figure 143—Removing Guide Wheel Bearings e, Wheel Support Arm. (1) Removat. Remove bearing supports (subpar. d (1) above). Remove nut, lock, and pivot bolt that hold bogie wheel support arm to spring support yoke, and remove arm. NOTE: The bogie wheels and support arm may be removed as an assembly. (2) INSTALLATION, Place support arm into position in spring support yoke, install pivot bolt, lock, and ut. Tighten nut securely, and install wheel bearing support (subpar. d (4) above). f. Spring Yoke. (1) ReMovaL. Remove bogie wheel and support arm assembly (subpar, e (1) above). Remove nut and lock, and take out shackle bolt that holds yoke support arm to upper end of yoke. Remove nut, lock, and the shackle bolt that holds yoke to spring eye, and remove the yoke. 238TM 9-772 112 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION GUIDE WHEEL BEARING REPLACER. _ RA PD 336494 Figure 144—Installing Guide Wheel Bearings With Replacer (41-R-2391-29) (2) LINsTALLaTION. Place yoke in position over spring eye and yoke support arm. Install shackle bolts, locks, and nuts, and tighten securely, Install bogie wheel and support arm assembly (subpar. (2) above). g. Spring Yoke Support Arm. (1) ReMovat. Raise the end of spring with suspension spring lifter. (4-1-1392) and vehicle jack, remove the nut, lock, and shackle bolt from support arm and yoke. Remove shackle bolt with lock that holds yoke support arm to hull bracket, and remove the arm, (2) INSTALLATION. Place spring yoke support arm into position in hull bracket and spring yoke, and install shackle bolt, lock and nut. ‘Tighten nut securely, lower bogie wheels to track, and remove tools. 239™ 9-772 112 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C sy IS(ONDSPRING LIFTERS Ris RA PD 336490. Figure 145—Litting Bogie Wheel Assembly With Lifter [41-L-1392) h, Spring. (1) Removat. Place vehicle on supports high enough so the bottom of the hull can be reached easily. Relieve track tension on both sides so bogie wheels are clear of track, Alternately install suspension spring lifter (41-L-1392) on each end of spring to be removed, and remove the nuts, locks, and shackle bolts that hold spring to yokes on each end. Remove tools, pull bogie wheel assembly and yoke away from spring eye on each side, Remove cap screws, toothed lock washers, and plain washers from spring cover plate and remove plate. Support spring assembly, remove cap screws and toothed washers from spring support plate, and remove spring assembly. (2) Insrauuation. If spring is to be replaced, remove support plate and U-bolt clips from old spring, and install on replacement. 240T™ 9-772 2 TRACKS AND SUSPENSION RA PD 67080 Figure 146—Removing Bogie Wheel Lift spring assembly into place under vehicle. Apply sealing compound to all joints and fastening parts, install support plate cap screws and toothed washers; and install the cover plate with plain washers, toothed washers, and cap screws. Raise spring eye at each end with suspension spring lifter (41-L-1392) and insert shackle bolts through yoke and spring eye. Install locks and nuts on bolts, and tighten nuts securely, Remove tools, lower vehicle to floor, and adjust track tension (par. 109 c). i, Spring Bumper Bracket, (1) ReMovat, Take out screws that hold spring yoke support arm bracket and spring bumper bracket to the hull and remove bracket. 241T™ 9-772 112-113 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C BOGIE WHEEL BEARING CUP REPLACER. HANDLE 41-H-1395-98 RA PD 336565 Figure 147—Installing Bearing Cup in Bogie Wheel Support (2) INSTALLATION. Apply waterproof sealing compound to hull, brackets, and screws. Place spring bumper bracket in position against hull, and install the lower screws. Hold spring yoke support arm bracket in position against upper portion of spring bumper bracket, install the other screws, and tighten all screws securely. 113. TRACK TENSION SPRING. a. Description. The cantilever type tension spring is attached at one end to the carrier arm by two U-bolts. An eye is provided at the other end of for use when adjusting track tension, b. Removal. Place a block between the idler wheel and front bogie wheel. Relieve tension on spring, remove nuts and lock washers from U-bolts, and remove spring. 24213 T™ 9-772 poquiesspsig 495 a1Bog— $1 ounBiy “Lesgee da vu "7 3NOO SNnuvae” 5 001 Anes J. SIOIHEA BL “ SEBHM 31908. = panes “ : dNO-ONIIV38: > bribe ere) (wiz ‘Wnias FIOINaA walay) WR. LWOdANS, ee [eo1z wrtas SIIH3A 34O-8a) Wav L’Oddns _ TRACKS AND SUSPENSION. ~~ AOddAS” HBHM: Ss . aHSYM (coor TvIwas JIOIH3A Waldv) ‘NIL 40N Nid 431109 Nid ¥3LL09 ayTM 9-772 113 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 2 HSYM L907: 244T™ 9-772 113-114 HULL AND ATTACHMENTS "SPRING . 1 SPACER ‘sae, ae LEFT REAR LOCKS Lock ea STOP BRACKET: SCREW WASHER y, e “GREASE SEAL Carrer. VEHICLE SERIAL 40] SPECIAL NUT. SPRING. RIGHT REAR _ STOP BRACKET TENSION SPRING: - rod | ; CLIP thegs : moo : | RA PD 336533 Figure 150—Idler Wheel Tension Spring and Brackets c. Installation, Install a new grease seal between spring and carrier arm (around spring bolt). Place spring in position against carrier arm, install U-bolts, nuts with lock washers, and tighten securely, Adjust track tension (par. 109 ¢), and remove block from between idler wheel and bogie wheel. Section XXV HULL AND ATTACHMENTS 114, DESCRIPTION. a. Standard Cargo Carrier M29. The hull is constructed of sheet steel and electrically welded so the joints will be watertight. ‘The interior is divided into two compartments by a permanent bulk- 245TM 9-772 114-115 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C head. The front compartment houses the engine and related parts, fuel tank, driver, vehicle controls, etc. The rear compartment houses the radio equipment and has seating capacity for the assistant driver and two extra passengers or space for cargo. ‘The hull floor pan is removable to permit servicing the various units located underneath, Five drain plugs are located on the left and one on the right side of the hull. A drain plate is located on the bottom of the hull below the engine oil pan drain plug. Amphibian Cargo Carrier M29C, In addition to the description given in subparagraph a above, the M29C is equipped with two watertight cells, one mounted at the bow and one at the stern. Sealing compound is used at the joints and on all mounting bolts. Each cell is equipped with an opening and lid to provide access to the interior (fig. 7). The bow cell is also used for stowage, and the pioneer equipment is mounted on the stern cell (fig. 7). A surf guard is provided on the top of the bow cell to decrease the possibility of shipping water (fig. 7). A track apron is mounted on each side of the hull and is hinged so it can be raised while cleaning or working on the track (fig. 161). 115. HULL. a, Drainage. (1) Hunt. To drain the hull of any water or oil that may have accumulated, remove drain plugs located in left side of hull and raise opposite side. The plugs are located in such a manner that each plug drains sections of the hull that are separated by the cross members, (2) Bow anp STeRN Cetts (M29C), The bow and stern cells are equipped with drain plugs on the left side, Remove plugs to drain cells when on land, During operation in water, excessive bilge water may be removed with the bilge pump. b. Shields, Covers, and Lids. Shields, covers, and lids are provided where necessary and their removal and installation are covered in the various sections to which they apply. A sliding door in the engine compartment side panel allows engine compartment heat to enter the driver's compartment when the door is open. Simply pull the control handle backward to open or push it forward to close. 246HULL AND ATTACHMENTS zas9ee Ga VE [sam ‘ONINGSWS NIvLuND {woy2npotg 2407) smog pup doj—js1 aunbyy avuls ‘SNINAISW4 NIVI8ND. «, CIHS: @ MOM dOL ‘YNNGINV olava sisod ‘NINaISV ‘Na ZUM, lf Mog OL sisOd ‘ONINaISVS NIVLIND GNY dOL ‘SNIVIUND 3als HIM dO 247TLOsTs CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 116. TOP AND BOWS. a. Description. The top, side curtains, and the rear curtain are constructed of duck material. All curtains are provided with windows. A flexible cable is used to lash the top, side curtains, and rear curtain to hull coaming. The bows are constructed of tubing, divided into sections of the proper shape, and held in sockets on the coaming with cotter pins. b. Top. (1) Removau. Remove all lashings from attaching buttons on hull and coaming. Unhook top from bows, and remove top with side curtains and the rear curtain. (Rear curtain can be removed separately on vehicles of late production.) (2) INSTALLATION, Place top, with side curtains and the rear curtain, in position over bows; hook top to bows and lash it securely to the hull and coaming with flexible cable. c. Bows. (1) Removat. Remove top (subpar. b (1) above). Take out cotter pins from ill bows and sockets, loosen wing nuts at windshield upper bar, and lift bows from vehicle. (2) InsTALLATION. Place bows into position in sockets on hull coaming, and install all cotter pins. Tighten front section of bows to windshield top bar with wing nuts. Install top (subpar. b (2) above). 117. SEATS. a. Description. The seat bottoms are an integral part of the hull and are furnished with removable cushions and backs, The driver's seat is located to the left of the engine, and the seats in the Tear compartment of the hull may be removed for carrying cargo. b. Seat Cushions. ‘To remove seat cushions, unhook hold-down strap at front and back of cushion from buttons on floor, pull straps out of loops, and lift cushion out of seat bottom, To install cushions, place in bottom, slide straps through loops, and hook over buttons. e. Seat Backs. To remove the seat backs, unhook seat back hook located on floor at rear of seat. Tip the seat back forward, pull ears 248HULL AND ATTACHMENTS out of slots in hull floor, and remove from vehicle. ‘To install seat backs, place seat back ears into slots in hull floor, tip assembly rearward, and securely fasten into position by attaching seat back hook, 118. WINDSHIELD. a. Description, The two-section windshield is held in a steel frame, hinged at the bottom to permit lowering to a forward position, Padded fastening brackets, located on the brush guard, are provided. Three windshield wipers are included, independent electric wipers on either side and a manually operated wiper located directly in front of driver. An electric windshield defroster, operated by a switch on the defroster frame, is supplied with early production vehicles for attachment to the windshield directly in front of the driver. b,. Removal of Windshield. Loosen wing nuts at top of windshield to detach it from top and bows, Remove windshield wiper cable plugs from connecting sockets on engine compartment front panel. Loosen two side bracket knobs and lift brackets from knob studs. Remove nuts, toothed washers, and bolts that hold windshield hinge to coaming, and lift windshield assembly from vehicle (fig. 152). ec. Installation of Windshield. Place windshield in position, and install hinge bolts, flat washers, and toothed lock washers. Install nuts on bolts and tighten securely, Position brackets over knob studs and tighten knobs. Install windshield wiper cable plugs in sockets of engine compartment front panel, Place top front bow in position on windshield frame and tighten wing nuts. 119. WINDSHIELD WIPERS (ELECTRIC). a. Description. The electric windshield wiper system consists of two single-speed motor and arm assemblies mounted inside the hull, with connecting arms, blades, linkage, and cables. b. Removal, of Windshield Wiper. Remove the wiper cable plug from connector socket on engine compartment front panel, Loosen wiper blade arm fastening nut from end of wiper arm operating shaft, and pull wiper blade arm from shaft. Remove lock ring from operating shaft, remove nuts that hold wiper to coaming, and remove wiper body and linkage. c. Installation of Windshield Wipers. Place toothed washers 249TM 9-772 ng CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 67008 Figure 152—Removing Windshield 250TM 9-772 119-120 HULL AND ATTACHMENTS elie iter RA PD 336476 Figure 153—Electric Windshield Wiper and Mounting Parts over studs, position wiper motor (G 179-07-98850) on coaming, install washers and nuts, and tighten securely. Install lock ring on operating shaft, and push cable plug into socket on engine compartment front panel. Place wiper blade arm (G 179-01-20853) and blade (G 154- 01-2200) on operating shaft, and install nut. Upon completing the installation, operate wipers to' check blade travel, and position wiper arms on operating shafts as required to give equal blade travel on windshield surface. 120. INSTRUMENT PANEL. a. Deseription. ‘The gages, switches, choke button, primer knob, and speedometer are located on the instrument panel. The panel is located at the right of the driver in the engine compartment side panel, and two lights are mounted on the panel. b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and remove the engine compartment lid. Remove and tag all wiring harness wires from the instruments and switches on the panel. Remove the panel fastening 251T™ 9-772 120-121 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C STARTING IGNITION INSTRUMENT — AMMETER PRIMER KNOB SWITCH PANEL LIGHTS : ‘SPEEDOMETER CARBURETOR VOLTMETER INSTRUMENT BANE CHOKE CONTROL | AND COMPASS LIGHTS AND. LIGHT SWITCH aa ligHT swiren OIL PRESSURE YOLTMETER ENGINE Hi GAGE INDICATOR” Ra pp 326475 Figure 154—Instrument Panel—Front (Early Production) screws and lift the panel, with instruments and switches, out of the engine compartment side panel. ¢. Installation, Place panel in position on engine compartment side panel, install panel fastening screws, and tighten securely. Con- nect all wires to proper terminals on the panel as tagged during removal. Install engine compartment lid and fasten it in position with clamps and wing nuts, 121. CARGO STRAPS AND SAFETY BELTS. a, Cargo Straps. Cargo straps are located at various points on the vehicle. They are provided for fastening cargo and equipment 252TM 9-772 121-122 eas INSTRUMENT ¢ PANEL LIGHT: ENGINE HEAT x IGNII INDICATOR(, RY S\ LIGHTING. AND HEATER IRCUIT. BREAKER 3 VOLTMETER Tak cba wat - SPOTLIGHT. “SOCKE] INSTRUMENT PANEL | “COMPASS i et vate MUGHTS AND BLACKOUT, LIGHT CABLE CABLE SOCKET bites a “MARKER LIGHT SWITCH, SOCKET. VOLTMETER _ i i AND COMPASS CARBURETOR steed LIGHT SWITCH: CHOKE.CONTROL” RA PD 336474 Figure 155—Instrument Panel—Rear (Early Production} conveniently and securely, Make sure that all such straps are in place and-in good condition. b. Safety Belts. Safety belts are provided for the comfort and safety of the driver and crew, or passengers, Make certain that they are in their proper location and in good condition. Fasten them in position when using the vehicle. 122, PINTLE HOOK. a. Description, A pintle hook is provided at the rear of the 253CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C HEADLIGHT STARTING SWITCH IGNITION SPEEDOMETER SWITCH AND HEATER INSTRUMENT PUSH BUTTON SWITCH EL LIGHTS HT ENGINE HEAT INDICATOR ui! PRESSURE CARBURETOR swiTCH INSTRUMENT PANEL CHOKE FOR COMPASS LIGHTS AND BLACKOUT ‘CONTROL (IF FURNISHED) MARKER LIGHT SWITCH RA PD 336534 Figure 156—Instrument Panel—Front (After Vehicle Serial 3102) vehicle for towing purposes. On early production vehicles, this was a swivel type; on late production vehicles, it is stationary. b. Removal. Remove the cap screws and lock washers that hold pintle hook to hull, and remove pintle hook, c. Installation. Coat the hull, base of pintle hook, and cap screws with sealing compound; place pintle hook in position against hull; install cap screws and lock washers, and tighten screws securely, 123. DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT. a. Description. The vehicle is wired for demolition equipment. For full information on equipment and: its operation, refer to higher authority. 254TM 9-772 123-124 HEATER ae INSTRUMENT. /, BREAKI in PANEL LIGHT: INSTRUMENT “PANEL. LIGHTS “AND. BLAGKOUT! “MARKER LIGHT. SWITCH: "ENGINE © HEAT. INDICATOR ; ree CUN s HT 60 So. BREAKER : SWITCH ~ FOR COMPASS: ; CARBURETOR...) j (\F FURNISHED)’ CHOKE CONTROL Figure 157—Instrument Panel—Rear (After Vehicle Serial 3102) 124. CELL LIDS (M29C). a, Stern Cell Top Panel Lid. (1) Description. ‘The stern cell top panel lid is fastened to the cell with cap screws, and sealing compound is used at the joint and ‘on the screws. An inspection hole, with a spring hinged cover, is provided in the panel lid (fig. 7). (2) Removal. Take out cap screws with lock washers and remove the lid (fig, 159), Remove all old sealing compound from lid, cell opening, and mounting screws. ” €3) INnsTALLATIoN. Apply new sealing compound around cell opening and to mounting screws. Place lid in position, install screws with lock washers, and tighten securely, 255TM 9-772 124-125 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C POWER PACK BRACKET DETONATOR! CASE COVER: “AND DEMOLITION BOMB CASE ‘TIMER CONTROL SWITCH GROUND CABLE GENERATOR REGULATOR g WARNING LIGHT DETONATOR COVER BOMB CASE LID GUARD RA PD 337135 Figure 158—Demolition Equipment and Wiring (When Furnished} b. Bow Cell Stowage Compartment. (1) Description, The deck of the bow cell is equipped with a hinged lid to permit using the cell for a stowage compartment (fig. 7). A floor is provided in the cell to give level stowage space. An inspection hole, with a spring hinged lid, is located in the floor and provides access to bilge under the floor for pumping out bilge water (fig. 160). (2) Cut Lip Removat. Remove screws from hinges that fasten lid to hull and lift off lid. (3) CELL Lip INSTALLATION. Place lid in position over the cell opening, install the cap screws through hinges, and tighten securely. 125. TRACK APRON (M29C). a, Description. A track apron is mounted along each side of the hull with hinges. Two braces are provided to give further support to each apron, b. Raising Apron For Track Maintenance. Unhook the fast- 256TM 9-772 125-126 HULL AND ATTACHMENTS RA PD 336551 Figure 159—Removing Stern Cell Top Panel Lid—M29C eners from the apron braces, Remove the cotter pins from the hinges at the front and rear of the apron, lift apron outward and up, and fasten to hull (fig. 161). ec. Removal, Unhook the apron brace fasteners, remove cotter pins from all hinges, and remove apron. 4. Installation. Place apron in position on hinges and apron braces. Insert cotter pins in all hinges, and hook apron brace fasteners. 126. SURF GUARD (M29C). a. Description and Operation. A surf guard is located on top of the bow cell to prevent shipping an excessive amount of water. 257™ 9-772 126 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Figure 160—M29C Bow Cell Inspection Cover Location The guard is pivoted at each side so it can be swung back over the hull in front of the windshield for land operation, Latches are provided on the cell deck to hold guard in place. It is curved to fit the bow cell of the vehicle and contoured outward at the top to deflect water away from the vehicle. b, Removal. Remove cotter pin, nut, and pivot bolt from each side at the rear of surf guard, Lift surf guard off the vehicle, c, Installation. Place surf guard in position at front of bow cell. Insert pivot bolts through brackets and install washers, nuts, and new cotter pins, 258TM 9-772 126-128 LIGHTING SYSTEM APRON FRONT FASTENER PIN ‘APRON BRACES. ‘APRON REAR FASTENER PIN RA PD 337136 Figure 161—M29C Track Apron in Raised Position Section XXVI LIGHTING SYSTEM 127, DESCRIPTION. a. ‘The lighting system of this vehicle is the single-wire, grounded type. This system includes a spotlight with switch (early production), headlight and switch (late production), trouble light control with reel, instrument panel and rear marker lights, and circuit breakers, Sealed beam lamp-units in spotlight and headlight. 128. SPOTLIGHT AND SWITCH (EARLY PRODUCTION). a, Description. The spotlight mounts on a control fastened to the front coaming. A control handle in the driver's compartment 259T™ 9-772 128-129 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C permits aiming the light over a wide frontal range. ‘The spotlight can be removed from the mounting shaft by loosening a wing nut and can be attached to a pistol grip for use as a trouble light. When not in use, the spotlight is to be carried on the post (fastened to rear left side of bulkhead on vehicles of early production and to left side of rear compartment near the rear on late production vehicles). After vehicle serial 3102, the spotlight will not be used for a driving light and the control will be omitted. The spotlight will continue to be used as a trouble light when mounted on the pistol grip with reel attached, b. Spotlight. (1) Seatep Beam Lamp-uNIT REPLACEMENT. Pull spotlight shield clips off studs and remove shield. Remove screw that holds rim to body, lift out rim with sealed-beam lamp-unit, and disconnect wires from terminals. Take off sealed beam lamp-unit retaining ring, and remove unit. Install replacement Iamp-unit (M001-01-07395) into position in rim and install retaining ring. Connect wires to terminals, position rim with unit in body, install screw, and place shield over body, being sure all clips go over studs, (2) Removar, Loosen wing nut and remove spotlight from outer end of shaft. (3) INSTALLATION. Position spotlight on end of shaft and tighten wing nut. c. Switch, (1) Removat, Remove jam nut that holds switch assembly to handle cover. Take out screws that hold cover to control handle and remove cover, Remove screws and clips that hold conduit and cable to control handle. Pull switch assembly out of control handle, and disconnect cable from switch, (2) Insrauuation. Connect cable to switch and place in position in control handle, Install conduit clip and screws. Install cover with screws and tighten securely. Install jam nut that holds switch to cover and tighten firmly. 129, HEADLIGHT AND SWITCH (LATE PRODUCTION). a, Description. After vehicle serial 3102, a fixed headlight is mounted on the front deck of the vehicle. A switch located on the instrument panel between the starting switch button and panel front light is provided for this headlight. 260LIGHTING SYSTEM {uoysnposg 2407) wos6oig Busy, wosshs Burzy6r7—z91 ounb1y SSS9EE Gd VE UOLOINNOD —-WANWEYE INDIO NOVI ZF HOLIMS LHON WR, ANOXOVIE ANY SIHO! TANYd IN3NNUISNI AHOM EDV ANOXOVIE xOVTE vif sHon snout 01031 NY TYNSIS HOLE YOLVINSTY "aR Hen i FENOWL YOLVEINIO CT ONY YLSNI MOTHA aWNOIS = ONY GH FF OVE 41k aHoniavaH ¥OLOINNOO asnd wOvia vie HOLIMS TVOR1O33 YaLSVN HOVE oF (sareaiiva “A 92) ‘AOVTE OF =) SHA ZI—ANELLVE 261129 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Y af \e SHIELD DOOR SCREW SEALED BEAM RETAINER LAMP-UNIT RING RA PD 336499 Figure 163—Spoflight Body Disassembled (Early Production} ; RA PD 67070 Figure 164—Installing Spotlight (Early Production) b. Headlight. (1) ApgusTMENT. With vehicle on level ground, loosen the mounting nut and aim the light in the straight-ahead position for 262TM 9-772 129 LIGHTING SYSTEM the most efficient lighting, Tighten the mounting nut securely. (2) SBALED-BEAM LaMp-uniT REPLACEMENT, Remove screw from bottom of light rim. Remove rim, lift out the sealed-beam lamp-unit, and pull the unit off the plug, Install replacement lamp- unit (SD.954222) on plug (fig. 165), place unit in light body, position rim on body, install the screw, and tighten securely. (3) Removat, Loosen wing nuts, remove the engine compartment cover, and disconnect the wire from connector at front of engine compartment, Remove the nut and washer that hold light to mounting bracket, lift off lamp, and pull wire out of conduit (fig. 166). (4) Insrauuation, Push wire into conduit, position light on the mounting bracket, install nut and washer, and adjust (subpar. b (1) above). Connect wire to connector at front of engine com- Figure 165—Replacing Sealed Beam Lamp-Unit (After Vehicle Serlal 3102) 263™ 9-772 129 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C . RA PD 336517 Figure 166—Removing Headlight (After Vehicle Serial 3102) 264LIGHTING SYSTEM partment, install cover, and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts. ec. Switch. (1) Removay, Loosen set screw in knob and unscrew knob from switch. Remove engine compartment cover; disconnect and tag the wires from switch terminals, Remove escutcheon nut from switch and pull switch out of instrument panel. (2) Instauiation. Place switch into position in panel, install escutcheon nut, and tighten securely. Connect wires to terminals, screw knob on switch so name is horizontal, and tighten set screw. Install engine compartment cover and fasten with clamps and wing nuts, ‘ 130. TROUBLE LIGHT CONTROL AND REEL. . a. Description. ‘The trouble light control cable is wound, on @ reel located on the bulkhead behind the driver's seat, ‘The cable length permits the light to be used inside or outside the vehicle. ‘The pistol grip control can be removed from its clamp and the spotlight body fastened to the post on the control, b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment cover, Remove nuts, flat washers, and lock washers that hold demolition timer box to bulkhead (on vehicles so equipped). Re- move screws that hold trouble light cable grommet to engine compartment side panel, Disconnect light cable from fuse connector and remove fuse, Take out cap screws, flat washers, and lock washers that hold trouble light reel to bulkhead, unhook pistol grip latch, and remove assembly from vehicle. c. Installation, Place trouble light reel in position, with toothed washers between bracket and bulkhead; install bolts, flat washers, lock washers, and nuts, and tighten securely to bulkhead. Insert cable through engine compartment side panel, install fuse (G179-02-81231), and connect cable to fuse connector, Fasten pistol grip control to bracket, and install light cable grommet to engine compartment side panel with attaching screws. Install demolition timer box to bulkhead with nuts, flat washers, and lock washers (on vehicles so equipped). Install engine compartment cover and fasten in position with clamps and wing nuts, 265= CARRIER, CARGO,’ M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 131. INSTRUMENT PANEL AND REAR MARKER LIGHTS. a. Description. Two lights are located at the upper center of the instrument panel. These lights provide sufficient illumination of instruments and controls for operation at night. Both lights operate from a single control switch. which also lights the rear marker light on left rear deck of the vehicle. b. Instrument Panel Lights. (1) Removat, Pull downward on panel light shield with the hand to spring the assembly out of panel. To remove lamp, spring the lamp socket out of shield by pulling sidewise on wire. Push in on lamp (G 179-01-55706), turn counterclockwise, and pull out of socket. If it is necessary to replace entire light assembly or wire, disconnect wire from terminal of light switch before removing the light assembly from panel, (2) InsTaiation. Push lamp into socket and turn it clockwise, Insert lamp and socket into shield and push on socket until it snaps into place. Push shield into position in panel and operate switch button to check the lamp. ec. Rear Marker Light. (1) Lamp REPLACEMENT. Take screw out of light door and remove the door. Push lamp in, turn counterclockwise, and remove from socket. Place replacement lamp (G154-01-27853) into socket, push Jamp in, and turn clockwise. Install light door, insert screw, and tighten securely. (2) Removat, Pull marker light wire from connector inside of rear deck. Remove nut that holds marker light to.rear deck, and lift light assembly from vehicle. (3) INsTALLaTion. ¢ Insert marker light wire through hole in rear deck, and install nut on light stud inside rear deck. Plug the light wire into connector. d. Switch. (1) Removat. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment lid out of vehicle. Disconnect battery ground strap by loosening clamp bolt and remove clamp from post. Loosen two terminal post screws on back of switch body and remove wires from terminals, Loosen the switch button set screw and turn the button counterclockwise off the switch operating shaft. Remove lock nut that holds switch body to 266TM 9-772 131-132 LIGHTING SYSTEM (ek CO aa & Ce “tight sopy > /MOUNTING BASE DOOR SCREW LIGHT DOOR DOOR SEAL LAMP ASSEMBLY 3 MOUNTING. BASE NUT RA PD 336486 Figure 167—Blackout Marker Light Disassembled . instrument panel and remove switch from panel. A toothed lock washer is used between switch body and rear side of panel. (2) INsTALLaTION. Position switch in panel, place toothed lock washer between switch body and rear side of the panel, install nut, and tighten. Connect ‘wires to the terminals on switch. Install switch button by turning clockwise on the operating shaft until tight, then turn until identification name is horizontal and tighten set screw. Connect battery ground strap clamp to battery post, install engine compartment lid, and fasten with clamps and wing nuts, 132, CIRCUIT BREAKERS. a, Description. Two circuit breakers—one connected in the lighting circuit and one in the stand-by heater circuit—are used to prevent damage to the wiring in the event of an electrical short or overload. On some of the earlier vehicles, there was only one circuit breaker, which was in the lighting circuit. The circuit breakers are mounted on engine side of instrument panel near the center (fig. 155 or 157). b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment lid out of vehicle, Disconnect and tag the wires from terminals on circuit breaker, Remove fastening nuts and circuit breaker. ec. Installation. Place circuit breaker in position, install nuts, and tighten securely. Connect wires to terminals as tagged during removal. Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts, 267CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (uoyanposg Ajipg) wosboig bur, agojduiog—gg! esnbiy vee dd VE en any BYES evo YOLON QNDINVED — PURM YOLOW wa, SS wrt Gane Stat ) ¢ le XO8 i aNnows) Bins HOLIMS CNV = WNIREL ee SNION3: Q\ aionno: BFF olave te (oy Zs YON, S L} |) Los rovstun = ASrONVIS NOMEN \ wossauddns Ries LD rps ‘AvaLive —_HOLINSI \ y tne | (—_E § aniona on )NSs @ CBIHSGNIM\ g ig ® Cf y ZN MK o Zz WASN3CNO: X abl# YOLON oa wMOTE YOLVYINID: HOLIMS TOUINOD __ INaAdINOA LHOM HO! YVAN NOUFIONd J1dNOWL YO TWNSIS ANOyOVIG 42190 Oble wasnaanoo— "> _— \ Zev9ee Ud Wa-3aS a AN ae I v NOLLOaS 1 oT] \ % i -LHOM SNINEYM | & X08 Isa t Ke : : NOUMOWaa t \ | ue Houms | 2% YOLDENNOD g i \ youvines 4; l# qyoRIDTa & G ' WK | WaLSWA 2 1 yf ! t 2681W3e LIGHTING SYSTEM (uoHanposg AjsDz) PapDyoq Y woO}}>9g—WDIDDIG DUI MA—69L OundIS zoveet ad Va 22 we HOLIMS WBI3ALIOA HOLMS \ AHEM ssvdNOO NY Y13NLIOA DAVIN LINDWD coo PUame=1a ovie=2 { | NEO = 9 NMOWE = UM | SIHON TANVd ANSWNUISNI HOUMS HOM EDV ANOXDVIE GNV SIHON EOUNS Hand OU ssvanoo TBNVa LNSAMUISNI walsowsaa AH9MLOds LHOMLOdS ‘SNILVIS 269TM 9-772 133-134 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 133. WIRING. a. Description. The vehicle electrical wiring is contained in one _ main harness and one auxiliary wiring harness. The main harness connects the controls and gages on the instrument panel with the related units in the engine compartment and is fastened to the engine side of the instrument panel, engine compartment side panel, and bulkhead, ‘The auxiliary wiring harness connects the generator to the voltage regulator. b. Removal. No special instructions are required for removal of either.the main or auxiliary harness, other than to note the location of all fastening clips and to be sure that the clips and alll attaching bolts, nuts, and washers are available for installation. c. Installation. When the wiring is installed, make sure that all wires are in good condition, all holding clips are properly positioned and tightened, and that all connections are securely tightened, Check connections with wiring diagram (fig. 168). Section XXVII INSTRUMENTS AND GAGES 134. AMMETER. a, Description. The ammeter is located in the instrument panel to the right of the ignition switch. It registers the rate of electrical charge to, or discharge from, the battery. The instrument has a 50- ampere range, both for charge and discharge. With all electrical switches in their “OFF” positions, the ammeter hand should stand at zero. If a-reading appears under these conditions, report the matter to ordnance personnel so the electrical short or difficulty can be traced and eliminated. b. Removal. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment lid out of vehicle, Disconnect battery ground strap by loosening clamp bolt, and remove clamp from post, Remove two terminal post nuts and locks from back of gage, tag wires for installation, and remove wires from terminal, Remove two nuts and flat washers which hold clamp bracket to ammeter, Remove clamp with fiber disk and in- 270TM 9-772 134-136 INSTRUMENTS AND GAGES sulators from two terminal posts. Slip ammeter out of instrument panel face. c. Installation. Place the ammeter (G154-01-10474) in panel, noting that locating boss on the bottom of gage fits into a recess ina panel hole. Install clamp, fiber disk, insulators, flat washers and nuts, and tighten securely. Connect wires as tagged during removal. Con- nect battery ground strap clamp to battery post, install engine compartment lid, and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. 135. COMPASS. a, Description, The compass is the sealed-liquid type. It is suspended by four rubber mountings in a bracket which is attached to underside of hull coaming directly in front of the driver. A small light illuminates the compass from within and is wired to voltmeter switch so that light burns only when switch is operated to close the circuit, On vehicles of late production, the compass is omitted. b. Removal. Remove the screws from each side which hold the left and right side plates to the compass case. Disconnect the compass light by removing the plug from the lower socket on the engine compartment side panel, Remove the compass mounting bracket to hull brace bolt, nut, and spacer from the compass bracket. Remove the two rear nuts with locks, and loosen the forward two nuts and locks that secure the compass mounting bracket to hull coaming support bracket. The forward nuts should then be removed with the fingers while the entire assembly is held with the other hand, ¢. Installation of Compass. Install the compass mounting bracket to hull brace with bolt, nut, and spacer, Install the two front nuts with locks that sécure compass mounting bracket to hull coaming support bracket. Connect the compass light by installing the plug in the lower socket on the engine side panel. Install screws on each side which hold plates to compass case, and tighten securely. 136. FUEL GAGE (DASH UNIT). a, Description. ‘The fuel gage is located in the instrument panel to the left of the ignition switch. It registers the amount of fuel in the tank by means of the float and electrical impulse furnished by the tank unit. The ignition switch must be turned on, before the gage will register. b. Removal. Remove engine compartment lid, and take off the terminal nuts and lock washers from the back of the gage. Remove anCARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C WINDSHIELD FUEL GAGE BATTERY-12 VOLTS WIPER MOTOR TANK UNIT (2-6 V. BATTERIES #8 BLACK PERRO CONNECTOR RADIO TERMINAL DEFROSTER SHIELD CONNECTOR SOCKET 414 BLACK 414 BLACK FUSE GENERATOR _|| 1 | -LGIMeR SWITCH na CONNECTOR REGULATOR | If FURNISHED) . GREEN 8 RED) | ta BLACK JUNCTION BLOCK #14 BLACK’ na 'ReD 4 RED ~_| ‘14 BLACK AND RED 4 GREEN #14 BLACK BREAKER AND GREEN STAND-BY AMMETER HEATER RESISTOR CONNEGIOR vue RES! ia BLACK ('F FURNISHED) ot GAGE {\GHT SWITCH IGNITION ‘WINDSHIELD = COMPASS FOR COMPASS #14 ~AND HEATER ‘WIPER MOTOR (IE FURNISHED) (IF FURNISHED) RED SWITCH RA PD 336557 Figure 170—Miscellaneous Units Wiring Diagram (Late Production} the wire and resistor, and tag them for installation. Remove the nuts that hold gage to instrument panel; remove the U-clamp on gage terminal posts, and pull gage from panel face. c. Installation. Place gage (G154-01-95010) in position in the instrument panel, install U-clamp over terminal posts, and install the two nuts holding gage to panel. Install the wire and resistor, as indicated during removal, and install the lock washers and nuts on the terminal posts. Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts. 137. ENGINE HEAT INDICATOR. a. Description. The heat indicator (engine cooling system temperature) gage is located just below and to the left of the speedometer. "The gage range is from 100°F to 220°F. The gage heat element is located in left side of cylinder head near the rear. énTM 9-772 137-139 INSTRUMENTS. AND GAGES b. Removal, Loosen the wing nuts, remove engine compartment lid, and turn the sealing radiator cap to its half-open position. Drain cooling system (par. 79 b (1) ). Remove the heat indicator element of the gage from the cylinder head, Unfasten the clip that holds the flexible tube. Remove the nuts and locks from back of the gage, and remove clamp bracket. Pull the gage out of panel face opening, also draw the flexible tube and element through the clamp bracket and panel. cc. Installation. Insert element and flexible tube through hole in instrument panel. Place gage (G179-03-66138) into position in panel, place clamp bracket in position, and fasten with locks and nuts, Insert element into adapter in cylinder head, and tighten element nut. Fill cooling system, install engine compartment lid, and tighten wing nuts securely, Avoid bending the tube where it joins the heat element or the gage; it is easily broken at these points if kinked. 138, OIL PRESSURE GAGE. a, Description. The oil pressure gage is located in the left center of the instrument panel, to the left and below the ignition switch, It registers the engine oil pressure when engine is operating. b. Removal. Remove the engine compartment lid, disconnect the oil pressure line from the flexible tube on back of gage, and remove the nuts and lock washers that hold the gage to U-clamp. Pull gage ‘out of instrument panel face. c. Installation. Place gage (G154-01-95011) into position in face of panel, with the studs entering the holes.in U-clamps. Install nuts and lock washers, tighten securely, and connect the oil pressure line to the flexible tube (G179-02-92410) on back of gage. Install the engine compartment lid and fasten it with clamps and wing nuts. 139, SPEEDOMETER AND DRIVE ASSEMBLY. a, Description. ‘The speedometer is located on right side of instrument panel below primer knob, Both trip and accumulated mileage are registered. The proper position of speedometer in panel is maintained by a lip on speedometer body which engages in a slot on instrument panel. A flexible cable and core connect the speedometer to the speedometer gear on the right side of the axle transmission, "The cable assembly is held along right side by clips fastened to the 273serene CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M2?C hull crossmembers. The odometer setting knob is located on the rear side of speedometer and is accessible for setting by reaching through inspection door opening in engine compartment side panel. b. Speedometer. (1) RemovaL. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid from vehicle. Remove cable connector nut from speedometer body, Remove wing nuts, lock washers, and bracket from back of speedometer, and remove assembly from instrument panel face. (2) “INSTALLATION. Place speedometer in panel from front. Place support bracket in position, and install lock washers and wing nuts. Tighten wing nuts securely, attach speedometer cable, and tighten connector nut, Install engine compartment lid and tighten wing nuts. ec. Drive Assembly. (1) RemovaL. Remove engine compartment lid from vehicle after loosening wing nuts. Remove hull floor pan by taking out cap screws that hold pan to hull. Disconnect cable front connector nut from speedometer head. Loosen cable holding clips and disconnect: cable rear connector nut from axle transmission. Remove cable and core from vehicle. : (2) InsTaLLation. Place cable and core into position in hull. Attach rear connector nut to axle transmission. Place front end of assembly into engine compartment, install cable in clips located along right side of hull, and attach front connector nut to speedometer head. Install hull floor pan with cap screws, Place engine compartment lid in position and tighten wing nuts, 140. VOLTMETER AND SWITCH. a. Description. The voltmeter is located in the lower left center of the instrument panel and registers the voltage present in the electrical system, This instrument has an 8- to 16-volt range. It is necessary to snap on the voltmeter switch, located below the voltmeter, in order to take a voltage reading or light the lamp in the compass, Voltmeters are not installed in production after vehicle serial 2102. b. Voltmeter. (1) Removat, Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment lid out of vehicle. Remove the nut and lock, and disconnect the wire 274TM 9-772 140-141 EQUIPMENT from the terminal post on the back of the voltmeter, Remove nuts and locks from studs on voltmeter which hold clamp bracket to instrument panel, Pull bracket off studs and slip voltmeter out of pane! face. (2) INSTALLATION. Position voltmeter in panel, place clamp in position, install nuts, and tighten. Connect wire to terminal post, install engine compartment lid, and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. e Switch. (1) REMovat. Loosen wing nuts and lift engine compartment id out of vehicle, Disconnect the battery ground strap by loosening clamp bolt, and remove clamp from post, Loosen the terminal screws and remove wires, Remove the escutcheon nut and ring from front of switch. Push switch body out of panel opening. (2) InsTaLLation. If a new switch is to be installed, transfer the jam nut onto the new switch body, and adjust the nut so the switch body will be flush with the escutcheon nut when tight. Position switch in panel, install escutcheon nut and ring, and tighten, Connect wires to terminal post, connect battery ground strap clamp to battery, install engine compartment lid, and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. Section XXVIII EQUIPMENT 141. STAND-BY HEATER. a, Deseription. The stand-by heater is mounted in the hull tunnel to the left of the propeller shaft. By burning a mixture of fuel and air in the combustion chamber, heat is obtained which is distributed to the engine and battery compartments by means of a motor- driven blower and flexible tubes. b. Removal. Take out screws and remove hull floor pan, Dis- connect the fuel line from the heater carburetor and the wire from the blower terminal. Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin from the steering control rod clevis and lever at the left side of the axle differential. Remove the cap screws and lock washers from the heater front and rear mounting brackets, and lift the heater assembly out of the hull, . Installation. Position the heater on the mounting brackets in the hull tunnel, install cap screws with lock washers, and tighten 275TM 9-772 141 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA PD 319397 Figure 171—Stand-by Heater securely, Connect the fuel line to the heater carburetor and the wire to the blower terminal. Insert the clevis pin in’ the steering control rod clevis and lever at the left side of the axle differential, and install a new cotter pin. Install hull floor pan and fasten securely with screws. a, Blower Motor Replacement. (1) Removat. Take out screws and remove hull floor pan. Disconnect the wires from the blower motor terminal and the wire 276TM 9-772 4 EQUIPMENT RA PD 236819 Figure 172—Removing Stand-by Heater Blower Motor from the motor to the case. Loosen the set screw in the blower hub (with a Ys-inch socket head set screw wrench) and pull blower off the motor shaft. Remove the nuts and washers from mounting studs, and lift motor off the studs (fig. 172). (2) INSTALLATION. Place motor on the mounting studs, install washers, and nuts, and tighten securely. Install blower on motor shaft, make sure that set screw in hub coincides with flat on the shaft, and tighten the set screw securely, Fasten motor ground wire to case, connect wires to the blower motor terminal, install nuts with washers, and tighten securely, Test motor to make sure the blower turns freely in the housing, Install hull floor pan and fasten securely with screws. 277™ 9-772 142 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C. 142, CAPSTAN AND DRIVE (M29C). a, Description and Data. (1) Description. The capstan is located in the center of the front cell deck (fig. 7). A split V-type pulley is mounted on rear end of the upper drive shaft. A universal joint connects the front end of drive shaft to capstan worm shaft, The’ V-belt connects the upper pulley to the lower pulley mounted on a short shaft in a support bracket. This short lower shaft is connected to a stub shaft on front end of crankshaft with universal joints and a shaft and sleeve. A sliding clutch on the lower shaft, which is controlled from driver's compartment, engages the capstan drive (par. 17 b). (2) Dara—Capsran. Make Braden Winch Co. Worm Drive , . J2 b. Drive Belt Adjustment (fig. 174). Loosen the lock nut on the lock screw in the forward hub of the upper pulley, and back the Jock screw part way out.of the hub. To increase belt tension, turn the rearward pulley flange clockwise while holding forward flange stationary; turn counterclockwise to decrease the tension, Adjust until a finger-pressure deflection of % to % inch is obtained, Tighten lock scréw, being sure it engages one of the notches in the threaded hub, and tighten lock nut sectirely. c. Capstan. (1) REmovat, Raise bow cell lid, remove cotter pin from upper drive shaft universal joint flange pin, and take out pin (fig, 175). Re- move nuts, lock washers, and flat-head machine screws that fasten the capstan to the bow deck. Move upper pulley and drive shaft rearward as far as possible, and lift capstan assembly up and forward out of opening in the deck (fig. 176). ; (2) InsTatation. Place capstan into position in the deck opening. Guide universal joint flange over capstan worm shaft, move drive shaft forward, aline pin holes, install universal joint flange pin, and a new cotter pin, Install capstan mounting screws, lock washers, and nuts, and tighten securely. Close and latch the bow cell lid. a. Upper Drive Pulley. (1) Removat, Loosen Jock nut and lock screw in upper pulley hub, ‘Turn rear flange of pulley counterclockwise to relieve tension of drive belt. Take the cotter pin out of pulley hub to drive shaft pin, and drive out pin (fig. 177). Slide pulley rearward off the shaft. (2) Instatvation. Place pulley in position on shaft, aline pulley to drive shaft pin holes, install pin and a new cotter pin, Install drive belt on pulley, and adjust tension (subpar, b above). 278TM 9-772 142 EQUIPMENT [0.14105 pup aajig unysdog—ez1 asnbig ANIor aaving S704 avswsainn ‘WS’3AINN NY4 279T™ 9-772 142 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C 5/8" TO 3/4" BELT DEFLECTION RA PD 319375 Figure 174—Adjusting Capstan Drive Belt Tension on M29C e. Upper Drive Shaft. (1) ‘Removat. Remove capstan (subpar. ¢ (1) above) and upper drive pulley (subpar. d (1) above). Pull drive shaft and universal joint forward out of bearing support bracket. (2) InsTaLtation, Lubricate shaft with correct type lubricant (par. 24) and insert into bearing support bracket from the front, In- stall capstan (subpar. e (2) above) and upper drive pulley (subpar. d (2) above). f. Drive Belt. (1) Removat, Loosen lock nut and lock screw in upper pulley hub, Turn rear flange of pulley counterclockwise to relieve tension of 280TM 9-772 142 EQUIPMENT iG RA PD 3364 Figure 175—Under Side of Capstan Showing Polnt of Disconnection for Removal RA PD 319374 Figure 176—Removing Capstan drive belt. Take the cap screws out of the lower drive shaft bracket (fig. 178), move bracket to one side, disengage belt from pulleys, and remove. (2) INSTALLATION. Place belt in position over upper and lower drive pulleys, Move lower drive shaft bracket into place, and install 281™ 9-772 142 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C RA Pb 319302 Figure 177—Removing Capstan Upper Drive Pulley Pin cap screws with lock washers. Tighten cap screws securely, and adjust belt tension (subpar. b above). g- Lower Drive Pulley and Shaft. (1) REMovAL. Loosen lock nut and set screw in upper pulley hub, Turn rear flange of pulley counterclockwise to relieve tension of drive belt. Loosen clamp bolt that holds clutch control wire to clutch operating lever, and pull wire out of bolt. Remove cotter pin and flange pin from rear flange of capstan lower drive shaft front universal joint, and slide connecting shaft and sleeve rearward. Take the cap screws out of lower drive shaft bracket, and remove bracket with clutch and lower drive pulley. Remove the snap ring and spacer from front end of shaft, and pull the shaft rearward out of bracket, pulley, and clutch. Lift clutch off the shift fork. (2) INSTALLATION, Place clutch into position in shift fork, insert shaft through rear bore of bracket, and into clutch. Hold lower drive pulley so the bore is alined with shaft, slide shaft through pulley, and front bore of bracket. Place spacer over front end of shaft, and install a new snap ring. Lower bracket with clutch and drive pulley into air duct, place rear flange of front universal joint over front end of connecting shaft, and place drive belt in lower pulley. Hold bracket in position, install cap screws, and tighten securely. Aline holes in front 282T™ 9-772 142 EQUIPMENT RA PD 319304 Figure 178—Removing Capstan Drive Shaft Mounting Bracket Screws 283Wee 14S CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C universal joint rear flange and connecting shaft, and install flange pin and a new cotter pin, Insert clutch control wire through hole in bolt on clutch operating lever, adjust as outlined in subparagraph i (1) below, and tighten bolt securely. Adjust drive belt tension (subpar. b above). h, Clutch. Refer to subparagraph g above for removal and installation of capstan clutch, i, Clutch Control. (1) Apjusrment. Loosen clamp’ bolt that holds control wire to clutch operating lever. Push the control button down, hold clutch back in disengaged position, and tighten clamp bolt securely, Operate the control to engage the clutch, and check for full engagement with lower drive pulley. (2) REMOVAL. Loosen clamp bolt that holds clutch control wire to clutch operating lever. Loosen the set screw that fastens front end of control wire conduit to bracket on bottom of air duct. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid, Remove screws, bolts, and - nuts that hold engine compartment side panel in position; raise the panel slightly and loosen lock nut that fastens the control conduit and knob to the engine compartment side panel. Slide the’control knob toward left side to remove from panel, Connect a piece of soft iron wire or cord to front end of control, pull control assembly out of engine compartment, and disconnect the soft iron wire or cord from control. (3) INSTALLATION. Connect the soft iron wire or cord to front end of control, pull the assembly into position, and disconnect the wire or cord from control. Insert front end of control wire and conduit into bracket on bottom of air duct and tighten set screw. Place control knob into slot in engine compartment side panel and tighten lock nut. In- stall the engine compartment side panel in position and fasten securely with screws, bolts, and nuts, Place engine compartment lid in position and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. Insert clutch control wire through hole in bolt on clutch operating lever, and adjust for proper operation (step (1) above). 143. RUDDERS AND CONTROL (M29C). a. Description. Twin rudders, located on the rear of the stern cell, are used to control the course of the vehicle while operating in water. ‘The left rudder is connected by cables (encased in guides) to the tiller, which is mounted on the front coaming below the windshield, directly in front of the operator (fig. 21). The rudder posts are connected by an adjustable cross shaft. The rudders are pivoted to permit raising them for land operation (fig. 6). 284TM 9-772 143 EQUIPMENT CABLE ADJUSTING, CLEVIS ‘CROSS SHAFT ADJUSTING CLEVIS. RUDDER FASTENER RUDDER ‘POST ‘ROSS SHAFT ADJUSTING CLEVIS CROSS SHAFT |. OPERATING ARM CABLE GUIDES | LOCK NUT] RUDDER MOUNTING BRACKET RUDDER CABLES CABLE ADJUSTING CLEVIS HINGE PIN RA PD 336405 Figure 179—M29C Rudders and Control Parts | b. Adjustment, (1) Rupper. Loosen both clevis lock nuts on cross shaft, and remove cotter pin and clevis pin from right clevis. Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from cable clevises, and remove cable clevises from rudder operating arm, Set the rudders so they are parallel to the center line of the vehicle. Turn cross shaft counterclockwise and turn right clevis counterclockwise an equal amount to increase length of shaft, Turn shaft and clevis clockwise to decrease length of shaft. Continue adjustment until hole in clevis on shaft alines with hole inis CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C right rudder operating arm. Install clevis pin’ and a new cotter pin. Adjust cables (step (2) below). (2) Casix. . Loosen cable clevis lock nuts, set rudders in straight- ahead position, and the tiller (or rudder control) in horizontal position. Adjust cable clevises until holes in clevises aline with holes in rudder operating arm, ‘Tighten each clevis one-half turn to place slight tension on cable, install clevis pins, and test control action. If control binds, or the cables are loose, continue adjusting both clevises, either loosening or tightening, until control operates without binding or looseness. Install new cotter pins in clevis pins, and tighten clevis lock nuts. ec. Rudder. (1) ReMovat. Remove cotter pin and clevis pin that fastens the rudder to the rudder post fork, and remove rudder. (2) Insrauiation. Place rudder into position in the rudder post fork, and install clevis pin and a new cotter pin. d. Rudder Post and Mounting Bracket Assembly. (1) Removat. Take out the cotter pins and clevis pins from cable clevises and cross shaft clevis at left rudder arm, or from cross shaft clevis at right rudder arm. Remove rudder (subpar. ¢ (1) above) and stern cell top panel lid (par. 124 a (2) ). Remove rudder mounting bracket bolts and nuts, and take off post and mounting bracket assembly. (2). INSTALLATION, Place post and mounting bracket assembly in position on stern cell with sealing compound, install bolts, lock washers, and nuts, and tighten securely. Connect cross shaft clevis and cable clevises to rudder arms with clevis pins and new cotter pins. Install stern cell top panel lid (par. 124 a (3) ) and rudder (subpar. ¢ (2) above). Adjust rudders and cables (subpar. b above). e. Rudder Cross Shaft. (1) Removat, Remove cotter pins and clevis pins from both ends of the cross shaft, and remove shaft from operating arms, (2) INSTALLATION. Place cross shaft in position on operating arms, install clevis pins through each clevis, and new cotter pins. Adjust rudders and cables as instructed in subparagraph b above. f. Rudder Operating Arm. (1) ReEMmovaL. Disconnect cross shaft by removing cotter pin and clevis pin from operating arm, remove cotter pin and nut that holds arm on top of rudder post, and lift operating arm assembly off the post: (2) INSTALLATION. Place operating arm assembly in position on top of rudder post, install nut, tighten securely, and install a new 286143-144 RADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION cotter pin, Connect cross shaft to operating arm with clevis pin and a new cotter pin. If necessary adjust rudders as instructed in subparagraph b above. g. Control (Tiller, Cables, and Conduit), (1) Removat. Disconnect cables from operating arm by removing cotter pins and clevis pins, Remove clamps that hold cable conduits to coaming on left side of the hull, Remove bolts, nuts, and washers that hold tiller bracket to front coaming, and remove assembly from vehicle. (2) INSTALLATION. Place assembly in position, with tiller bracket against front coaming and cable conduits along coaming on left side. Install bolts, washers, and nuts through tiller bracket and coaming, and fasten conduits to left coaming with clamps. Connect cables to rudder arm with clevis pins and new cotter pins, and adjust (subpar. b above) if necessary. Section XXIX RADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION 144, PURPOSE. a, Radio interference suppression is the elimination or minimizing of the electrical disturbances which interfere with radio reception, or disclose the location of the vehicle to sensitive electrical detectors, Itis important, therefore, that vehicles with, as well as vehicles without, radios be suppressed properly to prevent interference with radio reception of neighboring vehicles. b. Suppression is accomplished by the use of a filter, resistor suppressors, and condensers (capacitors). In addition, metal parts in the vicinity of the engine are formed into shield by the use of toothed lock washers, confining electrical disturbances so they cannot act on the antenna of receiving equipment. Wiring, which may carry inter- fering surges to a point where interference will affect radio reception, is shielded. ¢. The ignition and generating systems, trouble light control, and the radio junction box are treated to accomplish suppression of radio interference, The ignition system is equipped as follows: resistor suppressors at each spark plug and at center tower on distributor cap, and a condenser connected to the coil. The generating system is equipped as follows: a condenser on generator and a filter on generator regulator (early production vehicles); a condenser is fastened to generator regulator on vehicles of late production and the generator 287™ 9-772 144-145 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C REGULATOR HULL Pp ‘ASSEMBLY: BULKHEAD, | CONDENSER AFTER VEHICLE SERIAL 3331) FILTER (BEFORE VEHICLE SERIAL 3332) TOOTHED TOOTHED ‘WASHER CAP. SUPPORT TOOTHED. SCREW BRACKET WASHER |” RA PD 336567 Figure 180—Generator Regulator Mounting to regulator wiring is shielded. The radio terminal box has a condenser connected between the positive and negative posts, The trouble light control reel to generator regulator cable is shielded. 145. IGNITION SYSTEM. a, Description, Suppressors on each spark plug:cable, on the coil to distributor cable, and a condenser on the coil are used for radio interference suppression of the ignition system. b. Maintenance. (1) Suppressors, Remove cable from spark plug or distributor in case of coil to distributor cable. Turn the suppressor counterclock- 288TM 9-772 145-146 RADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION LOCK WASHER HULL BULKHEAD TOOTHED WASHER CONDENSER RA PD 336568 Figure 181—Radio Terminal Box Mounting wise off the cable end, and install replacement. If it is the coil to distributor cable, remove cable from both ends of suppressor, and install replacement. Place cable on spark plug or in center tower of distributor cap, (2) ConDENSER. Disconnect wire from condenser to unit. Re- move screw that holds condenser in place, install replacement, and connect wire from condenser to unit. 146. GENERATING SYSTEM. a. Description. Radio interference suppression in the generating system is accomplished by means of a condenser on the generator and a filter on the generator regulator. After vehicle serial 3331, a condenser is used on generator regulator and the generator to regulator wiring harness is shielded. b. Maintenance. (1) ConpENser. See paragraph 145 b (2) for condenser replacement, (2) Fivtsr. Disconnect wire from filter terminal, remove nut 289CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C from filter stud through generator regulator field terminal, temove nut and washer from generator mounting bolt, and remove filter. Insert replacement filter stud through generator field terminal, install generator regulator mounting bolt nut and washer, tighten nut on filter stud, and connect wire to filter terminal. (3) Rapio TERMINAL CONDENSER. Take out screws and remove cover from terminal box. Remove condenser lead from positive terminal, remove nut from negative post, and remove condenser. Position replacement condenser in box, with condenser base on negative post, and install nut; connect lead from condenser to positive terminal, install nut, and tighten both nuts securely, Place cover on box, install screws, and tighten securely. 147, LIGHTING SYSTEM. a. Description. The wire from the trouble light control reel to the generator regulator is shielded and the shield is grounded to engine compartment side panel. b. Maintenance. (1) Trousix Licur ConTro, REEL SHIELDED Wire. Loosen wing nuts and remove engine compartment lid. Disconnect fuse container, remove grommet screws und grommet from engine compartment side panel, Remove nut and toothed lock washer that holds the cable cover to reel housing. Carefully remove cover, disconnect wire and shield, and remove from terminals. Place cable and shield replacement in position on terminals, install screws, cable cover, toothed lock washer, and nut, Insert cable through hole in engine compartment side panel, install grommet with screws, placing shield terminal under one of the screws. Place fuse in container, and connect the halves of container together. Install engine compartment lid and fasten with clamps and wing nuts. 148. BONDS (figs. 180, 181, 182, and 183). a, The toothed lock washers, located throughout vehicle, tend to bind the entire unit together into a solid shield. Toothed lock washers are located at the following points around the various electrical units: (1) Between regulator and mounting bracket. 290ADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION CONDENSER TOOTHED WASHERS CYLINDER BLOCK RA PD 336566 Figure 182—Ignition Coil Mounting 291148 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C #F WIPER MOUNTING, POINTS: CONDENSER (AFTER VEHICLE SERIAL 3331) FILTER | (BEFORE VEHICLE SERIAL 3332) WINDSHIELD HINGE MOUNTING POINTS ERIES (12 VOLTS) HULL Tra CONNECTOR) | ApHEAD CABLE ED WIRE|! RADIO ae TERMINAL |-ELECTRIC BOK winpshieto|} 1}, WIRE ‘WIPERS © CONDENSER ENERATOR? | GROUND J ‘SUPPRESSOR | |) RADIO. © | dl |MOUNTING @ | |[lleRackets ct | “ONDENSER DISTRIBUTOR : ‘GENERATOR REGULATOR! ‘SUPPRESSOR {=< —— j Co _y i co SIGNAL AND TROUBLE j LUGHT REEL } ; AND GRIP Figure 183—Engine and Hull Front Section—Top View (2) (3) (4) (3) (6) (7) (8) (9) head. Between regulator bracket and bulkhead. Between radio terminal box and bulkhead. Between cap screw head and oil filter brace. Between battery ground strap and clutch housing. Between coil condenser and coil clamp. Between coil clamp and coil mounting bracket. (10) Under windshield hinge bolt heads and nuts. (11) Under radio support bracket screw heads, bolt heads, and nuts. Between windshield wiper mounting and coaming. Between trouble light reel and control brackets and the bulk- (12) Under engine compartment division panel screw heads, bolt heads, and nuts, 292PART FOUR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT Section XXX COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT 149. RADIO SETS. a, General. ‘The Cargo Carriers M29 and M29C are equipped with radio installation provisions to mount any of the required radio equipment. All sets obtain power from the vehicle 12-volt electrical system, and the connections are made in the radio terminal box located on the right rear side of the engine bulkhead, ‘The radio sets SCR-508, 510, 528, 608, 610, and 628 are all frequency-modulated, and operated by voice only. Radio sets SCR-506, 694, and 714 are amplitude-modulated, and operate either by voice or key. Any one of the frequency-modulated sets may be mounted in the vehicle alone, or in combination with one of the amplitude-modulated radio sets. In early model vehicles the radio sets SCR-694 or 714 may be found mounted alone, Provisions are incorporated in the vehicles for the installation of the British radio set No. 19. Signal Corps drawings and installation instructions have been prepared for the radio installations referred to above, If needed, copies can be obtained through the organization signal officer. (1) Rapio Ser SCR-508 (figs. 184 and 192). ‘The major components of this set consist of a transmitter, BC-604 ( ) and two receivers, BC-603 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-237 ( ). (2) Rapio Ser SCR-510. The major components of this set consist of a radio receiver and transmitter BC-620 ( ), and plate supply unit PE-97 ( ) or PE-120, mounted directly on mounting base FT-250. (3) Rapio Ser SCR-528. The major components of this set consist of transmitter BC-604 ( ) and one receiver BC-603 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-237 ( ). (4) Rapio Ser SCR-608. The major components of this set consist of a transmitter BC-684 (__) and two receivers BC-683 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-237 ( ). (5) Rapio Ser SCR-610 (figs. 188, 191, and 193). The major components of this set consist of a radio receiver and transmitter BC-659 ( ), and plate supply unit PE-97 ( ) or PE-120( ), mounted on mounting base FT-250 ( ). 293= GARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C uaa | Figure 184—Radio Set SCR-508 Installed in Combination With Radio Set SCR-506 RA PD 3: Figure 185—Mounting Shelf Used for Mounting Radio Set SCR-508, Installed 294TM 9-772 149 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT SAA PD 209012 Figure 187—Radlo Set SCR-508 When Used Individually, Installed 295™ 9-772 149 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29G ANTENNA ‘MAST. BASE MP8 i RA‘PD 339813 Figure 188—Radlo Set SCR-610 and Antenna Mast Base MP-48 { } - Installed (6) Ravio Set SCR-628, The major components of this set consist of a transmitter BC-684 (_) and one receiver BC-683 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT.237 (_ ). (7) Ravio Ser SCR-506 (figs. 189, 190, and 191). The major components of this set consist of a transmitter BC-653 ( ) and receiver BC-652 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-253 ( ). (8) Ravio Ser SCR-694 (fig. 194), The major components of this set consist of a transmitter and receiver Model BC-1136 (_) mounted on mounting base FT-382 (__), and a vibrator unit PE-156 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-185 ( ). (9) Rapio Ser SCR-714 ( ) (fig. 195). The major components of this set consist of a receiver and vibrator unit, Model BC-1137 ( ) mounted on mounting base FT-382 ( ). 296TM 9-772 149 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Figure 189—-Radio Set SCR-506 in Combination With Radio Set SCR-610 With Mast Bases MP-48 {1} and MP-57 () Installed : SS ado’ schns HOWNTING BCE ‘ as RA: PD'339816 Figure 190—Mounting Shelf and Brackets for Radlo Se# SCR-506 When Used in Combination With Other Radios 297149-150 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Figure 191—Instrument Panels, Radio Sets SCR-506 and SCR-610 (10) Brririsa Rapio No, 19 (figs, 196, 197, and 198), The major components of this set consist of a sender-receiver and a power supply unit mounted on a mounting base. 150. MOUNTINGS. a. Mounting Base FT-237 ( ). This mounting base, which is used with each of the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (1), (3), (4), and (6), is wired through a multiple connector receptacle into which the units of the set can be plugged. Two bed plates are attached to the mounting base through rubber shock mounts to support the radio sets. The bed plates are screwed to the radio shelf with four cap screws through each plate. The units of the set are fastened to the mounting base with thumb screws, b. Mounting Base FT-250 ( ). This mounting base is used with each of the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (2) and (5). The base is made up of two: sections which are connected through four rubber grommets, The lower section is fastened to the vehicle brackets with four cap screws. The plate supply unit fastens to the top portion of the mounting base by the use of four snap fasteners. The transmitter-receiver is located on top of the plate supply unit, and is fastened thereon by the use of snap fasteners. 298TM 9-772 150 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT i 92—Instrument Panels, Radio Set SCR-508 a cs < RALPD 339824, Figure 1o—Momtiny Brackets Used in Mounting Radio Sei SCR-510 and 610 InstalledTM 9-772 150 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Boe: PD.339817 Figure 194—Radio Set SCR-694 Installed Figure 195—Radio Set SCR-714 Installed™ 9-772 150 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Figure 196—British Radio Set No. 19 With High and Low Frequency Antenna Installed Figure 197—Mounting Brackets for British Radio Set No. 19 Installed 301TM 9-772 150 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29G Figure 198—Aerial Used With British Radio Set No. 19 Installed e. Mounting Base Model FT-253 ( ). This mounting, which is used with each of the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (7), is wired through a multiple connector receptacle into which the units of the set can be plugged. Six bed plates are attached to the mounting base through rubber shock mounts to support the radio set, The bed plates are secured to the radio shelf with two cap screws through each plate. Spacer plates are used between the bed plates and the radio shelf to provide adequate clearance. The units of the set are fastened to the mounting base with wing nuts and clamps. d, Mounting Base FT-382 ( ), ‘This mounting base is used with each of the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (8) and (9). It consists of a flat plate secured to the vehicle through four shock mounts. Each shock mount is fastened to the vehicle with four screws. The unit of the set is fastened to the mounting base with snap slide fasteners and a strap. e. Mounting Base FT-185 ( ). This mounting base is used with the radio set described in paragraph 149 a (8). It consists of a plate secured to the vehicle with four screws. The unit is fastened to the mounting base with snap slide fasteners. f. Mounting Base, British. ‘This mounting base is used with the British Radio Set No. 19 described in paragraph 149 a (10). Eight feet are attached to the mounting base through rubber shock mounts to support the radio set. The feet are secured to the vehicle with one cap screw through each foot. The units of the set are fastened to the mounting base with a canvas strap and thumb screws. 302COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT 151. ANTENNA. a. Mast Bases. (1) Masr Base MP-48 (__). This base is equipped with large helical springs for flexing, and a small porcelain insulator incorporated above the spring. This base is secured to its mounting bracket (or surface) by clamping action with the use of a large hexagonal nut on the lower end of the base. This base is used with the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (1), (2), (3), (4); (5), and (6). (2) Masr Base MP-37 ( ) on MP-57 (_ ). This base is equipped with large helical springs for flexing with a large porcelain insulator incorporated below the spring. This base is secured to its mounting bracket (or surface) by clamping action with the use of a large hexagonal nut on the lower end of the base. This base is used with the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (7), (8), and (9). (3) AERIAL Base No, 8, This base is used with the British low frequency antenna and is fastened to its mounting bracket either by the use of six mounting bolts or by clamping action with the vari- ometer which fastens on the bottom side of the bracket. This base, is used with the radio sets described in paragraph 149 a (10), and in conjunction with the aerial base described in the following step. (4) AERIAL BasE No, 9. This base is used with the British high frequency antenna and is fastened to its mounting base with four mounting bolts. This base is used with the radio set described in paragraph 149 a (10), and in conjunction with the aerial base described in the preceding step. b. Mast Sections. (1) AmpuitupEe-mopuLaTep Sets. Amplitude-modulated sets (SCR-506, 694, and 714) each use five mast sections, numbers MS-49, 50, 51, 52, and 53, The sections are made of high-tensile steel and are secured together so that the ends with like-color enamel are joining. The body of the mast bears the type number. Clamps are provided to keep the mast sections from loosening while in use. ‘These sections and spare sections are stored in Roll Bag BG-56 ( ) when not in use. . (2) FREQUENCY-MODULATED SETS. Frequency-modulated sets (SCR-508, 510, 528, 608, 610, and 628) each use three mast sections, numbers MS-51, 52, and 53. The sections are made of high- tensile steel and are secured together so that the ends with like-color enamel are joining. The body of the mast bears the type number. Clamps are provided to keep the mast sections from loosening while in use. These sections and the spare sections are stored in Roll Bag BG-56 (_) when not in use, 303™ 9-772 151-152 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C (3) Brrrisa Low Frequency ANTENNA. This antenna is made up of three mast sections. The length of each section is 49 inches, (4) Brrrish Hich Frequency ANTENNA. This antenna is made up of one mast section, The length of the section is 24 inches. ec. Phantom Antenna, This antenna is mounted either on the radio mounting base or radio shelf, and is used when setting up the channels on the transmitter so that no signal will be transmitted over the air. d. Light Weight Antenna. Light weight ‘antennae have been designed to replace the components described in subparagraphs a (1) and (2) and b (1) and (2) above. These mast bases are designated AB-15/GR and MP-65, and the mast sections are MS-116, 117, and 118, Where more than three mast sections are required, additional lengths of mast section MS-118 are used. 152. INSPECTIONS. a, Antenna. (1) Masr Sections, Inspect the antenna mast sections to be sure that they are securely screwed and clamped together, and are not damaged, (2) Hsticat SPRING. Inspect the helical spring on the base; be sure that it maintains a vertical position, and is not damaged so as to prevent flexibility. (3) Masr Basg. See that the mast base is secure to its bracket or mounting surfaces, and that the insulator is not cracked or chipped. (4) Leaps To Sgt, Check the leads to the set and be sure that there is no interference that may damage the cords, and that any stand-off insulators are not cracked or chipped. (5) PHANTOM ANTENNA. Be sure that the phantom antenna is in place and secure, b. Mountings. (1) Cramps, THuMB Screws, or Wino Nuts, Be sure that the radio components are securely fastened into the mounting base. (2) Lock Wasuers. When reinstalling radio equipment, make sure that all toothed lock washers are replaced in the locations where they were originally used, (3) Sock Mounts. Inspect the mounting screws to see that they are tight, and that the shock mountings are in good condition, Rock the set to determine if it is bumping any other equipment, and observe whether the shock absorbers are deteriorated and prevent excessive movement. 304152-153 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ce, Cords and Connections. Inspect all cords which connect the radio to see that they are not damaged; make sure they are properly secured in the clips. Report any damage to the proper authority. d. Microphones and Headsets. Handle the microphones and headsets with care to see that they are hung on the hooks provided for this purpose when not in use. Be sure that the cords are not twisted or knotted to prevent movement of the wearer. Inspect the jack plugs on the microphones and headsets to see that they are not damaged. e, Radio Terminal Box (fig. 181). Remove the cover and check the tightness of all terminal nuts, Tighten the nuts, if necessary, to prevent any movement of the wire terminal stud, thereby elimi- nating the possibility of radio interference from this source, At this time also check the presence and security of the condenser in the terminal box. f. Covers. Be sure that all covers for the protection of the radio set are available in the vehicle, and that these covers are installed when the equipment is not in use, See that all fasteners and zippers are in good condition, The following designations are used for the radio and antenna protective covers: Radio Set Cover SCR-506 BG-103 ( ) SCR-508, 528, 608, and 628 BG-96 ( ) SCR-:510 and 610 BG-153 ( ) 153. PRECAUTIONS. a. Antenna. Tie the antenna down securely when the vehicle is in motion and radio is not in use, to prevent damage to the antenna. Be sure the antenna is vertical and not touching anything when the radio is in use. b. Radio. (1) Keep the radio covered when the vehicle is not in use to prevent dust and moisture from entering the set. Keep all cover plates closed and securely fastened. (2) Turn off all radio, switches when not in use. Do not turn off the master battery switch with the radio on, (3) Do not store equipment behind the radio where it can prevent motion of the mountings ‘or damage to the connections,CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C. ©. Batteries and Generating System (fig. 183), (1) Be sure the batteries are charged at all times to ensure satisfactory operation of the set. Low batteries will cause the set to be weak and unstable, resulting in poor reception. (2) See that all battery cables and terminals are in good condition and tight. (3) Test the operation of the generator and regulator (par. 40 c), Excessive charging rate may cause damage to the radio, (4) When radio set SCR-506, 508, 528, 608, 628, or a combination of these sets is installed in the vehicle, the 55-ampere generator kit (G-179-5700564) should replace the standard 40-ampere generator. MWO G-179-W3 gives instructions for installing the 55- ampere generator. If this kit is not already installed, it should be requisitioned, 306TM 9-772 154 APPENDIX Section XXXI SHIPMENT AND LIMITED STORAGE 154, GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. ‘a. Preparation for domestic shipment of Cargo Carriers M29 and M29C are, with the exception of minor added precautions, the same fas preparation for limited storage. Preparation for shipment by rail jncludes instructions for loading the vehicles, blocking necessary to secure the vehicles on freight cars, clearance, weight, and other information necessary to properly prepare the vehicles for domestic rail shipment. For more detailed information and for preparation of the vehicles for indefinite storage, refer to AR 850-18. e e OVERALL LENGT! or oN av NRRL qt OVERALL HEIGHT mae LOWEST OPERABLE HEIG Ld TTD aINemee) ebae = : SHIPPING TONNAGE : Ps | FIGHTING WEIGHT, (LESS_ CREW) [440 —*it es RA PD 336484 Figure 199—M29 Shipping Plate lots OVERALL LENGTH } OVERALL WIDTH OVERALL HEIGHT Ke) 1me)d aces alld Cae) 1 ene ; SHIPPING TONNAGE FIGHTING WEIGHT (LESS CREW) CARRIER, CARGO_M29C 188-11/16, 67-1/4 70-13/16 IGHT. PD 33648: Figure 200—M29C Shipping Plate “*"? \* 307OTe OP y FTG OPUS, IETS 155. PREPARATION FOR LIMITED STORAGE. a, Vehicles to be prepared for limited storage are those ready for immediate service, but not used for less than 30 days. If vehicles are to be indefinitely stored after shipment by rail, they should be prepared for such storage at their destination. b. If the vehicles are to be stored for a limited period, take the following precautions: (1) Lusrication, Lubricate the vehicle completely. (2) Barrery. Check battery and terminals for corrosion, and if necessary, clean and thoroughly service battery (par. 86). (3) Roap Test. The preparation for limited storage includes a road test after the battery, cooling system, and lubrication service, to check the general condition of the vehicle. Correct any defects noted in the vehicle operation before the vehicle is stored, or note on a tag attached to the steering levers, stating the repairs needed or describing the condition present, Make a written report of these items to the officer in charge. (4) Fuex in Tanks. It is not necessary to remove fuel from the vehicle tanks for shipment within the United States, nor to label» the tanks under Interstate Commerce Commission Regulations, Leave fuel in the tanks except when storing in locations where fire ordi- nances or other local regulations require removal of all gasoline before storage. (5) Exterior oF VEHICLE, If practical, remove rust appearing on any part of the vehicle exterior with flint paper or any suitable abrasive which is available. Repaint painted surfaces whenever necessary to protect metal. Coat exposed polished metal surfaces susceptible to rust with medium-grade, preservative, lubricating oil. See that top and curtains, if installed, are securely fastened. Make sure tarpaulins if furnished, are in place and firmly secured. Leave rubber floor mats in an unrolled position on the floor, not rolled or curled up, Equipment such as Pioneer tools, track tools, and fire extinguishers can remain in place on the vehicle. (6) INnspEcTion. Make a systematic inspection just before shipment or limited storage to ensure that all the above steps have been covered, and that the vehicle is ready for operation on call. Make @ list of all missing or damaged items and attach it to the steering levers. Refer to Before-operation Service (par. 29), (7) SecuRING VEHICLE. Chock tracks, c. Inspections in Limited Storage. Inspect vehicle in limited storage for condition of the batteries. If water is added to the batteries when freezing weather is anticipated, recharge the batteriesTM 9-772 155-156 SHIPMENT AND LIMITED STORAGE with a portable charger, or remove and charge the batteries. Do not attempt to charge the batteries by running the engine. 156. LOADING AND BLOCKING FOR RAIL SHIPMENT, a, Preparation. In addition to the preparation described in paragraph 155, when ordnance vehicles are prepared for domestic shipment, take the following steps: (1) ExrErtor. Cover the body of the vehicle with the canvas cover supplied as an accessory, or available for use during rail shipment. (2) Barrery, Disconnect the batteries to prevent their discharge by vandalism or accident. ‘This may be accomplished by disconnecting the positive lead, taping the end of the lead, and tieing it back away from the batteries. (3) SkcURING VenIcLE, Secure steering brake levers in applied position, and place transmission in low gear after the vehicle has been placed in position with a railroad car brake-wheel clearance of at least 6 inches (A, fig. 201). Locate the vehicles on the car in such a manner as to prevent the car from carrying an unbalanced load. (4) Maxine Cars. All cars containing ordnance vehicles must be piacarded “DO NOT HUMP.” (5) Typrs oF Cars, Ordnance vehicles may be shipped on flat cars, end-door box cars, side-door box cars, or drop-end gondola cars, whichever type is most convenient. b, Facilities for Loading. Whenever possible, load and unload vehicles from open cars under their own power, using permanent end ramps and spanning platforms, Movement from one flat car to another along the length of the train is made possible by cross-over plates or spanning platforms. If no permanent end ramp is available, ‘an improvised ramp can be made from railroad ties, Vehicles may be loaded in gondola cars without drop-ends by using a crane, In case of shipment in side-door box cars, use a dolly-type jack to warp _ the vehicles into position within the car. c. Securing Vehicles, In securing or blocking a vehicle, three motions—lengthwise, sidewise, and bouncing—must be prevented. ‘The following is an approved method of blocking and securing these vehicles on freight cars: (1) Place four blocks (B, fig. 201), one to the front and one to the rear of each track. Nail the heel’ of the block to the car floor with five 40-penny nails and toe-nail that portion of the block under the track to the car floor with two 40-penny nails, NOTE: The side of the blocks B at point of contact to the track must be not less than 8 inches, 309T™ 9-772 156 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C /\ RA PD 337787 Figure 201—Blocking Requirements for Rail Shipment (2) Locate two cleats (C, fig. 201), one on each side of the vehicle on the outside of each track, ‘These cleats may be placed on the inside of the track if conditions warrant. Nail each cleat to the car floor with eight 40-penny nails. d. Shipping Data, Length, over-all 125% in, Width 66 in. Height 701% in Area of car floor occupied per vehicle (sq ft)... 58 Volume occupied per vehicle (cu ft 340 Shipping weight per vehicle (Ib)... 4,940 Bearing pressure (Ibs per sq ft of area occupied per vehicle) Mave 188%, in. 67% in. 70% in, 88 519 5,640 64157-159 Section XXXII REFERENCES 157. PUBLICATIONS INDEXES. ‘The following publications indexes should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions of references given in this section, and for new publications relating to materiel covered in this manual: a, Introduction to Ordnance Catalog (explaining SNL system) ... ASF Cat. ORD 1 IOC b. Ordnance Publications for Supply Index (index to SNL’s) .. ASF Cat. ORD 2 OPSI ©. Index to Ordnance Publications (listing FM's, ‘TM's, TC’s, and TB’s of interest to Ordnance personnel, FSMWO’s, OPSR, BSD, S of SR’s, OSSC's, and OFSB's, and including alphabetical listing of Ordnance major items with publications pertaining thereto) .......... OFSB 1-1 d. List of Publications for Training (listing MR’s, MTP’s, FM's, TM’s, TR's, TB's, MWO’s, SB’s, WDLO's, and FT’s).......00s00 e. List of Training Films, Film Strips, and Film Bulletins (listing TF’s, FS’s and FB's by serial number and subject) FM 21-6 FM 21-7 f. Military Training Aids (listing graphic training aids, models, devices, and displays)........ FM 21-8 158. STANDARD NOMENCLATURE LISTS. Cargo Carriers M29 and M29C .. SNL G-179 Cleaning, preserving, and lubrication of materials, recoil fluids, special oils, and miscellaneous related items. SNL K-1 Soldering, brazing, and welding materials, gases, and related items. ' SNL K-2 ‘Tool-sets, motor transport.. : SNL N-19 159, EXPLANATORY PUBLICATIONS, a. Fundamental Principles. Automotive electricity... TM 10-580 TM 38-250 TM 10-460 Basic maintenance manual. Driver's manual. 311ce Driver selection and training Electrical fundamentals. Fuels and carburetion. Military motor Vehicles. Motor vehicle inspections and preventive maintenance service Ordnance service in the field. Precautions in handling gasoline. Standard military motor vehicles. Maintenance and Repair Cleaning, preserving, lubricating, and welding materials and similar items issued by the Ordnance Department... Cold weather lubrication and service of combat vehicles and automotive materiel... Maintenance and care of pneumatic tires and rubber treads... Sheet metal work, body, fender, and radiator repairs ... Ordnance maintenance: Carburetors (Carter) Ordnance maintenance: Electrical scuipment (Auto-Lite) . Ordnance maintenance Engine, engine accessories, and clutch for light cargo carrier M29 Ordnance maintenance: Fuel pumps.... Ordnance maintenance: Speedomete: ometers, and recorders. Protection of Materiel. Camouflage ai Chemical decontamination, materiels, and equipment. Decontamination of armored force vehicles. Defense against chemical attack. Explosives and demolitions,, Storage and Shipment, Ordnance storage and shipment chart, group G—Maior items. Registration of motor vehicle: Rules governing the loading of mechanized and motorized army equipment, also major caliber guns, for the United States Army and Navy, on open top equipment published by Operations and Maintenance Depart- ment of Association of American Railroads, Storage of motor vehicle equipment TM 21-300 T 1-455 TM 10-550 AR 850-15 TM 9-2810 FM 9-5 AR 850-20 TM 9-2800 .. TM 9-850 TB ORD 126 TM 31-200 « TM 10-450 TM 9-1826A . TM 9-1825B TM 9-1772A . TM 9-1827C , TM 9-1829A . FM 5-20 . TM 3-220 . FM 17-59 . FM 21-40 . FM 5-25 . OSSC-G . AR 850-10 . AR 850-18TM 9-772 INDEX A Page Page AGO forms, list of............ 2 trouble shooting. . «» 105 Accelerator Axle steering controls and linkage, adjustments 166 description, adjustment, removal, operation 23 and installation ais Accessories (See also Controls) after-operation service, 74 Axle tra halt service. 71 description . 205, 210 before-operation service. 66 disconnect axle and steering con- list of. 16 trol rod: . 212 run-in test | 59 installation . "aia Accessory drives, road test........ 86 removal . a3 Air cleaner Axle transmission control and link- after-operation service m at-halt service. 72 Axle vent cold-weather ope ior » 4 after-operation service. description and servicing 158 athalt service. .. lubrication notes... AT removal and installation. - 160 85 59 before-operation servico....... 67 description and removal . 270 inoperative ne 110 installation . 2271 road test. 80 run-in te . 60 Amphibian area carrier, desctp- lott nga wsreg conse 3 Amphibian services ‘after-operation and weekly service 76 at-halt nervice. . 2 before-operation service 68 runcin tost. 61, 63 Antenna inspection ..... 304 maat basos and sections 303 phantom and light weight... 304 precautions .. 305 Antifreeze compound chart. 4a Apron (hull), run-in tos 59. Auxiliary equipment. 293 Axle removal cover , 212 unit . 213 replacement (shaft). . 207 run-in test. 60 service 73 care in cold weather. - 48 description .. . 184 discharged or low. . 94 installation and replacement of cable + 186 precautions + 806 road tos + 88 servicing and removal ~ 185 trouble shooting » 102 ‘use in torrid zon . 44 Battery and generating aystem.... 184 Bolt, fan adjustment . 127 removal and installation...... 128 Bolts alter-operation service. .. 4 at-halt service. 1 run-in test. 59 Bilge pump, eration 37 Bilges bofore-operation service, 68 during-operation service 70 road t 91 Blower and ignition ewitch. a) Blower motor, replacement...... 276 313™ 9-772 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C B—(Contd.) Bogie ‘components .... road tost...... 83 Bogie wheels adjustment, removal, installation 235 improper operation. .. +. 107 235, 236 road test (guide and drive).. 83 Bolts, mounting, removal........ 134 Bonds, location (toothed lock washers) ... niseaie a0) Bow cell stowage compartments description, removal and installation (lid) 2... ....e..0. 256 Bows (hull), description, removal and installation. 248 Brake levers, operation. .... 28 Brakes, steering (See Steoring brakes) Bresther, road test ........... 90 c Caps (fuel, tank, and radiator), road test : 84 Capstan before-operation service....... 68 deta... ++ 278 description and operation, ..37, 278 during-operation service. ..... 70 inoperative or noisy.. - 110 lubrication (gear housing).... 52 operation ... Steaazauena SY removal and installation...... 278 road test, clutch. + 92 run-in test. 61 Capstan clutch control. 37 Capstan drive shaft, rond test. 92 Carburetor cold-weather operation . 48 data ond adjustments + 163 description . 162 Toad test . srervexve 8S Cargo straps ..... sie> rant (ONL Cotrier arm adjustment . = 227 removal and installation, .... . 229 Pag Coll lids description . 288 removal and installation ., .255, 256 Choke adjustment . a mare before-operation service. 66 control wire loose or disconnected ... forte + 4 incorrect adjustment of control.. 100 operation . road test run-in te use in cold weather. . Circuit breakers ...........005 Cleaning engine and vel an 6 individual unite and parts...... 47 Clutch description clutch: ...... 191 release bearing. . 194 during-operation - 70 installation of housing. 193 road test assembly ... cluteh . run-in test: slipping .. trouble shooting. Clutch control adjustment, removal, and installation + 284 connect cable. . 137 description, adjustment, removal, and installation (linkage) 196 Clutch driven plate . 193 Clutch pedal operation ., 27 road test... 89 Clutch pilot description, removal, and installation (bushing) ........ 198 lubrication (bearing) .. 147 Coil (ignition) check .. eee road test. . wee 185 Commutator (generator), cleaning 188 314‘Compans, description, removal and installation... 27 Condenser cold-weather operation 2 At maintenance 289 removal ... 143 road test (radio bonding). o1 Contact points, adjustment, re- ‘moval, and installation. Control arms, rudder, road test. Control shift rods, transmission connect disconnect iistallation removal . Controls, engine after-operation service. 4 before-operation service 68 during-operation service. 70,71 operating instructions 22 road test... 90 Controls, rudd 284, 287 Cooling system coolant service. 175 description... 172 leaks . 100 lubrication in cold weather... 40 neutralizing and flushiny 174 servicing and cleaning. 173 trouble shooting. 99 Covers, inspection. 305 Crankcase lubrication removal and install tilator road test Crankease oil, keoping fluid Cranking motor removal and installation road test... speed too slow... trouble shooting. Crankshaft, will not turn, Cross shaft, rudder. . Cylinder head installation of gasket removal of gasket... rond test. ... 123 122 86 TM 9-772 before-operation service, 68 run-in test. Decontamination 45 Decontaminator after-operation service 3 before-operation service. 68 road test . ‘Demolition equipment... Differential trouble shooting. » 105 Distributor broken cap or rotor, 94 aL clean and check .. . description and removal. 41 disconnected or incorrectly adjusted - 98 installation .... - 142 lubrication . 52 road test, 85 Drive (capstan) before-operation service 68 description and data. 278 during-operation service 70 road test (shaft)... 92 Drive assembly......... fang on ATE Drive belt installation . - 281 removal 280 road test 92 run-in test. 61 Drive pulley, removal and installa~ tion lower . 282 upper 278 Drive shaft noisy ..TM 9-772 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C D—(Contd.) vate Drive shaft—Contd. removal and installation lower 282 ‘upper 280 run-in test. 61 Drive wheel bearing adjustment of bearing. 207 replacement of cup... 209 Drive wheels description and removs 207 installation 209 lubrication . 52 noisy or will not rotate. 106 road test. . a 83 Driver's permit and Form No. 26 . 68 Driver's report—Accident Motor ‘Transportation No. 26.... 1 Driver’s Trip Ticket, Form No. 48 2, 65 Drives, before-operation service. 66 E Electrical systems, operation in cold weather. ... 41 Engine backfires ........... 101 cold-weather operation. 43 data . . 2 description a during-operation service 70 installation engine . 136 road t 87 nocl 96 lacks power . 95 low compression, 95 misfires ,... 95 operation after-operation service. 3 before-operation service. 68 while being towe: cect overheating 95, 96 removal . 130 road test... 81 run-in tost 62 starting . 30 stopping 33, test .. 139 trouble shooting. . Engine compartment: installation ii panels . removal of panels ... Engine controls road test. run-in test a Engine ground strap. Engine oil, road test (lines and fittings) .. Engine warm-up before-operation service run-in test. Equipment after-operation and weekly services . before-operation roud test run-in test, Exhaust pipes removal end installation, road test uncoupling 13) restriction Fan description . installation of blade removal and installation. .. road test . Filters replacement, generator regulator road test fuel and oil. radio bonding. (See also Fuel filter) Final drive description assembly . drive . effect of low temperatures . removal and installation... 316 - 137 . 139 , 138, - 133 139 86 60 86 66 60 76 68 92 61 170 87 134 170 96 178 137 178 86 191 87 91 205 207 43 210T™ 9-772 INDEX Page Page Final drive—Contd, road test (tank and vent)...... 87 road test . 82 Fuel valve control. . 29 trouble shooting Casembly) ... 105 Final road test. 93 6 Fire extinguisher after-operation service. 78 Gage, oil pressure (See Oil pres- -before-operation service. 66 ‘sure gage) operation . 2 34 Gages Fu road test (dash) - 80 after-operation service 73 _ trouble shooting. at-halt sorvice 71 Gaskets, road test. before-operation service 66 Gear cases, lubrication. . 52 cold-weather operation. 38 Gear oil levels, after operation detonation from low octane 95 vice 5 filter or lines clogged. . 94 Generating system insufficient of none... 100 description and maintenance... 288 Fuol filter precautions . 306 after-operation service. 74 _ trouble shooting. 102 connect and install. 137 Generator description .. 152 description and cleaning of com- draining, cleaning, and removal 153 mutator. 188 road test. 87 removal and inst 189 Futl gages road test... 85 bofore-operation servic 61 Generator drive belt « 129 description Gonerator regulator dash unit, . 271 description . +» 190 gages 151 installation. +137, 190 incorrect ‘or no reading . 110 removal .... 133, 190 installation (dash unit) - 272 removal (dash unit) 7h 23 ond test 80 2 run-in test. + 60 — before-operation service,....... 67 testing . 151 z 61 Fuel pump Ground strap, engi 134 cold-weather operation. . . 43 Guide wheels description and cleaning...... 154 lubrication ,..... . 82 inoperativ Baa + 100 noisy or improper ops ~ 108 installation s+. 186 road test... 83 noisy... se) 101 Guns partially plugged. . 98 — after-operation service 8 removal 155 eration service. 70 road ‘81,87 Fuel system, H cold-weather operation, a) description .. . 147 Fuel tank . 262 description, draining, cleaning, + 260 and removal . 150 + 263 installation . . 181 Headsets, inspection. + 308 317CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C H—(Contd.) Heat indicator before-operation service road test 80 run-in test. 60 Heater, stand-by (M29) description operation . removal and installation. Heating controls 28 Hull after-operation service. 5 at-halt service 72 before-operation service. 68 description . 246 drainage 246 road test 82, 84, 91 run-in test 59 trouble shooting 108 1 Idler (engine),road test........ . 89 Idler wheels damaged .... 107 description and adji stment 226 lubrication ... 52 removal ... 227 replacement (bearing cup) road test (front) Ignition road test timing wiring . timing Ignition coil connect defective Ignition switch (See under Switches) Ignition system description . . 139, 140, 273, 288 maintenance + 288 removal and installation of coil, 140 trouble shooting 97 Indicator, engine heat connect .. does not register removal and installation. 98 +. 138 » 273 Page Instrument panel connect wires to. . 138 description ... . 249 removal and installation . 251 Instruments after-operation service 73 before-operation service. 67 observation of 31 run-in test ..... 60 trouble shooting. + 109 L Lamps (lights) after-operation servi 73 67 61 Leaks after-operation service, 75 at-halt service. nm before-operation service. 66 check (cooling system) . 174 road test general 81 oil, fuel, and coolant. - 89 Lifting eye bolt. . 135 Light switches operation . 28 road test . 90 » 260, 289 maintenance . . 289 trouble shooting. . 109 Lights description, removal, and instal-’ lation + 266 road test + 90 Limited storage + 309 Linkage, transmission, road test.. 90 Lubrication after-operation service, 79 cold-weather operation. 40 oilcan points. . 53 Points not to be lubricated. 53 Points of application 47 59 Lubrication equipment. 46 Lubrication Order No. 98 46TM 9-772 ‘Maintenance assembly .. description (intake and exhaust) 115 disassembly 118 removal (intalee 17 road test (intake and exhaust)... 86 ‘Manual switch (cranking motor).. 183 Mi switch (See Switch, master) ‘Motoring jet, main installation .. a 170 operation at high altitu: . 167 romoval . oa + 168 ‘Microphones, inspection. . 305 Modification’ (MWO's completed), yond tost . 93, Mounting bracket installation . 137 removal and installation (assembly... . 286 ‘Mountings after-operation service (gun).. 75 description . during-operation service (gun).. 70 inspection road test engine . rudder . run-in test ‘Muffior removal and installation. road test... N ‘Now vehicle run-in test... 30 ‘Nuts, wheel and flange at-halt aorvice oe Th ‘Defore-operation servi 67 runin test... 89 ° Odometer, road tett.......60006 88 Oil, engine after-operation service, 2 at-halt servico. . 2 bofore-operation servic: draining 66 135 excessive consumption, 97 install in engine 138 leaks... + 108 Oil filler cap 4 85 Oil filter description, removal, and installation ... 126 lubrication notes 52 replacement of cartridge 126 road test 87 Oil pan gasket. 126 Oil pressure gage bofore-operation service - 67 connect . - 138 description, removal, and installation ... . 273 does not register pressure...... 110 rogisters low pressur 97 run-in test 60 Oil supply, spare, road t 92 Oilcan points, . 83 Operating arm, ru = 286 Panels (engine), removal (front and division) ~ 131 Pintle hook » 283 Primer before-operation service 66 connect lines. 138 description 156 operation knob, 28° removal and installation 157 +85, 88 60 Propeller shaft description and removal. 202 installation ... 204 road test (alinement seals and joints) .. 90 run-in test 60 trouble shooting. 104 Publications and Form No, 26. 93, Publications and reports. . 63 319CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C P—(Contd.) Page Pump, bilge before -operation service.. .. 68 during-operation service 70 m1 Pump, water description, removal and installation 178 “oad test . 86 R Radiator description and removal. . 175 installation 38, 176 road test: 88 trouble shooting 99 Radio description RADUMEIDEA |jaces xse's yaiey vor 302 1 sie aR ARMAGH aE 293 inspection mountings terminal box .... maintenance suppressors .... - 288 terminal conde: » 289 precautions .. ainere 1908 road test (bonding and suppres- 91 . 287 Railway shipment + 309 Record, gravity and voltage, road te 3 88 1 89 53 101 adjustment cable. rudder bofore-operation description ..4...4.. during-operation service. inoperative opera elon ieiestacet ama aera removal and installation controls . post and rudder road te: run-in test Ss Safety belts, description and use... 251 Scope of manual . 1 Sealed beam lamp-unit, replacement headlight . + 263 spotlight . + 260 Seats, description - 248 Shipment and storage . 307 Shipping data. - 310 Shroud (fan), road 86 Solenoid switch . installation . + 182 temoval .. we . 181 Spare parte, list of... . 20 Spark control, operation. 22 Spark plugs description, removal, adjustment and installation .......... 146 faulty + 95 no spark ., 97 road test ., 84 test and replac a trouble shooting. 94 weak 5 . » 8 Special services, after-operation service .. 78 Speedometer description, removal, and installation 274 disconnect cable . + 213 109 80 Speedometer cable connect .. sees 138 lubrication . sone 52 Spotlight, dé scription, removal, and installation .......... 260 Spring yoke installation removal support arm. yoke ... 239 238Page Springs after-operation service........ 7” at-halt service ... nm before-operation service 67 removal and installat bumper jacket 241 spring - 240 run-in test 60 Starting system description - 180 trouble shooting. - 101 Steering brakes adjustment bands 207 brakes . 90 atter-operation service (linkage) 75 at-halt service (linkage)...... 71 before-operation service (linkage) ... 67 during-operation 70 road test brakes... » 80 linkage and sl - 89 run-in test brakes 62 linkage 60 Steering levers operation . 28 road test 89 Surf guard before-operation service. 6B description, operation, removal and installation + 256 Suspension system effect of low temperatures... 43 trouble shooting 106 ‘Suspensions after-operation service. . “4 at-halt service, na before-operation service, 67 Switches description cranking motor 181 ignition . 139 master 188 spotlight . 263, installation master rear marker 188 267 Page spotlight .... -263, 265 voltmeter 275 operation ignition and heater. 26 master ... - 188 rernoval ignition . 139 master . 188 rear marker . . 266 spotlight. . 260 voltmeter . 274 (Seo also Light switches) T ‘Tampering and damage, before-operation services . - 66 Tank unit, removal . 151 ‘Temperatures road test . i - 81 run-in test. 62 Tension spring, track adjustment ... + 220 description and removal » 242 installation . 248 road test (tension) . 81, 84 run-in test (tension) 63 ‘Thermostat defective . 95 inoperative . - 99 removal and installation. - 179 Throttle adjustments 166 operation 98 road test.... 85 Throttle control connect disconnect .... incorrect adjustment ‘Tighten after-operation service........ 5 road test... 82 ‘Tiller (M29C), operation. 28 Tools after-operation and weekly... 76 before-operation service. .. 321TM 9-772 CARRIER, CARGO, M29; CARRIER, CARGO, M29C Page T—(Contd.) ‘Top (hull), removal, installation, and description ....... ‘Towing, disabled .vehicle. ‘Towing connections after-operation sorvice........ 75 248 34 at-halt service... n before-operation service. 67 run-in test . mae 59 ‘Track apron (M29C) description and raising for track maintenance . ........ 256 removal and installation . 287 ‘Track guide wheels description and removal . + 231 installation 232 Tracks after-operation, service. 74 atchalt service .....6eeseeeees 71 before-operation service ...... 67 description . toy 0890) installation .... i AN Prevention of throwing........ 32 removal . - 222 repair 224 road tes 82 run-in test...... 59 trouble shooting... 106 ‘Transfer unit, lubrication in cold weather ..... scans 0 ‘Transmission description, rémoval, and instal- Fath so vmtysieia rr ces ons AOS during-operation installation ...... lubrication gear case . 52 in cold weather . 40 operation (shift levers)........ 27 .. 134 +135, 198 transmission ..... 81 vents and seals 90 run-in test transmission. .............. 62 vents . oasysaainer «(60 Page shifting to lower speed and ranges (engine and axle) .. 31 trouble shooting . -104, 105 ‘Transmission, axle (See Axle transmission) ‘Transmission shift mechanism. ... 202 ‘Trouble light control and reel.... 265 U U-joints, run-in test. 61 Universal joints description and removal (propeller shaft) . 202 82 92 104 81 62 v Vacuum test (engine), road tost,, 89 Valve lifter tension springs..... 120 Valve tappet, incorrect adjustment 95 Valves, adjustment ..... . 120 Vehicle after-operation service........ 72 athalt service before-operation service capacities data .. correction of deficiencies . description .......... mt al driving technique (rough terrain) 31 during-operation service 69 nding and stopping . 33 lubrication ......essseeeeees 46 operation under usual conditions .. ......, 22 ‘unusual conditions sand . 44 snow . . 44 swamp . 45 water .... + 32 performance dat . M4 placing in motion, oe) 322IN Page ‘Vehicle (Contd.) precautions for use under unusual conditions 44 road test (lubrication). . 93 UNA baat: vcvinee Sie cninnecenns SB specifications data ........... 7 SteatHOg < 59 oes nos cores oainn eS, SS towing to start... 33 trouble shooting. 93 use of instruments and controls.. 30 ‘Ventilators operations (contréls)......... 28 removal and installation...... 125 road test. am cee OS run-in test...... 59 Vibrations, road test. . 81 Voltmeter description and removal . 274 installation 275 Ww W.D., 0.0, Form No, 7370, Ex- change Part or Unit Identi- fication Tag ...... 2 Water after-operation service........ 73 RAPD22AUG44-23M ss DEX Page a n before-operation service 66 ‘Wheel bearing support (bogie).. 237 Wheel support arm (bogie)... 238 Wheels, bogie (See Bogie wheels) Windshield description ee Windshield wipe after-operation service. . 73 before-operation service........ 67 description, removal, and installation .. +. 249 road test. 80 run-in test 60 Wiring after-operation services... 7% check, clean, and tighten 41 description, removal, and installation ............... 268 high-tension ............ 147 road test (fuses and torminals) 90 rundn test 59 Wiring harness (generator to regu lator) 190 323 PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT - RARITAN ARSENAL

TM 9-772 CARRIER CARGO M29 and M29c

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

TM 9-772 CARRIER CARGO M29 and M29c

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Potrebbero piacerti anche